Cornell University Library The original of tliis book is in tine Cornell University Library. There are no known copyright restrictions in the United States on the use of the text. http://www.archive.org/details/cu31924031285350 'lIlM™Sf.„?,fX!,!.ja<'vernment olin.anx 3 1924 031 285 350 ANALYSIS CIVIL GOVERNMENT, INCLUDING A TOPICAL AND TABULAR ARRANGEMENT Constitution of the United States. DESIGNED AS A CLASS-BOOK FOR THE USE OF GRAMMAR, NORMAL, AND HIGH SCHOOLS, ACADEMIES, SEMINARIES, COLLEGES, UNIVERSITIES, AND OTHER INSTITUTIONS OF LEARNING. BY CALVIN TOWNSEND, COUNSELOR AT LAW. REVISED EDITION. IVISON, BLAKEMAN, TAYLOR & CO., PUBLISHBKS, NEW TQEK AND CHICAGO. 'l883. TOWNSEND'S CLASS-BOOKS. FOE THB USE OF SCHOOLS, COLLEGES AIiTD FEIVATE LEABI7EE3. SHORTER COURSE OF CIVIL GOVERJ^MEJ{T. An elementary text-book for use in Private, Common, Gram- mar, and otlier Scliools. Clotli, 240 pages. AJ^ALYSIS OF CIVIL GOVERMMEJ^T. For ad- vanced classes in Normal and High Schools, and other Insti- tutions. Cloth, 340 pages. COMMERCIAL LAW. A Text-Book for Business-Col- leges and Universities, and a valuable book of Reference for every Law Library, Counting-room, and Business-man. Sheep, 500 pages. ANALYTICAL CHART of the Constitution of the United States. A valuable accompaniment to the above works. 52 pages, 15 x 20 inches each, on rollers. AJVALTSIS OF LETTER WRITIJVG. Designed for the use of Schools, and for persons in Business Life. Cloth, 189 pages. Copyright, 1668-69, by Calvin TowuaBim. .UNIVERSITV] VySRARV PREFACE. The analytic method of this work famishes its chief claim to superiority over others as a text-hook on civil government. The Constitution of the United States is our fundamental law. To understand this well is to under- stand the whole theory ; and to analyze this is to analyze the entire American system. The principal aim, therefore, of this work is to present analytically the subject of civil government as adminis- tered in this country. The living, earnest teacher of to-day insists on a critical analysis of whatever subject he brings into the class-room. This has been the tendency of his profession for several years. A general acquaintance with miscellaneous and scattered facts bearing on his subject does not satisfy. He must get inside of things, and take his pupil with him. No work has been pubhshed, known to the author, pre- tending to .give a topical and tabular arrangement of the principles of our government. Several authors have written with ability on civil government, having direct reference to the wants of the schoolroom ; but they have not satisfied^ the instructor. Whether the present attempt shall add one more to the hst of failui-es, time and the teacher will tell. The Constitution of the United States consists of a com- bination of powers granted and powers prohibited. Each of these classes of powers is divisible into general topics PREFACE. under general titles. Each of these is subdivisible into more specific topics, having more specific titles ; and these last into others, and they into still others, until the point of final analysis is gained. Example : - O o > 1. Legislative. - Uniled-Siates Senate. House of Rep- resentaiives. 2. Executive. 3. Judicial. 1. How composed. 2. Eligibility. 3. Tenure of office. 4. By whom chosen. 5. When chosen. 6. How classed. 7. Vacancies. 8. Vote. 9. Presiding officer. 10. Senate powers. 1. Proportion. 2. Apportionment. 3. Eligibility. 4. Term of office. 5. By whom chosen. 6. Electors. 7. Vacancies. 8. Census. 9. House powers. The executive and judicial branches are each divisible and subdivisible into topics, the same as the legislative PREFACE. 5 branch. The sub-titles at the extreme right, or several of them, may be divided also. Take, for instance, Eligibili- ty. Its conditions are, 1st, Age ; 2d, Citizenship ; 3d, In- habitancy; 4th, Official Disencumbrance. Also Senate Powers: 1st, Legislative; 2d, Executive; 3d, Elective; 4th, Judicial. Thus all the elements of kindred significance are grouped together in one table, under one common and appropriate title. For this purpose, paragraphs, sections, and clauses, whenever necessary, are severed from their original con- nections in the Constitution. Indeed, very little attention is paid to the original arrangement of the subjects of that document. The preceding example will give the teacher an idea of the manner in which lessons may be given by topics. Exhaustively grouping the sections and clauses of the Constitution itself must necessarily make thorough work at every step. Every element of the main subject, even to critical minuteness, will be clearly comprehended by the pupil. He will experience the scholarly satisfaction also, that something is completed ererj lesson. In the tabular arrangement of the sections and clauses of the Constitution, nothing is omitted or added ; and, as far as possible, the precise language of that instrument is retained. ? FamiKar and critical explanations of the Analysis, topic by topic, in the order of their arrangement, are given accordino- to the views of the most eminent writers on con- stitutional law. Very httle or no claim is laid by the author to originaUty of construction. In this, he acknowl- edges his entire indebtedness to the illustrious men who formed the Constitution, as their views appear in the Madison Papers and the FederaUst ; and to the profound 6 PEEPACE. jurists whose works are accepted by the legal profession as of the highest authority. For several years, there has been a growing conviction among educators, that civil government should be added to the list of studies in all our schools of the higher grades, and in the advanced classes of the common school. The school-boy of to-day becomes the voter of to-morrow. The millions of youth now in the schools of America are soon to decide all the grave questions of national interest which concern us as a people. The ballot more than the bullet must determine the destiny of our country. The ballot in the hands of the ignorant may do more mischief than the torch of the incendiary in the towers of the metropolis. If the publication of this work shall contribute to a more extended acquaintance by the masses of American youth with the fundamental principles of our government, the purpose for which it was written will be realized. THE AUTHOR EOCHEBTKB, N.Y., October, 1868. INTRODUCTION. BY KEY. JAMES E. LATIMER, D.D. In these days, a new book can vindicate its claims to public notice and favor only on the ground that the topics of which it treats are absolutely new, or that it discusses a known subject in such a manner as to make us instantly feel that it meets an acknowledged want. Such is the claim we make for the book before us. It treats a common subject, — one that was ably presented by the distinguished Judge Story, some thirty years since, in convenient form for the use of schools, and, since, by several authors of less distinction, though of acknowledged ability. But the peculiar merit of our author consists in the ana- lytieal method which he adopts. His aim is purely didactic, and to teach exactly what the Constitution contains. This book is one that was not made, but grew. Prof. Townsend, the author, has for years made civil government a speciality in lessons and lectures before the teachers' institutes of New York. What was small and unpretend- ing in the beginning has thus grown into importance on his hands, until it has become the full, well-rounded treatise which is here presented. He has been urged to the preparation and publication of this work by the myriad voices of educators and teachers who have listened to his instructive lessons upon a subject which is usually so dry and repulsive. 8 rNTEODXJCTION. He has drawn the materials for his work from original sources, and from commentaries of classic excellence. We see traces of interminable rummagings of the Madison Papers, the Federahst, Elliot's Debates, Story and Rawle on the Constitution, Kent's and Blackstone's Commentaries, as well as the most patient gleanings from official, statistical, and chronological tables. In reading the author's manuscript, as I was permitted to do, I was struck with its absolute freedom from all political bias, the pure ether of impartiality that marks every page, the clear and well-defined statement of fact, and, above all, the almost faultless analysis and symmetry of the entire work. The author has published the analysis in chart form, separate from the book, in large type, suitable for display in the schoolroom ; and has thus ftirnished an invaluable aid in the study of the book and in class-rehearsals. We commend the book as a conscientious one, made on honor, and calculated to last. Not only graded schools, but colleges and the higher institutions of learning, will find it of advantage to introduce it into their course of study. The student of civil government will thank the author for such a book, as it will surely kindle a taste for the study of this subject. Besides, it will do much to remove the popular ignorance regarding our institutions, too long prevalent in this country, where the humblest citizen is invested with the attributes of political sovereignty. JAMES E. LATIMER. CONTENTS. PART I. CHAPTEB I. no,. Chapter XI. VAfil. Early Settlement of America 11 Origin of the Present Constitution . 23 Chapter II. Chapter XH. Origin of Land-Titles in United States 13 Eatiflcation of the Constitution . . 29 Chapter m. Chapter XiU. Common Law in the Colonies . 14 Amendments to the Constitution . 31 Chapter IV. Chapter XIV. Colonial Q-overnments .... 14 Departments of G-overnment . 33 Ceiapter V. Causes of tlie American Revolution . 16 I. Chapter VI. Declaration of Eights . . 35 Unity of the Colonies . . ... IS II. Chapter VU. Declaration of Independence . 40 Articles of Confederation . 18 HI. Chapter ViU. Articles of Confederation , . 45 Peculiarities under the Confederation, 19 IV. Chapter IX. Constitution of the United States . 65 Decline and Fall of the Confederation, 21 V. Chapter X. Analysis of the Constitution . 78 Leading Defects of the Confederation, 22 Appendix . 106 PAR r II. ANNOTATIONS ON THE ANALYSIS. Preamble . Departments 109 114 CHAPTEE I. HOUSE OF KEPKESENTATIVES. Article I. Proportion .... 114 " //. Apportionment . . . 116 " III. Eligibility . . . .119 " ir. Term 121 " r. By whom elected . . 122 " ri. Electors . . . .123 " VTI. Vacancies .... 124 " V/IT. Census . . . .124 " IX. House-Powers . . .126 CHAPTEE H. UNITED-STATES SENATE. Article I. How composed . . . 129 ' " ir. Eligibility . . . .130 Art. Ill Term . . 182 '* IV. By whom chosen . 133 " V. When chosen . . 134 " ri. How classed . 135 " VII. Vacancies . . 136 " VIII Vote . . 137 " IX. Presiding OfBoer . 137 " X. Senate-Powers . . 141 CHAPTER in. PROVISIONS COMMON TO BOTH HOUSES. Article! Membership . 148 " II. Quorum " III. Journal . 148 . 149 " IV. Yeas and Nays . . 150 " V. Business-Eules . . 151 " VI. Penalties . . 161 " Vn. Prohibitions . 152 " VIII. Official Oath . . 153 " IX. Salaries . 154 10 CONTENTS. CHAPTER IV. POWERS OF CONGRESS. ,j„. Article I. Finances .... 157 " II. Commerce .... 166 " ///. Commercial . . .168 " ir. Penalties . . . .172 It 'y Postal 175 " VI. Patent and Copy Rights ! 178 " VII. War 181 " VIII. Judiciary . . . .188 " IX. Naturalization . . .189 " X Territory . . . .192 " XI. States . . . .197 " XII. Executive Vacancy . . 201 " XIII. Appointments . . .201 " XIV. Constitutional Amend- ments . . . .202 " XV. Slavery . . . .203 " XVI. General Law-making . 205 " Xril. Meeting . . . .206 CHAPTER V. LAW-MAKING. ArticTe I. Proceedings . , .207 rirst Process . . .207 Second Process . . 207 Third Process . . 208 *' II. Orders, Resolutions, and Votes . . . .211 CHAPTJER VI. PROHIBITIONS ON THE UNITED STATES. Article I. Habeas Corpus . . . 211 " //. Direct Taxes . . .213 " III. Export Duties . . .213 " IV. Inter-State Commerce . 214 " V. Public Money . . .214 " VI. Nobility . . . .215 " VII. Penalties . . . .216 " VIII. Foreign Slave-Trade . 217 " IX. Repudiation . . .221 " X. Freedom . . . .222 CHAPTER vn. RELATING TO OFFICERS. Article I. Ineligibility . . .225 " //. Foreign Patronage . . 227 " III. The President . . .227 " IV. Impeachment . , . 228 CHAPTER Vm. RIGHTS OF STATES. Article I. Representation . . . 228 " //. Citizenship . . .230 " III. State Amity . . .230 " IV. New States . . .231 " V. Elections . . . .231 " VI. Militia Officers . . .232 " VII. Federal Protection . . 232 " VIII. Fugitives . . . .233 " IX. Reservations . . .235 CHAPTER IX. STATE SUBORDINATION. AHicle I. Origin of State Obligations, 236 *' //. Supremacy of United- States Authority . . 238 " III. Official Oath . . .239 CHAPTER X STATE PKOHIBITIOKS. rAdf. Article I. State relations . . 240 " ll. Commercial . 241 " III. War . . 244 " IV. Penalties . . 245 V. Nobility . . 24S " VI. Duties . 245 " VII. Slavery . . 24« CHAPTER XI. PERSONAL BIGHTS. Article I. Domicile . . 249 " II. Security . 249 " ///. Judicial . 250 " IV. Criminal Actions . 252 " V. Civil Actions . . 256 " VI. Treason . 257 " VII. Official Immunities . . 259 CHAPTER Xn. EXECUTIVE DEPARTMENT, Article I. In whom vested . . . 260 " //. Term 261 " IIL Eligibility . . . .282 " IV. Election . . . .263 " V. Oath of Office . . .271 " VI. How removable . . . 271 " VII. Salary 272 " VIII. Powers and Duties . . 272 CHAPTER Xm. VICE-PRESIDENT. Arti<:le I. Eligibility . . . .281 " //. Election . . . .282 " III. Oath of Offipe . . .283 " IV. Term 233 " V. Powers and Duties . . 283 CHAPTER XIV. JUDICIAL DEPARTMENT, Article I. Where vested . . . 284 " //. Judges . . . .287 " III. Jurisdiction , . . 289 CHAPTER XV. Article I. Presidents of the United States . . . .296 " II. State Department . . 299 " III. Treasury Department . 301 " /f'. War Department . .302 " V. Navy Department . . 305 " VI. Post-office Department . 306 " VII. Interior Department . . 308 " VIII. Attorney-General's Office . 310 " IX. Speakers of the House of Representatives . . 312 " X Presidents pro tempore of the Senate . . . 314 Glossary 317 Index 331 ANALYSIS OF CIVIL GOVEENMENT IN THE TJI^ITED STATES. PAKT L CHAPTER I. EARLY SETTLEMENT OF AMERICA. § 1. The North- American Colonies, over which the British Government maintained supremacy for more than a hundred years, were known as New Hampshire, Massachusetts, Rhode Island, Connecticut, New York, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Delaware, Maryland, Virginia, North Carolina, South Carolina, and Georgia. Ever since the Declaration of Independence, they have been called States. § 2. They were settled chiefly by British subjects, except New York and Delaware ; the former by emigrants from Holland, and the latter from Holland and Switzerland. § 3. The British claim to jurisdiction over these Colonies was founded on what Christian nations recognized as the right of dis- covery. Great Britain denied from the beginning the right of the Dutch to make settlements in America. That denial was based on the fact that John Cabot and his son Sebastian, British subjects, under commission from Henry the Seventh, sailed along the eastern coast of North America in 1497. The Cabots, however, made no attempt at settlement or conquest. §4. At the time of its settlement, Delaware was an appendage u 12 ANALYSIS OF CIVIL GOVERNMENT. [PaKT L to,the government of New York; but it was afterwards separated from that Colony, and came under the jurisdiction of Pennsylvania. New York was early wrested from the Dutch by conquest, and brought under British authority. '^ § 5. The only title which the nations of Europe had to any part of the American continent was founded on what they called the right of discovery. It is difficult to comprehend the justice of this pretense, when it is known that the country waa already occupied by a race of men who had been in undisputed possession for untold ages. As between themselves, it might not be unjust or improper that the European nations should make discovery the foundation of title ; but, as against the natives of the soil, discovery could not furnish the shadow of a claim. § 6. The right of discovery set up by the Europeans, substantially ignores the sacred rights of the original inhabitants of this country. Nativity must furnish a more valid title than discovery ; and there is not a people on earth that would require any argument to con- vince them of this where their own rights were involved. Demon- strations of power are not always demonstrations of right. § 7. The Indians have always been treated as merely lawful occvr pants, having at most only a qualified right to the soil. The pow- erful nations of Europe, and our own government, have recognized them only as tenants-at-will, subject to removal at the pleasure of superior power. § 8. The learned Judge Story remarks in regard to the wrongs per- petrated on the red man, " They have not been permitted, indeed, to alienate their possessory right to the soU, except to the nations to whom they were thus bound by a qualified dependence : but, in other respects, they have been left to the free exercise of internal sovereignty in regard to the members of their own tribe, and in regard to the intercourse with other tribes ; and their title to the soil, by way of occupancy, has been generally respected, until it has been extinguished by purchase, or by conquest, under the authority of the nation upon which they were dependent. §9. "A large portion of the territory in the United States to which the Indian title is now extinguished has been acquired by Part I.] ORIGIN OF LAND-TITLES. 13 purchase; and a still larger portion by the irresistible power of arms, over a brave, hardy, but declining race, whose destiny seems to be to perish as fast as the white man advances upon his foot- steps." CHAPTER n. ORIGIN OF LAND-TITLES IN THE UNITED STATES. § 1 . When out fathers conquered their independence, the States, and, subsequently, the United States, succeeded to whatever title Great Britain previously had to the territory. § 2. The lapse of time, and general acquiescence, as well as the judicial and legislative authorities, have so established this source as the foundation of land-titles, that its validity can not now be suo- cessfiilly called in question. Whether just or unjust, it will prob- ably remain for ever undisturbed. § 3. But these remarks are applicable to those lands only which were obtained through the revolutionary struggle with Great Britain, resulting in the achievement of our independence. Extensive addi- tions have been made to the domain of this country by treaties with other powers ; and, of course, the origin of land-titles is traceable within any such territory to the treaties through which the titles have been acquired. DATES OF THE SETTLEMENTS OF THE NORTH-AMERICAN COLONIES. Virginia . . 1607 North Carolina 1663 Massachusetts . 1630» South Carolina 1670 New Hampshire 1633 New Jersey 1630 Maryland . . 1634 Pennsylvania . 1643 Connecticut . 1635 Delaware . . 1638 Ehode Island . 1636 Georgia . . . . 1733 New York . . 1614 These dates refer only to permanent and independent set- tlements. » Originally called tlie Colony of Plymouth ; but afterwards united with Massa- chusetts proper, which was settled in 1630. 14 ANALYSIS OF CIVIL GOVEENMENT. [PaBT I. CHAPTER m. COMMON LAW IN THE COLONIES. § 1. When territory is found uninhabited at the origin of new settlements therein, it is usual to adopt the laws of the nation from which the settlers have migrated, so far as they may be found ap- plicable to the new condition of things. Although this country was occupied by a wild, uncultivated, and savage population, without law or government in any civilized sense, the colonists chose to consider themselves as settling an uninhabited territory. As a large proportion of the new settlers of these Colonies were from England, they would naturally lean to the jurisprudence of that country. § 2. It must be remembered, also, that the Colonies were nearly all settled under the patronage and favor of Great Britsdn. Those that were not, soon came under the jurisdiction of the British Crown. § 3. These are the principal circumstances that led to the adoption of the English common law among the North-American Colonies, and which constitutes to a great extent, at the present time, the system of jurisprudence in this country. CHAPTER IV. COLONIAL GOVERNMENTS. The Colonial Grovemments may properly be divided into three - 1. Provincial, 2. Proprietary, and 3. Charter. 1. Provincial Governments. § 1. The Provincial Governments were wholly under the control of the sovereign of Great Britain. They emanated from his Pari I.] COLONIAL GOVERNMENTS. 15 authority, and had no fixed constitution of government. The king issued his commissions to the royal governors from time to time, accompanied with specific instructions which were to be obeyed. § 2. The governors were, under these governments, regarded as the representatives or deputies of the Ising. The king also appointed a council, having limited legislative authority, who were to assist the governor in the discharge of his official duties. Both governor and council held their offices during the royal pleasure. § 3. The governor had authority to convene a general assembly of the representatives of the freeholders and planters of the Prov- ince. The governor, council, and representatives constituted the Provincial Assembly. § 4. Provincial Assembly, constituted of, 1st. The Repeesentatives, — Lower House ; 2d. The Council, — Upper House ; 3d. The Goveenoe, — having a veto on all the proceedings of the two houses, with power also to prorogue and dissolve them. These constituted the local law-making power, subject to the approval or disapproval of the Crown. § 5. The governor appointed the judges and magistrates. Under this form of government were included the Colonies of New Hampshire, New York, Virginia, North Carolina, South Caro- lina, Georgia. 2. Proprietary Governments. § 6. The meaning of the word proprietary is owner, or proprie- tor. The proprietor, or proprietary, derived not only the title to the soil, but also the general powers of government, from the king. The powers of government extended over the whole territory so granted, which became a kind of dependent royalty. § 7. Under these governments, the governors were appointed by the proprietary or proprietaries. The legislature was convened and organized according to the will of the proprietary. He also had the appointment of officers of every grade. 16 ANALYSIS OP CIVIL GOVERNMENT. [PabI L § 8. Lord Baltimore held Maryland, and William Penn held Pennsylvania and Delaware, under this form of government, and as proprietaries. 3, Charter Governments. § 9. These were, in many respects, not unlike our State Govern- ments. They were created by letters patent, or grants of the Crown, which conferred the soil within the limits defined, and all the powers of government, on the grantees and their associates and suc- cessors. These charters were similar to some of our State Constitu- tions, distributing the powers of government into three departments, — legislative, executive, and judicial. § 10. They defined the powers of the different branches of the government, and secured to the inhabitants certain political privi- leges and rights. " The appointment and authority of the governor, the formation and structure of the legislature, and the establishment of courts of justice, were specially provided for ; and generally the powers appropriate to each were defined." Massachusetts, Rhode Island, and Connecticut had charter gov- ernments. CHAPTER V. CAUSES OF THE AMERICAN REVOLUTION. § 1. The Colonies were not sovereignties in any political sense, not being endowed with power to enter into alliances or treaties with each other or with foreign nations. They were merely dependen- cies on the British Crown ; but the citizens of each Colony enjoyed the full rights of British subjects in all the Colonies, and were at liberty to move from one Colony to another, and to become inhabit- ants and citizens thereof. § '2. The growth of the Colonies was slow and gi'adual, running along through a period of from one hundred to one hundred and fifty years. The prerogatives of the Crown and the rights of the people had not been clearly defined on the one side, nor accepted on Part I.] CAUSES OF THE REVOLUTION. 17 the other. During the latter part of this period, therefore, the relative rights of sovereign and subject became a matter of serious and earnest contention. § 3. The Colonial Legislatures claimed entire and exclusive authority in all matters relating to their own domestic and internal affairs. They denied all power of taxation, except under laws passed by themselves ; not admitting that even the British Parlia- ment and Crown combined had any such power. They insisted that a free people couia not be taxed without their consent in person, or through their accredited representatives. § 4. On the other hand, the British Parliament, by express declaration, claimed that the Colonies and Plantations in America have been, are, and of right ought to be, subordinate unto, and dependent upon, the imperial Crown and Parliament of Great Britain ; that the king, with the advice and consent of Parliament, " had, hath, and of right ought to have, full power and authority to make laws and statutes of sufficient force and validity to bind the Colonies and people of America in all cases whatsoever." § 5. The theory that Great Britain had the right to tax the Colo- nies, together with the attempt to carry that doctrine into practice on the part of the Crown and Parliament, and its denial on the part of the Colonies, united with the determination on their part to carry that denial to open, -practical resistance, led to final separation from Great Britain. § 6. Hoping to prevent this result. Parliament passed an act intended to conciliate the Colonies, which declared that " Parliament would not impose any duty or tax on the Colonies, except for the regulation of commerce ; and that the net produce of such duty or tax should be applied to the use of the Colony in which it was levied." But this did not satisfy the disaffected colonists. They claimed to be sole judges of what should be done, even for their own good. § 7. The spirit of liberty was thus aroused ; and a sense of future danger inspired them to take the onward steps that finally led to the Declaration of Independence on the fourth day of July, 1776. 18 ANALYSIS OF CIVIL GOVEENMBNT. [Pabt L CHAPTER VI. UNITY OF THE COLONIES. § 1. Although the Colonies were not at any time united in any sense as a nation, they sometimes found it of advantage to unite temporarily for the common defense against the Indian tribes, as well as the Dutch; and also in 1754, for the purpose of defending themselves in case of war with France, which at that time seemed imminent. § 2. These experiences had taught them that there was safety as well as strength in union. Therefore, when England gave evidence of a determination to oppress the Colonies, they did not hesitate to unite in vindication of their common interests. § 3. A Congress, at the call of Massachusetts, assembled in Philadelphia Sept. 5, 1774, consisting of delegates from all the Colonies. This is known in history as the " First Continental Con- gress." It was the first in which all the Colonies were represented. § 4. This Congress published to the world a long and emphatic bill of rights, which may be regarded as the first decided step towards independence. It was clear to every reflecting mind, that, if that declaration of rights were accepted by the people, either England must take a speedy backward step, or the declaration of separation and independence was just at hand. • § 5. The Second Continental Congress assembled in Philadelphia May 10, 1775. This Congress continued in session until the close of the Revolutionary War, and until a definite form of government was adopted. It passed the Declaration of Independence, in which, for the first time, the Colonies received the name of United States of America, — a title which has been continued ever since. CHAPTER VII. ARTICLES OF CONFEDERATION. § 1. On the eleventh day of June, 1776, it became evident that the Declaration of Independence was only a question of a few days' Part I.] peotjliaeities. 19 time, as a committee was appointed on that day to draft such a document to be reported to Congress. This step rendered it more than ever necessary that some plan of union between the Colonies' should be adopted. Another committee was therefore appointed to prepare Articles of Confederation, which should bring the Colonies into a closer and more definite union. § 2. This committee reported a plan of confederation July 12 following, just eight days after the adoption of the Declaration of Independence. It was debated at several times, until Aug. 20 of the same year ; when Congress, in committee of the whole, re- ported a new draft, which was ordered to be printed. This last plan was elaborately discussed, and finally, with sundry amendments, adopted by Congress Nov. 15, 1777. § 3. The Articles of Confederation were immediately sent to all the States, with the Congressional recommendation for their approval and adoption. The new government constituted by these Articles was not to go into operation until the consent of all the States should be obtained. § 4. In July, 1778, the ratification of all the States was ob- tained, except Delaware, New Jersey, and Maryland. The assent of New Jersey was given Nov. 25 of the same year ; of Delaware, Feb. 22, 1779; and of Maryland, March 1, 1781. On the second day of March, 1781, Congress assembled under the Confederation. § 5. But the Kevolutionary War, which began in 1775, had con- tinued all this time ; during which the States had been united by the ties of a common interest, by the sense of a common danger, and by the necessities of a common cause, having no written bond of union. In short, they were held together by their fears. CHAPTER Vni. PECULIARITIES UNDER THE CONFEDERATION. Although the Articles- of Confederation are given in full in another place, it is deemed proper to give here some of the 20 ANALYSIS OF CIVIL GOVEENMENT. [Pakt L peculiarities of that document which distinguish it from the present Constitution of the United States. § 1. The Confederation was declared to he a firm league of friendship between the several States. § 2. Delegates to Congress were to be appointed annually, in such manner as the Legislature of each State might direct. § 3. The power was reserved to the States to recall their dele- gates, or any of them, within the year, and to send others in their places for the remainder of the year. § 4. No State was allowed representation in Congress by less than two, nor more than seven, members. § 5. No person was eligible to a seat in Congress for more than three in any term of six years. § 6. Each State had to maintain its own delegates in a meeting of the States, and while acting as members of the Committee of the States. § 7. In determining questions in the Congress, each State had but one vote. § 8. All charges of war and other expenses, incurred for the com- mon defense and general welfare, were to be defrayed out of a common treasury. § 9. The treasury was to be supplied by the several States, in proportion to the value of all lands, and the improvements and buildings thereon, within each State, granted to or surveyed for any person, to be estimated according to the direction of Con- gress. § 10. Congress was to send and receive ambassadors. § 11. Congress was the tribunal of last resort, on appeal, in aU disputes and differences, between two or more States, concerning boundary, jurisdiction, or any other cause whatever. § 12. Congress was the tribunal to decide all controversies con- cerning the private right of soil claimed under different grants of two or more States, under certain limitations. § 13. Congress was to commission all the officers of the United § 14. Congress had authority to appoint a committee, to sit Part I.] DECLINE OF conpedekation. 21 during the recess of that body, to be denominated " a Committee of the States," and to consist of one delegate from each State. § 15. Canada, acceding to the Confederation, and joining in the measures of the United States, was to be admitted into the Union. § 16. The Union was to be perpetual. § 17. No provision was made for any such officer as President. § 18. There was no national judiciary. § 19. Congress consisted of but one house. CHAPTER IX. DECLINE AND FALL OE THE CONFEDERATION. § 1. The National Government, under the form and Articles of Confederation, soon demonstrated its own weakness, and, in a few years, resulted in a total failure. Six years of war experience with- out this bond of union, two years of like experience with it, and six years of peace experience under it, convinced the statesmen of that day, and indeed the people generally, that the Confederacy was merely the " shadow of a government, without the substance." § 2. The education of the leading minds and statesmen of that day was but a revolutionary education ; and their efforts at the framework of a new government were mainly directed to such a system as might have answered the purpose under the revolutionary condition of things through which they were passing. § 3. But a few years of peace showed that the States, when no longer influenced by a fear inspired by a sense of weakness, would be slow to render obedience to a power of which they were jealous from the beginning, and which, paradoxical as it may seem, was contemptible for its very want of strength. § 4. In the language of a leading mind of that day, " By this political compact, the United States in Congress have exclusive power for the following purposes, without being able to execute one of them : — " 1st. They may make and conclude treaties, but can only recom mend the observance of them. 22 ANALYSIS OF CIVIL GOVERNMENT. [Paet L "2d. They may appoint ambassadors, but can not defray even the expenses of their tables. " 3d. They may borrow money in their own name on the faith of the Union, but can not pay a dollar. " 4th. They may coin money, but they can not purchase an ounce of bullion. " 5th. They may make war, and determine what number of troops are necessary, but can not raise a single soldier. " 6th. In short, they may declare every thing, btU do nothing." CHAPTEE X. LEADING DEFECTS OF THE CONFEDERATION. The following is a summary of the leading defects of the Articles of Confederation, as a Constitution for a nation made up of a large number of States, as given by an eminent jurist of a later day : — § 1. There was an utter want of all coercive authority in the Continental Congress to carry into effect any of their constitutional measures. § 2. There was no power in the Continental Congress to punish individuals for any breach of their enactments. Their laws must be wholly without penal sanction. § 3. They had no power to lay taxes, or to collect revenue for the public service. The power over taxes was expressly and exclu- sively reserved to the States. § 4. They had no power to regulate commerce, either with foreign nations, or among the several States. It was left, with respect to both, exclusively to the management of each particular State, thus being at the mercy of private interests or local prejudices. § 5. As might be expected, " the most opposite regulations ex- isted in diflferent States ; and there was a constant resort to retalia- tory legislation from their jealousies and rivalries in commerce, in agriculture, or in manufactures. Foreign nations did not fail to Part I.] ORIGIN OP PRESENT CONSTITUTION. 23 avail themselves of all the advantages accruing from this suicidal policy, tending to the common ruin. § 6. " For want of some singleness of power, — a power to act with uniformity, and one to which all interests could be reconciled, — foreign commerce was sadly crippled, and nearly destroyed." § 7. The country was deeply in debt, without a dollar to pay, or the means even to draw a dollar into the public treasury ; and what money there was in the country was rapidly making its way abroad. § 8. Great as these embarrassments were, the States, full of jeal- ousy, were tenaciously opposed to making the necessary concessions to remedy the great and growing evil. All became impressed with the fear, that, unless a much stronger national government could be instituted, all that had been gained by the Revolutionary struggle would soon be lost. § 9. Many of the more prominent patriots and statesmen o'f the day had made the eifort to obtain an enlargement of the powers of Congress, but without success. It became evident, that, whatever else might be done, the Confederacy, as such, must crumble into ruins. CHAPTER XI. ORIGIN OF THE PRESENT CONSTITUTION. § 1. To the State of Virginia belongs the immortal honor of tak- ing the first step that led to the formation and adoption of our pres- ent Constitution ; and to the illustrious James Madison, more than to any other man, must be awarded the distinction of making the first effective move in that direction. § 2. On the 21st of January, 1786, the legislature of Virginia passed the following resolution : — "Resolved, That Edmund Randolph, James Madison, jun., Wal- ter Jones, St. George Tucker, and Meriweather Smith, Esqs., be appointed Commissioners, who, or any three of whom, shall meet such commissioners as may be appointed in the other States of the 24 ANALYSIS OF CIVIL GOVEENMENT. [PaBT L Union, at a time and place to be agreed on, to take into considera- tion the trade of the United States ; " To examine the relative situations and trade of said States ; " To consider how far a uniform system in their commercial regu- lations may be necessary to their common interests and their perma- nent harmony ; " And to report to the several States such act relative to this great object, as, when unanimously ratified by them, wiU enable the United States in Congress effectually to provide for the same." § 3. Just previous to this, in 1785, Commissioners bad been appointed by Virginia and Maryland for the accomplishment of a more limited object, and which more exclusively concerned those two States. § 4. Maryland deemed the concurrence of her neighbors, Dela- ware and Pennsylvania, indispensable in the matter ; although it related only to settling the jurisdiction on waters dividing the two States of Virginia and Maryland. The same reasons that rendered it necessary that Maryland should consult her neighbors seemed to render it equally necessary that those neighbors should consult their neighbors. § 5. It was thus demonstrated, that, whatever action might be taken on any subject of general concern, it would extend itself or its influences all over the Union. This illustration of the neces- sity of uniformity in matters of public interest had its influence in impressing all minds with a sense of the importance of such a gen- eral Convention as was now recommended in the resolution of the Virginia Legislature. § 6. The time and place of the proposed Convention being left to ttie Virginia Commissioners, they named for the time the first Mon- day in September, 1786 ; and the place, Annapolis, Md. The Com- missioners who attended from Virginia were Messrs. Randolph, Madison, and Tucker. § 7. Although there was a strong popular feeling in favor of the proposed Convention, when the time came for its meeting, only five States were represented. Several States had not even ap- pointed Commissioners, and some Commissioners who were appointed Pari I.] ORIGIN OF PRESENT CONSTITUTION. 25 failed to attend. But it had become evident, that although this Convention, as such, was a failurs, public opinion was advancing in the right direction. § 8. The New-Jersey deputation had a commission extending ita object to a general provision for the "exigencies of the Union." Acting on this suggestion, a recommendation for this enlarged pur- pose was reported by a committee to whom the subject had been referred. § 9. That report was written by Alexander Hamilton of New York, and addressed to the legislatures of the States represented in the Convention; viz., New York, Pennsylvania, Virginia, Dela- ware, and New Jersey. Commissioners appointed from New Hampshu-e, Massachusetts, Rhode Island, and North Carolina, failed to report themselves to the Convention. The States of Maryland, Connecticut, South Carolina, and Geor- gia, did not appoint Commissioners. § 10. This report was an able, lucid, and elaborate document, recommending another convention of deputies from all the States, to meet on the second Monday of May following, 1787, in the city of Philadelphia. A copy of the report was also sent to Congress. § 11. Virginia again took the lead, and was the first to act favor- ably on the recommendation to appoint deputies to the proposed Philadelphia Convention. The legislature of that State were unani- mous, or very nearly so, in their response to the call of the report. " As a proof of the magnitude and solemnity attached to it, they placed Gen. Washington at the head of the deputation from that State ; and, as a proof of the deep interest he felt in the case, he overstepped the obstacles to his acceptance of the appointment." § 12. Congress took no action on the recommendation of the re- port, until the legislature of New York instructed its delegation in that body " to move a resolution, recommending to the several States to appoint deputies to meet in Convention for the purpose of revising and proposing amendments to the Federal Constitution." § 13. Feb. 21, 1787, a resolution was moved and carried in Congress, recommending a Couventjoa to meet in Philadelphia at 26 ANALYSIS OF CIVIL GOVEENMBNT. [Paet 1. the time suggested in tbe report, " for the purpose of revising the Articles of Confederation, and reporting to Congress and the sev eral State legislatures such alterations and provisions therein, aS shall, when agreed to in Congress and confirmed by the States, render the Federal Constitution adequate to the exigencies of gov ernment and the preservation of the Union." § 14. Public opinion was on the rapid march. Many events had transpired, even after the appointment of commissioners to meet at Annapolis, and before that Convention assembled, which matured the popular judgment in favor of the proposition for a general Con- vention for the purposes set forth in the report. § 15. Still other events took place immediately after the Hamil- ton report was published, which still further demonstrated the neces- sity of such a Convention as was proposed therein. All were now satisfied that the Union was in extreme danger. No calm, dispas- sionate observer could ignore it. § 16. •' Among the ripening incidents," says a prominent states- man of that day, "was the insurrection of Shays in Massachusetts against her government, which was with difiiculty suppressed, not- withstanding the influence on the insurgents of an apprehended in- terposition of the Federal troops." § 17. The insurrection above alluded to was led by one Daniel Shays, who was followed by about two thousand insurgents, having for their object the open defiance and resistance of the laws under which the taxes were to be collected and private obligations and contracts to be enforced. It spread over several of the counties of that State ; and so formidable was it, that United-States troops wore called for to suppress it. But, by vigorous measures on the part of the State, it was overcome. Several of the leaders were condemned to death ; but, on account of the popular sentiment in their favor, it was deemed unwise to execute them. § 18. The public debt, most of which had been contracted in the sacred cause of liberty in the struggle for independence, remained unpaid. Congress had made repeated calls on the States for pay- ment : but these calls were either partially or wholly unheeded ; one State expressly and openly refusing to take any st«p tending to its Part I.] oeigin of present constitution. 27 liquidation. The public mind was everywhere filled with gloom and despondency. § 19. In reference to the embarrassments of commerce, Mr. Madison says, " The same want of a general power over com- merce led to an exercise of the power separately by the States, which not only proved abortive, but engendered rival, conflicting, and angry regulations." § 20. " Besides the vain attempt to supply their respective treas- uries by imposts, which turned their commerce into the neighboring ports, and to coerce a relaxation of the British monopoly of the West- India navigation, which was attempted by Virginia, the States hav- ing ports for foreign commerce taxed and irritated the adjoining States, trading through them, as New York, Pennsylvania, Vir- ginia, and South Carolina. Some of the States, as Connecticut, taxed imports from other States, as Massachusetts; which com- plained in a letter to the Executive of Virginia, and doubtless to those of other States." § 21. "In sundry instances, as of New York, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, and Maryland, the navigation interests treated the citizens of other States as aliens." . . . § 22. " As a natural consequence of this distracted and dis- heartening condition of the Union, the Federal authority had ceased to be respected abroad ; and dispositions were shown there, particu- larly in Great Britain, to take advantage of its imbecility, and to speculate on its approaching downfall. At home it had lost all confidence and credit : the unstable and unjust career of the States had also forfeited the respect and confidence essential to order and good government, involving a general decay of confidence between man and man." § 23. Under these distracting and depressing influences, the States had become favorable to the call from Annapolis to send delegates to the proposed Philadelphia Convention, which convened at the time appointed. There was by no means a full representa- tion of the States, however ; there being present but twenty-nine delegates at the opening. They did not organize, therefore, until 28 AJfTALYSIS OP CIVIL GOVERNMENT. [Part L May 25, when George Washington was unanimouslj chosen presi- dent of the Convention. § 24. There being so few delegates present, the Convention did not proceed immediately to business, but adjourned from day to day until Monday the 28th. The Convention sat with closed doors; and remained in session until the seventeenth day of September following, when they reported the draft of the present Constitution of the United States. § 25. By a resolution of the Convention, it was laid before the United States in Congress assembled, with the recommendation that it should be submitted to a Convention of delegates chosen in each State by the people thereof, under the direction of its legislature, for their assent and ratification ; and that each Convention assenting to and ratifying the same should give notice thereof to the United States in Congress assembled. § 26. The original intention and object of the Convention were, it will be remembered, simply to revise and amend the Articles of Confederation. But the Convention early came to the conclusion that it was necessary to form an entirely new Constitution. § 27. With the report to Congress, the Convention addressed a letter to that body, giving the reasons for their proceedings. The Convention also passed two resolutions, copies of which were sent to Congress ; the substance of one of which has been already given, and both of which, with the letter, will be found appended to the Constitution in this work. § 28. Sept. 28, 1787, Congress having received the report of the Convention, unanimously " Resolved, That the said report, with the resolutions and letter accompanying the same, be transmitted to the several legislatm-es, in order to be submitted to a Convention of delegates chosen in each State by the people thereof, in conformity to the resolves of the Convention made and provided in that case." § 29. By the terms of the new Constitution, the ratification of the Conventions of nine States was declared sufficien*', for its establishment between the States so ratifying the same. , Part I.] RATIFICATION OF CONSTITUTION. 29 CHAPTER XII. RATIFICATION OF THE CONSTITUTION. § 1. The new Constitution was now fairly before the people of the United States. It met from the outset with very strong opposi- tion ; and the attacks were as various as the points of the compass. § 2. One class of objectors held that it gave too much power into the hands of the Federal Government ; and another, that it did not give enough. One maintained that the Senate should be elected for life; another, that six years was quite too long. One, that it should be elected by the people ; another, that it should be elected by the House of Representatives. Some held that the terms of ofilce generally were quite too long ; others, that they were too short. § 3. One class thought the President should be elected for life ; one, for ten years ; one, for six ; and another, that he should be elected annually. One class held that he ought to be elected by Congress ; another, that he should be elected by direct vote of the people ; and still another, that we could get along very well without any Presi- dent at all. One class thought the Constitution invested the President with too much power ; and another, with too little. § 4. Similar objections were urged against the House of Repre- sentatives. Some were for having the members elected by electors for that purpose appointed ; others, for having them elected by the State legislatures. Some thought the term of two years too short ; others, too long. The objections against the judiciary were quite as various and opposite. § 5. The storm raged with terrible political and personal violence and asperity. Probably at no time in the history of this country has party spirit run so high as at that time. Every feature of the new plan of government was debated by the ablest minds of the day. Profound statesmen were found in the ranks of opposition to the Constitution, — men whose patriotism, and purity of motive, could 30 ANALYSIS OF CIVIL GOVEENMBNT. [PaET L not be questioned. Even some of the members of the Convention that framed that document, able and influential members too, not only refused to sign it for submission to the people, but went out amongst their constituencies, and denounced it to the last. § 6. But the friends of the new Constitution finally triumphed. Three States ratified it before the close of the year 1787, and eight more by the 26th of July, 1788 ; so that, in less than one year from the time of its submission to the people, a sufficient number of States had accepted it as the fundamental law of the land to warrant the commencement of operations under it. § 7. Sept. 13, 1788, Congress passed a resolution appointing the first Wednesday in January following for the choice of electors of President of the United States ; the first Wednesday of Febru- ary of the same year for the meeting of the electors to vote for that officer ; and the first Wednesday of March thereafter for commen- cing proceedings under the Constitution at New York, which was then the place of the meetings of Congress. § 8. Electors were accordingly appointed, and their votes given for President. Elections of members of the House of Representa- tives by the people, and for senators by the State legislatures, were held ; so that on Wednesday, the fourth day of March, 1789, the first Constitutional Congress met, and proceedings were commenced under the new organization. § 9. In those days, travel was far more difficult than in these later days of railroad facilities. A quorum in Congress, therefore, did not assemble until the 6th of April, at which time the votes for President were counted ; and it was found that George Washington was unanimously elected, having received sixty-nine votes, — the whole number. John Adams of Massachusetts was elected Vice- President ; receiving thirty-four votes, the next highest number. § 10. April 30, 1789, the President elect took the constitutional oath of office, it being administered to him by the Chancellor of the State of New York ; and the new government went into full operation. On the twenty-first day of April, John Adams entered on his duties as President of the Senate, and Vice-President of the United States. Part I.] amendments to constitution. 31 § 11. " Thus was achieved," says Judge Story, " another and still more glorious triumph in the cause of national liberty than even that which separated us from the mother country. By it we fondly trust that our republican institutions will grow up, and be nurtured into more mature strength and vigor ; our independence be secured against foreign usurpation and aggression ; our domestic blessings be widely diffused and generally felt ; and our union, as a people, be perpetuated as our own truest glory and support, and as a proud example of a wise and beneficent government, entitled to the respect, if not the admiration, of mankind." § 12. The number of original States, as they are usually called, was thirteen. The following table exhibits the dates of the ratifica- tion of the new Constitution by these States respectively : — Delaware, Dec. 7, 1787. Pennsylvania, Dec. 12, 1787. New Jerse-st, Dec. 18, 1787. Georgia, Jan. 2, 1788. CoNNEOi'iouT, Jan. 9, 1788. Massachusetts, Feb. 6, 1788. Maryland, April 28, 1788. Soura Carolina, May 23, 1788. New Hampshire, June 21, 1788. Virginia, June 26, 1788. New York, July 26, 1788. North Carolina, Nov. 21, 1789. Rhode Island, May 29, 1790. CHAPTER XIII. AMENDMENTS TO THE CONSTITUTION. § 1. The chief design of this work, but for which it would not have been written, being the treatment of the Constitution by topics, renders it necessary to refer, in this place, to the amend- ments which have been made to that instrument. Indeed, to carry 32 ANALYSIS OF CIVTL GOVERNMENT. [Paet I. out tlie design, no distinction can be made between the original instrument and its amendments : they must all be treated as one document in the Analysis, as they are in fact. § 2. One of the strongest objections urged by its opponents against the adoption of the Constitution as it came from the hands of the Convention was, the want of a recognition of certain rights of citizens, several of which have since been adopted as amendments to the Constitution. Those who were vehement in their opposition to the ratification of the instrument were emphatic in urging that it ought to contain such a bill of rights as would insure individual safety among the people. § 3. The people had been unused to a national government that could reach individuals ; that is, that could reach them directly : for, under the Confederation, the government was utterly powerless to punish. There was a popular clamor, therefore, for a compre- hensive bill of rights. The people feared governmental encroach- ments on individual rights. § 4. Most of the amendments to the Constitution were adopted under this apprehension, and within a few years after the organiza- tion of the new government. The Constitution contained provisions for its own amendment ; for its illustrious authors never claimed that it was by any means perfect. § 5. At the first session of the first Congress under the Constitu- tion, therefore, held in New York, that body passed a resolution, Sept. 25, 1789, two-thirds of both houses concurring, proposing to the legislatures of the several States twelve articles of amendment to the Constitution. § 6. Ten of these articles were ratified by the States in the fol- lowing order, viz. : — New Jersey, Nov. 20, 1789. Maryland, Dec. 19, 1789. North Carolina, Dec. 22, 1789. South Carolina, Jan. 19, 1790. New Hampshire, Jan. 25, 1790. Delaware, Jan. 28, 1790. Pennsylvania, March 10, 1790. Pakt I.] DEPARTMENTS OF GOVERNMENT. 33 New Yobk, March 27, 1790. Rhode Island, June 15, 1790. Veemont, Nov. 3, 1791. Virginia, Deo. 15, 1791. § 7. As the legislatures of three-fourths of the several States concurred in the first ten articles of amendment proposed, they be- came valid to all intents and purposes as a part of the Constitution from Dec. 15, 1791. § 8. The eleventh article of amendment was proposed by the Third Congress at its first session, March 15, 1794. President Adams declared in his message to Congress, Jan. 8, 1798, that it had received the ratification of the constitutional number of States, and was therefore a part of the fundamental law of the land. § 9. The twelfth article of amendment was proposed at the first session of the Eighth Congress, Dec. 12, 1803, and received tfle rati- fication of the requisite number of States during the following year, and became part of the Constitution. § 10. The thirteenth article of amendment was proposed at the second session of the Thirty-eighth Congress, passing the Senate April 8, 1864, and the House Jan. 31, 1865. WilUam H. Seward, Secretary of State, officially announced to the country, Dec. 18, 1865, that it had been ratified by three-fourths of the States, and was therefore a part of the supreme law of the land.^ QHAPTER XIV. DEPARTMENTS OF GOVERNMENT. § 1. No free government can exist on earth, in which the admin- istration of its powers and functions is not distributed. Let one man have the power to make the laws, to interpret them, and to 3xecute the same, and that man will become a despot, and his gov- ernment a despotism. Human nature must be made anew, or such a result must follow such an investment of authority in a single individual. » The fourteenth Article of Amendments has been adopted since this worls was prepared for the press, -too late for comment or analysis in the proper place.— See pages 74 and 106. 34 ANALYSIS OF CIVIL GOVERNMENT. [Paet I § 2. If this concentration of powers shall be vested in an in- definite number of men, whether that number be few or many, the character of the government will be the same. One or more persons might safely be trusted with any one of these high pre- rogatives ; but the danger consists in the concentration of all in the same hands. § 3. All writers on free government agree, that the legislative, the executive, and the judicial powers should be kept as separate and distinct as possible. It is hardly possible, however, for human (risdom to devise a plan by which they can be kept entirely separate .n the administration of government. § 4. This has been attempted by the wisest and best of minds, but has failed. Not one of all the American States has succeeded ; though, in some instances, they may have done all that finite wisdom could accomplish. But in all cases, without a single exception, there has been a partial mixture of these powers. § 5. In several of the States, for instance, the Executive is elected by the legislature, if no one receives a majority-vote by the people. In one State he is elected by the legislature, without any attempt at an election by the people. In nearly all of the States, the judicial officers are impeachable by one or both branches of the legislature. In some of the States, the officers of the judiciary are appointed by the governor and the legislature, or one branch of that body. In others, the governor may veto any act passed by the legisla- ture ; after which, in order that the act «o vetoed may become a law, it must be re-passed by a two-thirds majority of both houses. In some States, the judicial officers are elected by the people, but removable on the address of one or both branches of the legislature. In others, they are removable by one or both branches, on the ad- dress of the Executive. In still others, the judicial officers are appointed by one or both branches of the legislature, and removable by one branch on impeachment by the other. § 6. In fact, there is no such thing as a complete and absolute separation of the three departments from each other. And all that is intended, in speaking of the three branches being kept separate Part I.] DECLARATION OF EIGHTS. 35 and distinct, is, that the powers and duties properly belonging to any one branch or department shall not be interfered with or adminis- tered by either of the others ; that neither shall possess a controlling influence over the others in the performance of their respective duties. § 7. In order that there may be official independence, it is neces- sary "that the legislative, executive, and judiciary powers shall be kept as separate from, and independent of, each other, as the nature of a free government will admit, or as is consistent with that chain of connection that binds the whole fabric of the Consti- tution in one indissoluble bond of unity and amity." § 8. The Constitution of the United States aims to separate the three departments as widely as possible, and to render them as inde- pendent, the one of the others, as the complicated nature of the subject will permit. The government of the United States is a representative government ; and there is far less danger to liberty arising from the partial mixture of these powers in this country, than in a government of less direct responsibihty to the people. The following is the Declaration of Rights made by the first Con- tinental Congress, Oct. 14, 1774, — nearly two years before the Declaration of Independence. But it was not difficult to foresee that separation from the mother country was imminent, unless Great Britain or the Colonies should take an immediate backward step. Indeed, this Declaration of Rights foreshadowed the Declaration of Independence. DECLARATION OF RIGHTS. Wheeeas, since the close of the last war, the British Parliament, claiming a power of right to bind the people of America by statutes in all cases whatsoever, hath, in some acts, expressly imposed taxes on them, and in others, under various pretenses, but in fact for the purpose of raising a revenue, hath imposed rates and duties paya- 86 ANALYSIS OP CIVIL GOVERNMENT. [Part I ble in these Colonies, established a board of commissioners with unconstitutional powers, ana extended the jurisdiction of admiralty, not only for collecting the said duties, but for the trial of causes merely arising within the body of a county ; And whereas, in consequence of other statutes, judges, who before held only estates at will in their offices, have been made dependent on the Crown alone for their salaries, and standing armies kept in time of peace ; and whereas, it has lately been resolved in Parliament, that, by force of a statute made in the thirty-fifth year of the reign of King Henry the Eighth, colonists may be trans- ported to England, and tried there upon accusations for treasons, and misprisions or concealments of treasons, committed in the Colonies, and by a late statute such trials have been directed in cases therein mentioned ; And whereas, in the last session of Parliament, three statutes were made, — one entitled an " Act to discontinue, in such manner and for such time as are therein mentioned, the Landing and Dis- charging, Lading or Shipping, of Goods, Wares, and Merchandise at the Town and within the Harbor of Boston, in the Province of Mas- sachusetts Bay, in New England ; " and another statute was then made, " for Making more Effectual Provisions for the Government of the Province of Quebec," &c., — all which statutes are impolitic, unjust, and cruel, as well as unconstitutional, and most dangerous and destructive of American rights ; And whereas, assemblies have been frequently dissolved, contrary to the rights of the people, when they attempted to deRberate on grievances ; and their dutiful, humble, loyal, and reasonable peti- tions to the Crown for redress have been repeatedly treated with contempt by his majesty's ministei-s of State ; The good people of the several Colonies of New Hampshire, Mas- sachusetts Bay, Rhode Island and Providence Plantations, Connec- ticut, New York, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, New Castle, Kent and Sussex on Delaware, Maryland, Virginia, North Carolina, and South Carolina, justly alarmed at these arbitrary proceedings of Parliament and Administration, have severally elected, constituted, and appointed deputies to meet and sit in General Congress, in the city of Phila- Pakt I.] DECLARATION OF EIGHTS. 37 delphia, in order to obtain such establishment as that their religion, laws, and liberties may not be subverted. Whereupon the deputies so appointed, being now assembled in a full and free representation of tlipse Colonies, taking into their most serious consideration the best means of attaining the ends aforesaid, do in the first place, as Englishmen, their ancestors, in like cases have usually done, for affecting and vindicating their rights and liberties, DECLARE, That the inhabitants of the English Colonies in North America, by the immutable laws of nature, the principles of the English Consti^ tution, and the several charters or compacts, have the following RIGHTS : — Resolved, N. G. D.,^ 1. That they are entitled to life, liberty, and property ; and they have never ceded to any sovereign power what- ever a right to dispose of either without their consent. Resolved, N. C. D., 2. That our ancestors, who first settled these Colonies, were, at the time of their emigration from the mother country, entitled to all the rights, liberties, and immunities of free and natural born subjects within the realm of England. Resolved, N. C. D., 3. That, by such emigration, they by no means forfeited, surrendered, or lost any of those rights ; but that they were, and their descendants now are, entitled to the exercise and enjoyment of all such of them as their local and other circum- stances enable them to exercise and enjoy. Resolved, 4. That the foundation of English liberty, and of all free government, is a right in the people to participate in their legislative council ; and as the English colonists are not represented, and from their local and other circumstances can not properly be represented, in the British Parliament, they are entitled to a free and exclusive power of legislation in their several Provincial legisla- tures, where their right of representation can alone be preserved, in all cases of taxation and internal polity, subject only to the negative of their sovereign, in such manner as has been heretofore used and accustomed. But from the necessity of the case, and a regard tc the natural interests of both countries, we cheerfully consent to the ' Abbreviations for nemine contrmMcente ; signifying, no one opposing- S8 ANALYSIS OP CIVIL GOVERNMENT. [Pabt I operation of such acts of the British Parliament as are bond fide restrained to the regulation of our external commerce, for the pur- pose of securing the commercial advantages of the whole empire to the mother country, and the commercial benefits of its respeptive members ; excluding every idea of taxation, internal or external, for raising a revenue on the subjects in America without their con- sent. Resolved, N. C. D., 5. That the respective Colonies are entitled to the common law of England, and more especially to the great and inestimable privilege of being tried by their peers of the vicin- age according to the course of that law. Resolved, 6. That they are entitled to the benefit of such of the English statutes as existed at the time of their colonization, and which they h?ive, by experience, respectively found to be applicable to their several local and other circumstances. Resolved, N. C. D., 7. That these, his Majesty's Colonies, are likewise entitled to all the immunities and privileges granted and confirmed to them by royal charters, or secured by their several codes of Provincial laws. Resolved, N. C. D., 8. That they have a right peaceably to assemble, consider of their grievances, and petition the king ; and that all prosecutions, prohibitory proclamations, and commitments for the same, are illegal. Resolved, N. C. D., 9. That the keeping a standing army in these Colonies in times of peace, without the consent of the legisla- ture of that Colony in which such army is kept, is against law. Resolved, N. C. D., 10. It is indispensably necessary to good government, and rendered essential by the English Constitution, that the constituent branches of the legislature be independent of each other ; that, therefore, the exercise of legislative power in sev- eral Colonies by a council, appointed during pleasure by the Crown, is unconstitutional, dangerous, and destructive to the freedom of American legislation. All and each of which the aforesaid deputies, in behalf of them- selves and their constituents, do claim, demand, and insist on, as their indubitable rights and liberties, which can not be legally taken Pari 1.] declaration of rights. 39 from them, altered, or abridged, by any power whatever, without their own consent, by their representatives in their several Provincial legislatures. In the course of our inquiry, we find many infringements and violations of the foregoing rights ; which, from an ardent desire that harmony and mutual intercourse of afiection and interest may be restored, we pass over for the present, and proceed to state such acts and measures as have been adopted since the last war, which demon- strate a system formed to enslave America. Resolved, N. C. D., That the following acts of Parliament are infringements and violations of the rights of the colonists ; and that the repeal of them is essentially necessary, in order to restore har- mony between Grreat Britain and the American Colonies ; viz. : — The several acts of 4 Geo. III. ch. 15 and ch. 34, 5 Geo. III. ch. 25, 6 Geo. III. ch. 52, 7 Geo. III. ch. 41 andch. 46, 8 Geo. III. ch. 22, which impose ^^uties for the purpose of raising a revenue in America, extend the power of the admiralty courts beyond their ancient limits, deprive the American subject of trial by jury, author- ize the judges' certificate to indemnify the prosecutor from damages that he might otherwise be liable to, requiring oppressive security from a claimant of ships and goods seized before he shall be allowed to defend his property, and are subversive of American rights. Also 12 Geo. Ill, ch. 24, entitled " An Act for the Better Secur- ing his Majesty's Dock- Yards, Magazines, Ships, Ammunition, and Stores," which declares a new offense in America, and deprives the American subject of a constitutional trial by jury of the vicinage, by authorizing the trial of any person charged with the committing any offense described in the said act, out of the realm, to be indicted and tried for the same in any shire or county within the realm. Also the three acts passed in the last session of Parliament, for stopping the port and blocking up the harbor of Boston, for altering the charter and government of Massachusetts Bay, and that which is entitled " An Act for the Better Administration of Justice," &o. Also the act passed in the same session for establishing the Roman- Catholic religion in the Province of Quebec ; abolishing the equitable system of English laws, 'and erecting a tyranny there, to the great 40 A2JALYSIS OP CIVIL GOVERNMENT. [Part I danger (from so total a dissimilarity of religion, law, and govern- ment) of the neighboring British Colonies, by the assistance of whose blood and treasure the said country was conquered from France. Also the act passed in the same session, for the better providing suitable quarters for officers and soldiers in his Majesty's service in North America. Also that the keeping a standing army in several of these Colo- nies in time of peace, without the consent of the Legislature of that Colony in which such army is kept, is against law. To these grievous acts and measures Americans can not submit; but in hopes their fellow-subjects in Great Britain will, on a revision of them, restore us to that state in which both countries found hap- piness and prosperity, we have, for the present, only resolved to pursue the following peaceable measures: 1. To enter into a non- importation, non-consumption, and non-exportation agreement or association ; 2. To prepare an address to the people of Great Britain, and a memorial to the inhabitants of British America ; and, 3. To prepare a loyal address to his Majesty, agreeable to resolu tions already entered into. II. THE DECLARATION OP INDEPENDENCE, ADOPTED BY CONGRESS JULY 4, 1776. A Declaration by the Representatives op the United States OF America, in Congress Assembled. When, in the course of human events, it becomes necessary for one people to dissolve the political bands which have connected them with another, and to assume among the powers of the earth the separate and equal station to which the laws of nature and of nature's God entitle them, a decent respect to the opinions of man- kind requires that they should declare thej;auses which impel them to the separation. Paet I.] DECLARATION OP INDEPENDENCE. 41 We hold these truths to be self-evident, that all men are created eq^ual ; that they are endowed by their Creator with certain unalien- able rights ; that among these are life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness ; that, to secure these rights, governments are instituted among men, deriving their just powers from the consent of the gov- erned ; that, whenever any form of government becomes destructive of these ends, it is the right of the people to alter or'to abolish it, and to institute a new government, laying its foundation on such princi- ples, and organizing its powers in such form, as to them shall seem most likely to effect their safety and happiness. Prudence, indeed, will dictate that governments should not be changed for light and transient causes ; and, accordingly, all experience hath shown that mankind are more disposed to suffer, while evils are sufferable, than to right themselves by abolishing the forms to which they are accus- tomed. But when a long train of abuses and usurpations, pursuing invariafcly the same object, evinces a design to reduce them under absolute despotism, it is their right, it is their duty, to throw off such government, and to provide new guards for their future security. Such has been the patient sufferance of these Colonies, and such is now the necessity which constrains them to alter their former systems of government. The history of the present king of Great Britain is a history of repeated injuries and usurpations, all having indirect object the establishment of an absolute tyranny over these States. To prove this, let facts be submitted to a candid world : — He has refused his assent to laws the most wholesome and neces- sary for the public good. He has forbidden his governors to pass laws of immediate and pressing importance, unless suspended in then: operation tUl his assent should be obtained ; and, when so suspended, he has utterly neglected to attend to them. He has refused to pass other laws for the accommodation of large districts of people, unless those people would relinquish the right of representation in the Legislature; a right inestimable to them, and formidable to tyrants only. He has called together legislative bodies at places unusual, uncom- 42 AJ^TALYSlS OF CIVIL GOVERNMENT. [Pabt 1 fortable, and distant from the depository of their public records, for the sole purpose of fatiguing them into compliance with his measures. He has dissolyed representative houses repeatedly, for opposing, with manly firmness, his invasions on the rights of the people. He has refused, for a long time after such dissolutions, to cause others to be elected ; whereby the legislative powers, incapable of annihilation, have returned to the people at large for their exercise; the State remaining, in the mean time, exposed to all the danger of invasion from without, and convulsions within. He has endeavored to prevent the population of these States ; for that purpose, obstructing the laws for naturalization of foreign- ers ; refusing to pass others to encourage their migration hither, and raising the conditions of new appropriations of lands. He has obstructed the administration of justice by refusing his assent to laws for establishing judiciary powers. ^ He has made judges dependent on his will alone for the tenure of their offices, and the amount and payment of their salaries. He has erected a multitude of new offices, and sent hither swarms of officers to harass our people, and eat out their substance. He has kept among us, in times of peace, standing armies, with- out the consent of our Legislature. He has affected to render the military independent of, and superior to, the civil power. He has combined, with others, to subject us to a jurisdiction foreign to our Constitution, and unacknowledged by our laws ; giv- ing his assent to their acts of pretended legislation, — Ifor quartering large bodies of armed troops among us ; For protecting them, by a mock trial, from punishment for any murders which they should commit on the inhabitants of these States ; For cutting off our trade with all parts of the world ; For imposing taxes on us without our consent ; For depriving us, in many cases, of the benefits of trial by jury ; For transporting us beyond seas to be tried for pretended of- fenses ; Paet I.] DECLARATION OF INDEPENDENCE. 43 For abolishing the free system of English laws in a neighboring Province, establishing therein an arbitrary government, and enlar- ging its boundaries, so as to render it at once an example and fit instrument for introducing the same absolute rule into these Colonies ; For taking away our charters, abolishing our most valuable laws, and altering fundamentally the powers of our governments ; For suspending our own legislatures, and declaring themselves invested with power to legislate for us in all cases whatsoever ; He has abdicated government here, by declaring us out of his protection, and waging war against us. He has plundered our seas, ravaged our coasts, burnt our towns, and destroyed the lives of our people. He is, at this time, transporting large armies of foreign merce- naries to complete the works of death, desolation, and tyranny, already begun with circumstances of cruelty and perfidy scarcely paralleled in the most barbarous ages, and totally unworthy the head of a civilized nation. He has constrained our fellow citizens taken captive on the high seas to bear arms against their country, to become the execution- ers of their friends and brethren, or to fall themselves by their hands. He has excited domestic insurrections amongst us, and has endeavored to bring on the inhabitants of our frontiers the merci- less Indian savages, whose known rule of warfare is an undistin- guished destruction of all ages, sexes, and conditions. In every stage of these oppressions, we have petitioned for redress in the most humble terms : our repeated petitions have been answered only by repeated injury. A prince whose charac- ter is thus marked by every act which may define a tyrant is unfit to be the ruler of a free people. Nor have we been wanting in attention to our British brethren. We have warned them, from time to time, of attempts made by their legislature to extend an unwarrantable jurisdiction over us. We have reminded them of the circumstances of our emigration and settlement here. We have appealed to their native justice and 44 ANALYSIS OP CIVIL GOVEENMENT. [PaET L magnanimity; and we have conjured them, by the ties of our common kindred, to disavow these usurpations, which would inevitably interrupt our connections and correspondence. They, too, have been deaf to the voice of justice and consanguinity. We must, therefore, acquiesce in the necessity which denounces our separation, and hold them, as we hold the rest of mankind, enemies in war; in peace, friends. We, therefore, the representatives of the United States of America, in General Congkess assembled, appealing to the Supreme Judge of the world for the rectitude of our intentions, do, in the name and by the authority of the good people of these Colonies, solemnly publish and declare, that these United Colonies are, and of right ought to be, free and independent States; that they are absolved from all allegiance to the British Crown, and that all political connection between them and the state of Great Britain is, and ought to be, totally dissolved j and that, as free and inde- pendent States, they have full power to levy war, conclude peace, contract alliances, establish commerce, and to do all other acts and things which independent States may of right do. And for the support of this declaration, with a firm reliance on the protection of Divine Pkovidence, we mutually pledge to each other our lives, our fortunes, and our sacred honor. The signers to this Declaration were JOHN HANCOCK, President. NEW HAMPSHIBE. SAMUEL HUNTINGTON, JOSIAH BARTLETT, WILLIAM WILLIAMS, WILLIAM WHIPPLE, OLIVBR WOLCOTT. MATTHEW THORNTON. NEW YORK. MASSACHUSETTS BAT. WILLIAM FLOYD, ?^^^.^r'' ^"P LiyiNOSTON, JOHN ADAMS, ROBERT TREAT PAINE, ELBEIDQE GERRT. FRANOIS LEWIS, LEWIS MORRIS. hbode island. new jerset, stephen hopkins, richard stockton, william ellery. john wttherspoon, francis hopkinson, connecticut. john hart, eogkr sherman, abraham clake. Part I.] articles op CONFEDEKATION. 45 PENNS YL VANIA . ROBERT MORRIS, BENJAMIN RUSH, BENJAMIN FRANKLIN, JOHN MORTON, GEORGE CLYMER, JAMES SMITH, GEORGE TAYLOR, JAMES WILSON, GEORGE ROSS. DEIAWASE. C^SAR RODNEY, GEORGE BKED, THOMAS McKEAN. MARTLASD, SAMUEL CHASE, ■WILLIAM PACA, THOMAS STONE, CHARLES CARROLL, of CarroUton. VIRQINIA. GEORGE WYTHE, RICHARD HENRY LEE, THOMAS JEFFERSON", BENJAMIN HARBISON, THOMAS NELSON, Jr., FRANCIS LIGHTFOOT LEE, CARTER BRAXTON. NORTH CAROLINA, WILLIAM HOOPER, JOSEPH HEWES, JOHN PENN. SOUTH CAROLINA. EDWARD RUTLEDGE, THOMAS HAYWARD, Jr., THOMAS LYNCH, Jr., ARTHUR MIDDLETON. GEORGIA. BUTTON GWINNETT, LYMAN HALL, GEORGE WALTON. III. We have abeady spoken of the adoption of the Articles of Con- federation. They are, at length, as follows : — AETICLES OF CONFEDERATION AND PERPETUAL UNION BETWEEN THE STATES. To all to whom these presents shall come, we, the undersigned Delegates of the States affixed to our names, send greeting: Whereas the Delegates of the United States of America, in Con- gress assembled, did, on the fifteenth day of November, in the year of our Lord 1777, and in the Second Year of the Independence of America, agree to certain Articles of Confederation and perpetual Union between the States of New Hampshire, Massachusetts Bay, Rhode-Island and Providence Plantations, Connecticut, New York, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Delaware, Maryland, Virginia, North Carolina, South Carolina, and Georgia, in the words following, viz. : — 46 ANALYSIS OP CIVIL GOVERNMENT. [Pakt I. Articles of Confederation and Perpetual Union between the States of New Hampshire, Massachusetts Bay, Rhode-Island and Providence Plantations, Connecticut , New York, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Delaware, Maryland, Virginia, North Caro- lina, South Carolina, and Georgia. Article I. The style of this Confederacy shall be, " The United States of America." Art. II. Each State retains its sovereignty, freedom, and inde- pendence, and every power, jurisdiction, and right which is not by this Confederation expressly delegated to the United States in Con- gress assembled. Art. III. The said States hereby severally enter into a firm league of friendship with each other, for their common defense, the security of their liberties, and their mutual and general welfare, binding themselves to assist each other against all force offered to or attacks made upon them, or any of them, on account of religion, sovereignty, trade, or any other pretense whatever. Art. IV. The better to secure and perpetuate mutual friendship and intercourse among the people of the different States in this Union, the free inhabitants of each of these States — paupers, vaga- bonds, and fugitives from justice, excepted ^- shall be entitled to all privileges and immunities of free citizens in the several States ; and the people of each State shall have free ingress and regress to and from any other State, and shall enjoy therein all the privileges of trade and commerce, subject to the same duties, impositions, and restrictions as the inhabitants thereof respectively ; provided that such restriction shall not extend so far as to prevent the removal of property, imported into any State, to any other State of which the owner is an inhabitant ; provided also that no imposition, duties, or restriction shall be laid by any State on the property of the United States, or either of them. If any person guilty of or charged with treason, felony, or other high misdemeanor, in any State, shall flee from justice, and be found in any of the United States, he shall, upon demand of the governor- or executive power of the State from which he fled, be delivered up and removed to the State having jurisdiction of his offense. Part I.] AETICLES OP CONFEDERATION. 47 Full faith and credit shall be given in each of these States to the records, acts, and judicial proceedings of the courts and magistrates of every other State. Art. V. For the more convenient management of the general interest of the United States, delegates shall be annually appointed . in such manner as the legislature of each State shall direct, to meet in Congress on the first Monday in November in every year, with a power reserved to each State to recall its delegates, or any of them, at any time within the year, and to send others in their stead for the remainder of the year. No State shall be represented in Congress by less than two nor by more than seven members ; and no person shall be capable of being a delegate for more than three years in any term of six years ; nor shall any person, being a delegate, be capable of holding any office under the United States, for which he, or another for his bene- fit, receives any salary, fees, or emolument of any kind. Each State shall maintain its own delegates in any meeting of the States, and while they act as members of the committee of the States. In determining questions in the United States in Congress assem- bled, each State shall have one vote. Freedom of speech and debate in Congress shall not be im- peached or questioned in any court, or place out of Congress ; and the members of Congress shall be protected in their persons from arrests and imprisonments during the time of their going to and from, and attendance on. Congress, except for treason, felony, or breach of the peace. Art. VI. No State, without the consent of the United States in Congress assembled, shall send any embassy to, or receive any em- bassy from., or enter into any conference, agreement, alliance, or treaty with, any king, prince, or state ; nor shall any person holding any office of profit or trust under the United States, or any of them, accept of any present, emolument, office, or title, of any kind what- ever, from any king, prince, or foreign state ; nor shall the United States ill Congress assembled, or any of them, grant any title of no- bility. 48 ANALYSIS OF CIVIL GOVEENMENT. [Paet L No two or more States shall enter into any treaty, confederation, or alliance whatever between them, without the consent of the United States in Congress assembled ; specifying accurately the purposes for which the same is to be entered into, and how long it shall continue. No State shall lay any imposts or duties which may interfere with any stipulations in treaties entered into, by the United States in Congress assembled, with any king, prince, or state, in pursuance of any treaties already proposed by Congress to the courts of France and Spain. No vessels-of-war shall be kept up in time of peace by any State, except such number only as shall be deemed necessary, by the Unit- ed States in Congress assembled, for the defense of such State or its trade ; nor shall any body of forces be kept up by any State in time of peace, except such number only as, in the judgment of the United States in Congress assembled, shall be deemed requisite to garrison the forts necessary for the defense of such State ; but every State shall always keep up a well-regulated and disciplined militia, sufficiently armed and accoutered, and shall provide and have con- stantly ready for use in public stores a due number of field-pieces and tents, and a proper quantity of arms, ammunition, and camp equi- page. No State shall engage in any war without the consent of the Unit- ed States in Congress assembled, unless such State be actually in- vaded by enemies, or shall have received certain advice of a resolu- tion being formed by some nation of Indians to invade such State, and the danger is so imminent as not to admit of a delay till thef United States in Congress assembled can be consulted ; nor shall any State grant commissions to any ships or vessels of war, nor let- ters of marque or reprisal, except it be after a declaration of war by the United States in Congress assembled, and then only against the kingdom or state, and the subjects thereof, against which war has been so declared, and under such regulations as shall be established by the United States in Congress assembled, unless such State be infested by pirates ; in which case vessels-of-war may be fitted out for that occasion, and kept so long as the danger shall continue, or until the United States in Congress assembled shall determine otherwise. Pakt I.] ARTICLES OF CONFEDEEATION. 49 Art. VII. When land-forces are raised by any State for the common defense, all officers of or under the rank of colonel shall be appointed by the Legislature of each State respectively by whom such forces shall be raised, or in such manner as such State shall direct ; and all vacancies shall be filled up by the State which first made the appointment. Art. VIII. All charges of war, and all other expenses that shall be incurred for the common defense or general welfare, and allowed by the United States in Congress assembled, shall be defrayed out of a common treasury, which shall be supplied by the several States in proportion to the value of all land within each State, granted to or surveyed for any person, as such land and the buildings and im- provements thereon shall be estimated, according to such mode as the United States in Congress assembled shall from time to time direct and appoint. The taxes for paying that proportion shall be laid and levied by the authority and direction of the Legislatures of the several States within the time agreed upon by the United States Ln Congress assembled. Art. IX. The United States in Congress assembled shall have the sole and exclusive right and power of determining on peace and war, except in cases mentioned in the Sixth Article ; of sending and receiving ambassadors, entering into treaties and alliances, provided that no treaty of commerce shall be made whereby the legislative power of the respective States shall be restrained from imposing such imposts and duties on foreigners as their own people are subjected to, or from prohibiting the exportation or importation of any species of goods or commodities whatsoever ; of establishing rules for deciding in all cases what captures on land or water shall be legal, and in what manner prizes taken by land or naval forces in the service of the United States shall be divided or appropriated ; of granting letters of marque and reprisal in times of peace, ap- pointing courts for the trial of piracies and felonies committed on the high seas, and establishing courts for receiving and determining finally appeals in all cases of captures, provided that no member of Congress shall be appointed a judge of any of the said courts. The United States in Congress assembled shall also be the last i 60 ANALYSIS OF CIVIL GOVERNMENT. [PaKT I. resort on appeal in all disputes and diffcsrences now subsisting or that hereafter may arise between two or more States concerning boundary, jurisdiction, or any other cause whatever ; which authority shall always be exercised in the manner following : Whenever the legislative or executive authority or lawful agent of any State, in controversy with another, shall present a petition to Congress, stating the matter in question, and praying for a hearing, notice thereof shall be given by order of Congress to the legislative or executive au- thority of the other State in controversy, and a day assigned for the appearance of the parties by their lawful agents, who shall then be directed to appoint, by joint consent, commissioners or judges to con- stitute a court for hearing and determining the matter in question : but, if they can not agree, Congress shall name three persons out of each of the United States ; and from the list of such persons each party shall alternately strike out one, the petitioners beginning, until the number shall be reduced to thirteen ; and from that number not less than seven nor more than nine names, as Congress shall direct, shall in the presence of Congress be drawn out by lot ; and the per- sons whose names shall be so drawn, or any five of them, shall be commissioners or judges to hear and finally determine the contro- versy, so always as a major part of the judges who shall hear the cause shall agree in the determination ; and if either party shall neglect to attend at the day appointed, without showing reasons which Congress shall judge sufficient, or, being present, shall refuse to strike, the Congress shall proceed to nominate three persons out of each State, and the Secretary of Congress shall strike in behalf of such party absent or refusing ; and the judgment and sentence of the court, to be appointed in the manner before prescribed, shall be final and conclusive ; and, if any of the parties shall refuse to submit to tte authority of such court, or to appear or defend their claim or cause, the court shall nevertheless proceed to pronounce sentence or judgment, which shall in like manner be final and deci- sive, — the judgment or sentence and other proceedings being in either case transmitted to Congress, and lodged among the acts of Congress for the security of the parties concerned : provided that every commissioner, before he sits in judgment, shall take an oath, Part I.] ARTICLES or confederation. 51 to be administered by one of the judges of the Supreme or Superior Court of the State where the cause shall be tried, " well and truly to hear and determine the matter in question, according to the best of his judgment, without favor, aifection, or hope of reward ; " pro- vided also that no State shall be deprived of territory for the benefit of the United States. All controversies concerning the private right of soil claimed under different grants of two or more States, whose jurisdictions as they may respect such lands, and the States which passed such grants, are adjusted, the said grants or either of them being at the same time claimed to have originated antecedent to such settle- ment of jurisdiction, shall, on the petition of either party to the Congress of the United States, be finally determined, as near as may be, in the same manner as is before prescribed for deciding disputes respecting territorial jurisdiction between different States. The United States in Congress assembled shall also have the sole and exclusive right and power of regulating the alloy and value of coin struck by their own authority, or by that of the respective States ; fixing the standard of weights and measures throughout the United States ; rcfj^ulating the trade and managing all affairs with the Indians, not members of any of the States, provided that the legislative right of any State within its own limits be not infringed or violated ; establishing or regulating post-offices from one State to another throughout all the United States, and exacting such postage on the papers passing through the same as may be requisite to defray the expenses of the said office ; appointing all officers of the land-forces in the service of the United States, excepting regimental officers ; appointing all the officers of the naval forces, and commissioning all officers whatever in the service of the United States ; making rules for the government and regulation of the said land and naval forces, and directing their operations. The United States in Congress assembled shall have authority to appoint a committee, to sit in the recess of Congress, to be denom- inated " A Committee of the States," and to consist of one delegate from each State; and to appoint such other committees and civil 52 ANALYSIS OF CIVIL GOVEENMENT. [PaeT L officers as may 'be necessary for managing the general affairs of the United States under their direction ; to appoint one of their num- ber to preside, provided that no person be allowed to serve in the office of president more than one year in any term of three years ; to ascertain the necessary sums of money to be raised for the ser- vice of the United States, and to appropriate and apply the same for defraying the public expenses ; to borrow money, or emit bUls on the credit of the United States, transmitting every half-year to the respective States an account of the sums of money so borrowed or emitted ; to build and equip a navy ; to agree upon the num- ber of land forces, and to make requisitions from each State for its quota, in proportion to the number of white inhabitants in such State ; which requisition shall be binding ; and thereupon the Legis- lature of each State shall appoint the regimental officers, raise the men, and clothe, arm, and equip them in a soldier-like manner, at the expense of the United States ; and the officers -and men so clothed, armed, and equipped shall march to the place appointed and within the time agreed on by the United States in Congress assembled : but if the United States in Congress assembled shall, on consideration of circumstances, judge proper that any State should not raise men, or should raise a smaller number than its quota, and that any other State should raise a greater number of men than the quota thereof, such extra number shall be raised, officered, clothed, armed, and equipped in the same manner as the quota of such State, unless the Legislature of such State shall judge that such extra num- ber cannot be safely spared out of the same ; in which case they shall raise, officer, clothe, arm, and equip as many of such extra number as they judge can be safely spared ; and the officers and men so clothed, armed, and equipped shall march to the place appointed, and within the time agreed on by the United States in Congress assembled. The United States in Congress assembled shall never engage ia a war ; nor grant letters of marque and reprisal in time of peace ; nor enter into any treaties or alliances ; nor coin money, nor regulate the value thereof; nor ascertain the sums and expenses necessary for the defense and welfare of the United States, or any of them; Pakt I.] AETICLES OP CONFEDERATION. 53 nor emit bills, nor borrow money on the credit of the United States ; nor appropriate money ; nor agree upon the number of vessels-of-war to be built or purchased, or the number of land or sea forces to be raised ; nor appoint a commander-in-chief of the army or navy, unless nine States assent to the same ; nor shall a question on any other point, except for adjourning from day to day, be determined, unless by the votes of a majority of the United States in Congress assembled. The Congress of the United States shall have power to adjourn to any time within the year, and to any place within the United States, so that no period of adjournment be for a longer duration than the space of six months ; and shall publish the journal of theii proceedings monthly, except such parts thereof, relating to treaties, alliances, or military operations, as in their judgment require se- crecy : and the yeas and nays of the delegates of each State on any question shall be entered on the journal, when it is desired by any delegate ; and the delegates of a State, or any of them, at his or their request, shall be furnished with a transcript of the said jour- nal, except such parts as are above excepted, to lay before the Legis- latures of the several States. Art. X. The Committee of the States, or any nine of them, shall be authorized to execute, in the recess of Congress, such of the powers of Congress as the United States in Congress assembled, by the consent of nine States, shall from time to time think expedient to vest them with ; provided that no power be delegated to the said committee, for the exercise of which, by the Articles of Confedera- tion, the voice of nine States in the Congress of the United States assembled is requisite. Art. XI. Canada, acceding to this Confederation, and joining in the measures of the United States, shall be admitted into, and entitled to all the advantages of, this Union ; but no other Colony shall be admitted into the same, unless such admission be agreed to by nine States. Art. XII. All bills of credit emitted, moneys borrowed, and debts contracted, by or under the authority of Congress before the assembling of the United States, in pursuance of the present Con- 54 ANALYSIS OF CIVIL GOVBENMENT. [Paet I federation, shall be deemed and considered as a charge against the United States, for payment and satisfaction whereof the said United States and the public faith are hereby solemnly pledged. Art. XIII. Every State shall abide by the determinations of the United States in Congress assembled, on all questions which, by this Confederation, are submitted to them. And the Articles of this Con- federation shall be inviolably observed by every State, and the Union shall be perpetual ; nor shall any alteration at any time hereafter be made in any of them, unless such alteration be agreed to in a Congress of the United States, and be afterwards confirmed by the Legislatures of every State. And whereas it hath pleased the great Governor of the world to incline the hearts of the Legislatures we respectively represent in Congress to approve of, and to authorize us to ratify, the said Articles of Confederation and perpetual Union, KNOW YE, that we, the undersigned delegates, by virtue of the power and authority to us given for that purpose, do by these presents, in the name and in behalf of our respective constituents, fully and entirely ratify and confirm each and every of the said Articles of Confederation and perpetual Union, and all and singular the matters and things therein contained. And we do further solemnly plight and engage the faith of our respective constituents, that they shall abide by the determinations of the United States in Congress assembled on all questions which by the said Confederation are submitted to them ; and that the Articles thereof shall be inviolably observed by the States we respectively represent, and that the Union shall be pei> petual. In witness whereof, we have hereunto set our hands in Congress. Done at Philadelphia, in the State of Pennsylvania, the ninth day of July, in the year of our Lord 1778, and in the third year of the Independence of America. Josiah Bartlctt, John Wentworth, jun. ) On the part and behalf of the Aug. 8, 1778, ! State of New Hampshire. John Hancock, Francis Dana, \ „ Samuel Adams, James Lovell, \ °'\ "'" P"' "'"l "^''■'^f "^ *" Elhridgo Gerry, Samuel Holton, j ^'"te of M.assaohusetts Bay. William EUery, r , ^ „. 1 °o"'° P"' """^ ^*'^*' °^ "■" Henry Marohant, John Colhas. _ ^ State of Rhode Island and Provldenoo Plantations. Part I.] CONSTITUTION. 55 Roger Sherman, Samuel Huntington, Oliver Wolcott, Jas Duane, Fraa Lewie, Jn° Witherspoon, Rob* Morris, Daniel Roberdcaa, Jon* Bayard Smitli, Tho. M'Kean, Feb. 12, 17Y9, John Dickinson, May 5, 1779, John Hanson, March 1, 1781, Richard Henry Lee, John Banister, Thomas Adams, John Penn, July 21, 1778, Henry Laurens, William Henry Drayton, Jn" Matthews, Jn" Walton, 24th July, 1778, Titus Hoamer, Andrew Adam, William Duer, Govr Morris, Nathi Scudder, William Clingan, Joseph Reed, 22d July, 1778, Nicholas Van Dyke, Daniel Carroll, March 1, 1781, Jn" Harvie, Francis Lightfoot Lee, Corns Harnett, Jn** Williams, Richd HutBon, Thos. Heyward, jun. Edwd Telfair, Edw^ Langworthy, [On the part afid behalf of the State of Connecticut. I On the part and behalf of the t State of New York. [On the part and behalf of the State of New Jersey, Nov. 26, 1778. iOn the part and behalf of the State of Pennsylvania. I On the part and behalf of the I State of Delaware. ) On the part and behalf of the i State of Maryland. I On the part and behalf of the r State of Virginia. I On the part and behalf of the I State of North Carolina, [On the part and behalf of the State of South Carolina. I On the part and behalf of the f State of Georgia. IV. 1 CONSTITUTION OF THE UNITED STATES OP AMERICA. Note. — A large figure is placed on the left margin of each paragraph of the fol- lowing copy of the Constitution, so that the paragraphs may he referred to by nwn- hers. This will be found a convenience in studying the Analysis of the Constitution, as the correspojQding figures are used there. We, the People of the United States, in order to form a more perfect union, establish justice, insure do- mestic tranquillity, provide for the common defense, pro- mote the general welfare, and secure the blessings of lib- erty to ourselves and our posterity, do ordain and estab- lish this Constitution for the United States of America. ARTICLE I. SECTION 1. 1. All legislative powers herein granted shall be vested in a Congress of the United States, which shall consist of a Senate and House of Representatives. 2 5 66 ANALYSIS OF CIVIL GOVBENMENT. [PaKT I. SECTION 2. 1. The Housj of Kepresentatives shall be composed 3 of members chosen every second year by the people of the several States, and the electors in each State shall have the qualifications requisite for electors of the most numerous branch of the State Legislature. 4 2. No person shall be a Kepresentative who shall not have attained to the age of twenty-five years, and been seven years a citizen of the United States, and who shall not, when elected, be an inhabitant of that State in which he shall be chosen. * 3. Representatives and direct taxes shall be appor- tioned among the several States which may be included within this Union, according to their respective numbers, which shall be determined by adding to the whole num- ber of free persons, including those bound to service for a term of years, and excluding Indians not taxed, three- fifths of all other persons. The actual enumeration shall be made within three years after the first meeting of the Congress of the United States, and within every subse- quent term of ten years, in such manner as they shall by law direct. The number of Eepresentatives shall not ex- ceed one for every thirty thousand, but each State shall have at least one Representative ; and, until such enumer- ation shall be made, the St-ate of New Hampshire shall be entitled to choose three, Massachusetts eight, Rhode- Island and Providence Plantations one, Connecticut five, New York six, New Jersey four, Pennsylvania eight, Delaware one, Maryland six, Virginia ten, North Caro lina five. South Carolina five, and Georgia three. 4. When vacancies happen in the representation from any State, the executive authority thereof shall issue writs of election to fill such vacancies. 5. The House of Representatives shall choose their 7 Speaker and other officers, and shall have the sole power of impeachment. * UodUed so far as relates to representation by tlie 14th Amendment. See p. 74. 6 Part I.] constitution. 57 8 9 10 11 12 13 SECTION 3. 1. The Senate of the United States shall be composed of two Senators from each State, chosen by the Legisla- ture thereof for six years; and each Senator shall have one vote. 2. Immediately after they shall be assembled in con- sequence of the first election, they shall be divided, as equally as may be, into three classes. The seats of the Senators of the first class shaU. be vacated at the expira- tion of the second year ; of the second class, at the expi- ration of the fourth year ; and of the third class, at the expiration of the sixth year; so that one-third may be chosen every second year : and if vacancies happen, by resignation or otherwise, during the recess of the Legis- lature of any State, the executive thereof may make tem- pory appointments until the next meeting of the Legisla- ture, which shall then fill such vacancies. 3. No' person shall be a Senator who shall not have attained to the age of thirty years, and been nine years a citizen of the United States, and who. shall not, when elected, be an inhabitant of that State for which he shall be chosen. 4. The Vice-President of the United States shall be President of the Senate, but shall have no vote unless they be equally divided. 5. The Senate shall choose their other officers, and also a President pro tempore in the absence of the Vice- President, or when he shall exercise the office of Presi- dent of the United States. 6. The Senate shall have the sole power to try aU impeachments. When sitting for that purpose, they shall be on oath or affirmation. When the President of the United States is tried, the Chief Justice shall pre- side ; and no person shall be convicted without the con currence of two-thirds of the members present. . 7. Judgment in cases of impeachment shall not es- 58 ANALYSIS OF CIVIL GOVEENMENT. [PaEX L 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 tend further than to removal from office, and disqualifica- tion to hold and enjoy any office of honor, trust, or profit, under the United States; but the party convicted shall nevertheless be liable and subject to indictment, trial, judgment, and punishment, according to law. SECTION 4. 1. The times, places, and manner of holding elections for Senators and Representatives shall be prescribed in each State by the Legislature thereof ; but the Congress may at any time, by law, make or alter such regulations, except as to the places of choosing Senators. 2. The Congress shall assemble at least once in every year ; and such meeting shall be on the first Monday in December, unless they shall by law appoint a difierent day. SECriOiV 5. 1 . Each House shall be the judge of the elections, re- turns, and qualifications of its own members ; and a ma- jority of each shall constitute a quorum to do business, but a smaller number may adjourn from day to day, and may be authorized to compel the attendance of absent members, in such manner and under such penalties as each House may provide. 2. Each House may determine the rules of its pro- ceedings, punish its members for disorderly behavior, and, with the concurrence of two-th'nds, expel a member. 3. Each House shall keep a journal of its proceed- ings, and from time to time publish the same, excepting such parts as may, in their judgment, requu'e secrecy ; and the yeas and nays of the members of either House on any question shall, at the desiie of one-fifth of those present, be entered on the journal. 4. Neither House, during the session of Congress, shall, without the consent of the other, adjoui-n for more than three days, nor to any other place than that in which the two Houses shall be sitting. Parms, postmaster, and doorkeeper. These officers are not members of the House. (List of Speakers of the House, Chap. XV., Art. Vm., Part II.) § 2. The House of Eepresentatives has the sole power of origi- nating articles of impeachment. An impeachment is a solemn and specific accusation brought against a public officer, drawn out in due form, charging him with ti-eason, bribery, or other crimes and misde- meanors. It is in the nature of an indictment, being only prima facie evidence of guilt, — sufficient, however, to put the accu.sed on trial at the bar of the Senate. Although it requires a two-third majority of the Senate to convict the accused, it requires only a numerical majority to prefer the impeachment by the House. § 3. The following course, substantially, is pursued in preferring impeachments : — 1st. Some member of the House, who believes that charges should be made against the public officer, proposes that a committee be appoint- ed to inquire into the matter, and to make report of the results of their invostigations to the House at some future time. Such com- Part II.] HOUSE OF KEPRESENTATIVES. 15J7 mittee is generally appointed without opposition; and usually the mover will be appointed its chairman, as he is presumed, from the fact that he makes the move, to have some knowledge of the case. 2d. If the committee find, on investigation, that the charges are well founded, and are of such a character as to render the party im- plicated worthy of impeachment, they so report to the House, specifi- cally defining the charges, and recommend that he be impeached. 3d. The House examines the report, the subject is discussed, and a vote taken. If the proposed impeachment is adopted by the House, and is not drawn out in due form, the House appoints another committee, to whom this part of the business is submitted, who report the impeachment in specific articles. Another vote is taken by the House on the impeachment, article by article. 4th. A committee is now appointed by the House to take the whole matter before the Senate, a,nd to represent the House in its prosecution. The House has now taken all the steps properly belonging to that body in the proceedings. The proceedings of the Senate in the case will be noticed in treating of the judicial powers of that body. § 4. It seems proper that the House should possess the sole power of impeachment, as that body is constituted of the representa- tives of the people, who may be presumed to be better acquainted with public sentiment ia their respective localities than members of the Senate. In England, the power of impeachment is vested in the House of Commons, the people's branch of the legislative department ; and the trial of impeachment belongs to the House of Lords, to which our Senate is somewhat analogous. § 5. The House of Representatives has the sole power of originat- ing bills for raising revenue. This body, as has been stated, is constituted of the more immediate representatives of the people ; and, as the people are to pay the taxes if any are imposed, it would seem fit and proper that their representatives should be the prime movers in any measures that require money to prosecute them. § 6. In the Constitutional Convention, there was considerable op- position to this clause of the Constitution. Even Mr. Madison, who was ever watchful of the rights of the people, at first objected to it. 128 ANALYSIS OF CIVIL GOVERNMENT. [Paet IL He and some others thought that the Senate would be a more capa- ble body of men, and that it would be bad policy to thus discrim'- nate against them. One member characterized it as a " degrading discrimination.' Another said it would take away the responsibility of the Senate, the great security for good behavior ; that it would be a dangerous source of disputes between the two houses. The workings of goyemment in Grreat Britain were often referred to in the Convention. All bills for raising revenue there must ori- ginate in the House of Commons, which, as has been stated, is the people's branch. § 7. Although the report of the committee in Convention, propos- ing that money-bills should originate with the House only, was de- clared passed, it did not pass by a majority of the States represented. Enough voted against it to defeat the measure, had the States that were divided in opinion (and therefore lost their vote) been added to their number. But it prevailed, and has thus far worked well. § 8. The House is co-ordinate with the Senate in general legisla- tion. There are special powers peculiar to each house ; and these are so cleai-ly defined in the Constitution as to take away all ambi- guity. There can be no mistaking the powers of one house for those of the other. But in the general, ordinary business of law-making, the houses are co-ordinate, with the foregoing exception. § 9. Among the peculiar and exclusive powers of the House of Eepresentatives is that of choosing a President of the United States in a certain contingency. When the electors of President and Vice- President fail to elect a President by a majority of all the electors appointed by the people for that purpose, the election of the Presi- dent devolves on the House. § 10. This has occurred twice since the adoption of the Constitu^ tion. Thomas Jefferson was elected the first time (1801) by the House of Eepresentatives, on the thirty-sixth ballot. The opposing candidate was Aaron Burr. At that time, there were sixteen States in the Union. When the house elects, a President, it is done by States, each State having but one vote. Jefferson received the votes of eight ; Burr, six ; and two States wore divided. The same result •Part IF.] THE SKNATB. 129 continued through thirty-five ballotings ; but on the thirty-sixth, as above stated, JeiFerson was elected. This was done under the third clause of Article 11. of the Consti- tution, which has been superseded by Article XII. of the Amend- ments. § 11. The second instance of the election of a Presideni; of the United States by the House of Kepresentatives occurred in 1825. Four candidates were voted for on the electoral ticket, neither of whom received a majority of all the votes. These candidates were Andrew Jackson of Tennessee, who received ninety-nine votes ; John Quincy Adams of Massachusetts, eighty-four; Wilham H. Crawford of Georgia, forty-one ; and Henry Clay of Kentucky, thirty-seven. No one receiving a majority of the electoral votes, the election was thrown into the House ; when John Quincy Adams was elected. Mr. Clay's name did not come before the House, as he received the smallest number of electoral votes of the four candi- dates. For when the election comes into the House, since the Twelfth Article of Amendments was adopted, that body must elect from the persons having the highest numbers, not exceeding three on the list of candidates. The election of President will be more critically examined when we come to treat of the executive department. CHAPTER II. UNITED-STATES SENATE. ART. I. — HOW COMPOSED. The Senate is composed of two senators from each State. 8. § 1. The composition of the Senate is the result of compromise between the larger and smaller States represented in the Constitu- tional Convention. Under the Confederation, it will be remembered, the representative power in Congress was the same in all the States ; and that body consisted of but one house. The small State of Rhode Island had one vote, and the great State of Virginia had no more. 130 ANALYSIS OF CIVIL GOVERNMENT. [Part II. § 2. The small States were tenacious of this power, and were reluctant to allow any encroachment on their sovereignty. It was inserted in the credentials of the members of the Constitutional Con- vention from Delaware, that they were prohibited from changing that article in the Confederation establishing an equality of votes among the States. § 3. The large States yielded one point in the controversy, and the small States another. The large States consented to equality in the Senate, and the small States to representation in the House in proportion to population. In the Senate, therefore, there is no dis- tinction between the States ; and as every bill, before it can become a law, must pass both Houses of Congress, the rights of the smaller States are not likely to be compromised in the legislative depart- ment. ART. 11. — ELIGIBILITY. 1. Must have attained to the age of thirty years. 2. Must have been nine years a citizeii of the United States. 3. When elected, shall be an inhabitant of the State for which chosen. 10. 4. No United- States officer shall be a member of either house of Congress. 23. (See appendix to Analysis D.) § 1 . No difference of opinion prevailed in the Convention in ref- erence to the age named. At thirty, the character of a man has usually become defined and established. He may be presumed, at this age, to have had sufSoient experience to give weight and dignity to the public councils, and to have acquired that firmness and inde- pendence which will give stability of purpose in the performance of his duties. § 2. By reference to the age required for membership of the other house, it will be seen that there is a difference of five years ; a man being eligible to a seat in that house at twenty-five. It is con- sidered, that, at least in some respects, the duties of a senator are more responsible than the duties of a member of the House of Rep- resentatives. 1st. There can be but two senators fi-om one State, while the number of representatives will depend on the population. The Part It.] THE SENATE. 131 State of New York, for instance, can have but two senators ; but at present, 1868, has thirty-one members of the other house, 2d. The responsible duty of trying all impeachments devolves on the Senate ; and from their decision there is no appeal. 3d. A senator holds for the term of six years ; a representative, for but two. If a senator proves incompetent or unfaithful, and fails to give satisfaction, six years' term of office will prove burden- some to his constituency. On the other hand, the representative term is so short, that unfaithfulness or incompetency will cause but comparatively little inconvenience before he must meet his constitu- ency at the ballot-box. 4th. On the Senate rests the grave responsibility of deciding on the fitness of executive nominations to office. 5th. In the Senate is vested, jointly with the executive, the pre- rogative of treaty-making. § 3. Eligibility to the senatorial office requires a United-States citizenship of nine years. This feature was debated in the Conven- tion with great spirit and earnestness. Some members were in favor of requiring but four years, some seven, some nine, some ten, others thirteen, still others fourteen ; and a few preferred that American nativity be required. Nearly all seemed averse to admitting stran- gers to a seat in the Senate. There were a small number of mem- bers, however, in favor of requiring no specified period, but simply that the incumbent should be a citizen. § 4. No one can regard the condition a hardship that requu-es a residence and citizenship of sufficient time to enable the party to demonstrate his attachment to our institutions, and form of govern- ment, and to give evidence of his determination to make our country his permanent home. ' § 5. The laws of Congress require five years' residence before an alien can become naturalized, and the Constitution nine years' citi- zenship before he can hold the office of United-States senator ; making fourteen years' residence necessary before he is eligible to a seat in that body. § 6. That a senator should be an inhabitant of the State for which he is chosen is a condition so reasonable, that it was accepted 132 ANALYSIS OP CIVIL GOVBENMENT. [PaKT IL by the Convention without debate. It was inserted in every pro- posed draft of the Constitution; the only alteration being the striking out of the word " resident," and inserting the word " inhabitant." § 7. But it must be observed, that necessity of inhabitancy is limited to the time when chosen. A senator chosen for New York, for instance, does not vacate his seat in the Senate by changing his residence to any other State during the term for which he was elected. It might be in the highest degree proper that he should resign ; but that is a matter within his own discretion. § 8. A member of Congress must not -be encumbered with any office under the government of the United States. If he holds any such office at the time of his election to Congress, he must resign it before he can take his seat. This applies to membership of either house. § 9. The senatorial office is not an office under the government of the United States within the meaning of the Constitution. This was decided by the Senate itself at a very early period (1799) , when Senator Blount was impeached by the House, and brought before the Senate for trial. § 10. The authors of the Constitution considered the duties of any office under the United States as incompatible with the faithful discharge of the duties of senator or representative. In several proposed drafts of the Constitution in the Convention, a clause was inserted, rendering a member of either house ineligible to any office under the United States for several years after the expiration of his legislative term. But it was finally agreed to confine the disability to the period of membership. ART. III.— TERM. Tfie senatorial term is six years. 8. § 1. The senatorial term was another subject of earnest debate in the Convention, and on which, at first, there was great difference of opinion. The terms of three, four, five, six, seven, and nine yeai's, were severally proposed ; and each had its advocates. Several mem- bers were in favor of extending the tenn for life, or during good behavior. Part II.] THE SENATE. 13a § 2. All were in favor of a term sufficiently long to insure to the office dignity, stability, and independence. A term of two or three years was believed to be quite too short for a fair trial on any meas- ure of importance on which there might be an almost equal division of opinion. § 3. On the other hand, it was contended that a term of eight or len years, or for life, might lead a senator to forget his home respon- sibility. He might be persistent in measures known to be adverse to the best interests of the country, merely from pride of opinion, or from the more objectionable spii-it of obstinacy. Six years was pro- bably not the choice of half the members of the Convention ; but that term was adopted as a compromise of tEe extremes. ART. IV. — BY WHOM CHOSEN. £y the legislatures of the several States. 8. § 1. There were several propositions in the Constitutional Con- vention on the subject of this article. The first was by Edmund Kajcidolph of Virginia, who opened the business of the Convention. He presented an outline of what he thought the new Constitution should contain. In that outline, it was proposed that the senators should be elected by the House of Representatives, on nominatiorj by the legislatures of the several States. § 2. A second plan proposed was, that the senators shall be cho- sen by the people of the several States, by direct vote, in the same manner as the members of the House of Eepresentatives are chosen. § 3. A third plan was, that senators shall be appointed by the President of the United States, from nominations made by the legis- latures of the several States. § 4. A fourth plan proposed to unite several representative dis- tricts into a senatorial district, anl let the people elect the senators by direct vote. § 5. A fifth plan was, that the people by direct vote elect senato- rial electors, and that these electors should elect the senators. " § 6. And still another plan was, that United-States senators shall be chosen by the legislatures of the several States. This plan pre- vailed. The principal reason that led to a decision in favor of this 134 ANALYSIS OF CIVIL GOVERNMENT. [PakT IL proposition was, that senators represent their respective States in their political capacity, and are not regarded as representatives of the people. It was the intention of the authors of the Constitution that the Senate should be a far more grave, dignified, and aristo- cratic body than the House. MODE OF ELECTION OF SENATOHS. Note. — By act of Congress, passed July 26, 1866, relating to the election of United-States senators by the State legislatures, it is provided, — 1st. That each House shall, by a vote viva voce of each member present, on the second Tuesday after the meeting and organization thereof, name a person for senator. 2d. On the day following, the two houses shall meet in joint assembly ; and, if the same person shall have received a majority of all the votes cast in each house, he shall be declared duly elected senator of the United States. 3d. If no person has received such majorities, then the joint as- sembly shall choose, by a viva voce vote, a person for senator; and the person who shall receive a majority of all the votes of the joint assembly, a majority of the members of each house being present, shall be declared duly elected. 4th. K such senator is not elected on the first day, the joint as- sembly shall meet, and take at least one vote per day, during the entire session of the legislature, or until a senator shall be elected 5th. In relation to vacancies, the act pro\'ides, that, when one exists at a meeting of the legislature, the same proceedings shall be had on the second Tuesday after their meeting and organization. 6th. When a vacancy shall happen duiing the session of the legislature, Uke proceedings shall be had, beginning with the second Tuesday after notice of such vacancy shall have been received. 7th. The Governor of the State shall certify the election of a senator to the President of the United States. ART. v. — VTHEN CHOSEN. One-third the number of senators shall be chosen every eeconcl year. 9. Part II.] THE SENATE. 135 This must necessarily be so, ou account of the mode of classifying the senators which the Constitution prescribes, and which it directs to take place at the first organization of the Senate under the new government. Only one-third of the senators being chosen every second year, and but one-third retiring every second year, the Senate must always be constituted of members, one-third of whom have had at least four years of legislative experience, and of another third who have had at least two. ART. VI. —HOW CLASSED. Immediately after they shall be assembled in consequence of the first election, they shall be divided as equally as m,ay he into three classes : — 1. The seats of the senators of the first class shall be vacated at the expiration of the second year. 2. Of the second class, at the expiration of the fourth year. 3. Of the third class, at the expiration of the sixth year. O. § 1, There was unanimity of opinion in the Constitutional Con- vention on the propriety of rendering the Senate a perpetual body. The prerogatives with which it is invested, and the duties required of it, render this indispensable ; and it was therefore agreed to with but little or no discussion. § 2. The number of senators at first was twenty-six, there being thirteen States in the Union, and two senators from each State ; though all were not present at the first classification. Were each of these senators to serve for six years, their terms would all expire at the same time. But the plan was, that one-third should retire eveiy second year : hence it was necessary to adopt some method by which to determine who should go out at the end of two years, who at the end of four, and who at the end of six. § 3 The first proposition before the Convention was, that this should be done by lot ; and it was so inserted in the proposed draft of the Constitution. But this was erased on motion of Mr. Madi- son, so as to leave the Senate at liberty to adopt some method by which to prevent the election of two senators at the same time, and from the same State, for a full term of six years. 136 ANALYSIS OF CIVIL GOVERNMENT. [Part II § 4. It should be remarked here, that when a new State is admitted into the Union, and it chooses two senators, it is deter- mined by lot which shall serve for the shorter, and which for the longer term. At the first session of Congress under the Constitution, the division of the senators into three classes was made in the follow- ing manner : — 1st. The senators present were divided into three classes by name ; the first consisting of six persons, the second of seven, and the third of six. (Two or three senators had not yet reached the seat of government ; and it will be remembered that Rhode Island and North Carolina had not yet ratified the new Constitution. ) 2d. Three papers of an equal size, numbered one, two, and three, were, by the secretary, rolled up and put into a box, and drawn by a committee of three persons chosen for the purpose in behalf of the respective classes in which each of them was placed. 3d. The classes were to vacate their seats in the Senate according to the order of the numbers drawn for them, beginning with number one. 4th. It was also provided, that, when senators should take their seats from States which had not then appointed senators, they should be placed by lot in the foregoing classes, but in such a manner as should keep the classes as nearly equal as possible. 5th. In ai'ranging the original classes, cai'e was taken that both senators from the same State should not be in the same class, so that there never should be a vacancy, at the same time, of ' the seats of both senators.-' ART. VII. — VACANCIES. If vacancies happen hy resignation, or otherwise, during the recess of the legislature of any State, — 1. Tlie executive tliereof may niahe temporary appointments until the next meeting of the legislature. 'I. The legislature shall then fill such vacancies. 9. 1 Story on Const., § 726. Part II.] THE SENATE, 137 § 1. If vacancies happen while the legislature of the State whose seats are thus vacated is in session, the legislature will fill the vacancies without official action on the part of the governor or executive. The governor has no authority in the case while that body is in session, — not even to appoint for a single day. § 2. He has no appointing power in anticipation of a vacancy soon to occur. He must wait until it actually happens. The Senate itself has decided this question. It is also doubtful if the legislature could choose a senator in anticipation of a vacancy. § 3. The senator chosen to fill a vacancy does not hold for the term of six years, but until the expiration of his predecessor's term only. AET. VIII. — VOTE. Each senator shall have one vote. 8. This clause would seem to be superfluous, unless it be remem- bered, that, under the Confederation, each State, whatever the num- ber of its members in Congress, had but one vote ; and, if less than two members were present, it had no vote. The States were each allowed from two to seven members ; and, if their delegation was equally divided, they lost their vote. One member was incapable of voting alone. It was the intention of the Constitution to give equality of suffrage in the Senate ; with the further advantage, that a senator shall not lose his vote, nor his State go entirely unrepresented, on account of the absence of one of the members from the senate-chamber. AET. IX. — PEESIDING OFFICER. 1. The Vice-President of the United States shall be Presi' dent of the Senate. 2. He shall have no vote, unless they be equally divided. 11. 3. The Senate shall choose a president pro tempore in the ab- sence of the Vice-President, or when he shall exercise the office of President of the United States. IS. § 1. There was strong opposition in the Constitutional Conven- tion to creating any such office as the Vice-Presidency ; and, when this point was carried, there was considerable opposition to the 138 ANALYSIS OP CIVIL GOVERNMENT. [Pakt II. proposition making the Vice-President the President of the Senate : though this last met with less hostility than the first ; only two States voting against it. § 2. At first, it was intended to allow the Senate to choose their own presiding officer ; but afterwards, when the Convention con- sidered a second feature of the provision, — which was, that in case of the death, removal, or disability of the President of the United States, the President of the Senate, as was proposed, was to perform the duties of the office thus made vacant, — the Vice-Presidency met with more favor. § 3. As presiding oflSoer over the Senate, it was believed that he would be more impartial in his decisions than that oflScer would were he a member of their own body. He might, in that case, be too much influenced by the interest he would feel in his own State. But how his being Vice-President, instead of senator, would deprive him of this feeling of State interest, was not shown ; nor was it shown why the same objection might not apply as against the Speaker of the House of Representatives, who is a member of that body. It seems more reasonable that the Constitution places that ofl5eer over the Senate "for want of something else to do " while there is a President of the United States. § 4. The Vice-President has no vote in the Senate unless they are equally divided. It is difficult to understand why he should have a vote even in such cases, since he is not a member of the Senate. A measure that can not be earned affirmatively by a ma- jority of the members of a legislative body, especially after thorough - discussion, it is generally presumed, ought to fail. § 5. The Vice-President's vote, therefore, is of no utility but to aid the affirmative. When the Senate is equally divided, the proposed bill or measure has failed unless the Vice-President comes to its rescue. An equal division in the other house defeats any proposition in legislative proceedings. § 6. The President pro tempore of the Senate is an oflBcer of that body, chosen by its members, from among themselves, in the absence of the Vice-President, or when he shall exercise the duties of the presidential office. Part II.] THE SENATE. 139 § 7. Three times in our iiistory, the Vice-President has been called to perform the duties of the President on the death of that officer. Gen. Harrison died April 4, 1841, — just one month after his inauguration as President of the United States. He was suc- ceeded by John Tyler, the Vice-President. Gen. Taylor was inaugurated March 5, 1849 ; and died July 9, 1850. He was suc- ceeded by Millard Fillmore. Abraham Lincoln died April 15, 18G5, having been inaugurated the second time, March 4, 1865 ; and, on his death, was succeeded by Andrew Johnson. § 8. It is customary, when we have a new Vice-President, for that officer to vacate his chair just before the close of the first ses- sion of the Senate, after his inauguration, to give them an oppor- tunity to elect a president pro tempore. This is done, that, in case the Vice-President shall be called to the duties of the President, the Senate will not be left without a presiding officer. § 9. The President pro tempore of the Senate is sometimes called the Vice-President of the United States. This is often done, doubtless, by way of courtesy, but sometimes because he is really thought to be in fact such officer. But this is a mistake. § 10. Although, in case of the death, removal, or disability, both of the President and Vice-President, the President pro tempore of the Senate would exercise the duties of President, he is by no means either Vice-President or President. It does not make him Vice-President simply because, in a certain contingency, he may be called to perform the duties of President : if so, we have had two, if not three, Vice-Presidents most of the time during our history ; for the Speaker of the House may become acting President also. § 11. It is never claimed that the President pro icnipore is Vice- President of the United States, unless the Vice-President has died, or succeeded to the Presidency ; as in the cases of Tyler, Fillmore, and Johnson, before cited. The Vice-President is an officer of the United States ; and no officer of the United States, the Constitution says, shall be a member of either House of Congress. But the President pro tempore of the Senate is a member of the Senate. § 12. The President pro tempore of the Senate must vote on the call of the yeas and nays the same as any other member : on the 140 ANALYSIS OF CIVIL GOVERNMENT. [Part II. contrary, the Vice-President never can vote except in cases when the Senate is equally divided. § 13. The Vice-President must be at least thirty-five years of age, the same as the President ; for the Constitution declares that " no person constitutionally ineligible to the office of President shall be eligible to that of Vice-President of the United States : " but a President pro tempore of the Senate need not be over thirty. The Vice-President must be native born, or a citizen of the United States at the adoption of the Constitution : the President pro tem- pore of the Senate need not be either. Any member of the Senate is eligible to the presidency pro tempore of that body. § 14. The Vice-President, in case of the death of the President, serves out the entire balance of the term for which the Presi- dent and Vice-President were elected : on the contrary, the President pro tempore of the Senate, in case he succeeds to the duties of President, serves only until a President can be elected, or until the disability of the ofBcer whom he has succeeded shall be removed. § 15. The Vice-President can be removed from office by im- peachment only. The President pro tempore of the Senate is not a United-States officer, and can not, therefore, be impeached. The Senate has decided that a member of Congress is not impeachable. § 16. The Constitution recognizes but two modes of electing a Vice-President : — 1st. By electors of President and Vice-President of the United 2d. When the electors fail to elect a Vice-President, the Senate shall elect one ; but this officer is not the President pro tempore of the Senate. § 17. The term of the President pro tempore of the Senate can not continue beyond his senatorial term ; as in the case of Senator Foster of Connecticut, President pro tempore of the Senate, whose term expired March 4, 1867 : but the Vice-Presidency expires at the end of the presidential term only. § 18. If the President pro tempore of the Senate is Vice-Presi- dent of the United States, there were two Vice-Presidents for some forty days after Mr. Foster's election to that position ; for he was Part II.] THE SENATE. 141 elected while Andrew Johnson was yet Vice-President, and before President Lincoln's death. • § 19. These are regarded as conclusive proofs, drawn chiefly from the Constitution itself, that the President pro tempore of the Senate is not Vice-President of the United States, even when the Vice-President proper has succeeded to the Presidency ; nor does the Constitution anywhere intimate that this officer of the Senate is to be so regarded. It is only by a law of Congress that he suc^ ceeds even to the temporary performance of the duties of the Presi- dency, in case of the death, removal, or other disability, both of the President and Vice-President. (List of Presidents of the Senate pro tempore, Chap. XV., Art. IX., Part II.) art. x. — senate-powers. 1- Legislative. 1st. Go-ordinate with the Souse of Representatives in general legislation. So 2d. May propose or concur with atnendments to bills for raising revenue. 33. 2. Executive. \st. To ratify treaties proposed by the President of the United States, two-thirds of the senators present concurring. 2d. To confirm the folloioing officers when nominated by the President of the United States : — 1st. Ambassadors, other public ministers, and consuls. 2d. Judges of the Supreme Court. 3d. All other officers of the United States whose ap- pointments are not otherwise provided for by the Constitution, and which shall be estab lished by law. 61. 3. Elective. 1st. Excepting their president, they shall choose theit officers, and also a president pro tempore 11, 12. 2c?. When the electors of President and Vice-President of the United States fail to elect a Vice-Presi- dent, the Senate shall choose one. 95. 142 ANAI,YSIS OP CIVIL GOVERNMENT. [_Paet H 4. Judicial. 1st. The Senate has the sole p&toer to try all impeachments when sitting for that purpose on oath or affirmation. Id. The Chief Justice shall preside when the President of the United States is tried. 3d. Without the concurrence of two-thirds of the mem,- bers present, no person shall be convicted. 13. 4th. May render judgment no further than, — Is*. To removal from office / and, 2d. Disqualification to hold and enjoy any office of honor, trust, or profit under the United States. 14. l.-LEGISLATIVE. § 1. The Constitution makes no general distinction between the powers of the two houses in legislation. It -vests all legislative power in a Congress of the United States, consisting of a Senate and House of Representatives. § 2. But there is one power relating to legislation vested in the House exclusively ; and that is the power to originate bUls for raising revenue. Yet, when these biUs reach the Senate, that branch of the legislature may treat them in all respects as though they originated there. They can propose amendments, concur with amendments, or reject them, if proposed by the House, at any stage of the pro- ceedings ; or they can reject the bills altogether. § 3. The Constitution simply requires that this class of legislation shall originate with the House ; beyond which, that branch has no more legislative authority than the Senate. The reasons for this dis- tinction are noticed in ti-eating of the house-powers. 2. — EXECTJTITE. § 4. In reference to the treaty-making power, particularly as to where it should be vested, there were three classes of views ad- vanced in the Convention. The first proposition was to place it exclusively in the Senate. The second, exclusively in the President. The third (and this prevailed), in the President and Senate- Pakt II.] THE SENATE. 143 § 5. When it was finally settled to place this prerogative in the hands of the President and Senate, a new question arose, on which there was considerable difference of opinion : Shall it require a bare numerical majority of the senators present to ratify a treaty when proposed by the President ? or shall it require a two-third ma- jority V At length, the plan was adopted requiring a two-third majority. § 6. There was then a proposition made to modify the treaty- making power with regard to treaties of peace. On this subject there were four parties. One was for giving the whole power over treaties of peace into the hands of the President. A second was for vesting it in the Senate, but requiring a two- third majority. A third, for vesting it in the Senate, requiring only a numerical majority. A fourth was for placing it with the President and the Senate, requiring a two-third senatorial majority as in all other cases. This last view was adopted. The ratification of any and all treaties proposed by the Executive requires the votes of two-thirds of all the senators present. § 7. A treaty is an agreement or contract between two or more nations, entered into with proper formality and solemnity, defining the rights of the respective parties thereto with regard to trade, commerce, boundaries, or any other subject of interest to the nations concerned. § 8. The terms of treaties are usually agreed upon either by com missioners appointed by their respective governments for the specific purpose of arranging the details, or by ambassadors or other public ministers. § 9. Treaties are discussed by the Senate in secret session. They can ratify or reject a treaty, or ratify it in part and reject it in part; or they can make additions to it. Every part of a treaty, to be valid, must be ratified by a vote of two-thirds of the senators present. When amendments to or alterations of the treaties have been made by the Senate, the whole document must be re-submitted to the 144 ANALYSIS OF CIVIL GOVEENMENT. [Paet II President, and also to the foreign government with whom negotiations are pending. § 10. The President must submit the nominations of certain classes of officers to the Senate for theii- advice and consent. The Senate may confirm or reject a nomination made by the President; though it is usual, in deference to the Executive, to confirm, unless there is a palpable unfitness in the nomination. The Senate's advice and consent are to be asked, on the nomination, by the President, of ambassadors, other pubUc ministers and consuls, judges of the Supreme Court, and all other officers of the United States whose appointments are not otherwise provided for in the Constitution, and which shall be established by law. § 11. It will be seen, by reference to the powers of Congress, that the appointment of such inferior officers as they shall think proper may be vested in the President alone, in the courts of law, or in the heads of departments. § 12. On the subject of appointments, especially of the judges of the Supreme Court, members of the Constitutional Convention were divided in opinion. One class of opinions was m favor of giving the appointments to the Executive alone. A second preferred that they should be vested in the Senate alone. A third proposed that the nommation should be made by the Senate, allowing the President a negative, but giving the Senate the power to overrule his negative by a two-third majority. A fourth was (and this prevailed), to give the nomination to the President, and the power of confirmation or rejection by a majority to the Senate ; and ambassadors, other public ministers, and consuls, were included with the judges of the Supreme Court. § 13. The Senate has the power to elect its officers, except the president thereof, who holds this position by virtue of his being Vice- President of the United States. They are required by the Consti- tution to choose a president pro tempore also. Deliberative bodies. Part II.] THE SENATE. 145 with few exceptions, elect their own officers ; and this is necessary to their independence. Here is one of the exceptions to the general rule, however, that the Vice-President is, ex officio, President of the Senate. § 14. Besides the president pro tempore, the Senate officers are a secretary, who keeps the record or journal, has charge of the papers, and reads such as he may be called upon by the members to read ; a sergeant-at-arms, who sees that orders of the Senate are exe- cuted ; a postmaster, who sees to the mailing and distributing let- ters and papers for the members ; and a door-keeper, who has charge of the doors. § 15. These officers, except the president pro tempore, are not specified in the Constitution, and are not elected from among the members of the Senate. § 16. As a last resort, the Senate elects a Vice-President of the United States. This is not done, however, until an attempt to elect this officer on the part of electors chosen by the people has resulted in a failure. An election of a Vice-President by the Senate has taken place in the history of our government but once : in 1887, Richard M. Johnson was elected by the Senate. 4.-JUDICIAI/. § 17. The Constitution vests in the Senate the sole power to try all impeachments. To this provision there was very earnest opposi- tion in the Constitutional Convention. Three different classes of views were maintained on this subject : — 1st. That, as a trial of impeachment is a judicial proceeding, it ought to be committed to the Supreme Court, or some other tribunal learned in the law. 2d. Others maintained that it was not wAoZ^y judicial; and therefore they preferred to have it submitted to the Supreme Court, united with some other tribunal for that purpose appointed. 3d. Still others (and for this proposition there was a majority) in- sisted that the trial of impeachment should be vested exclusively in the Senate. § 18. When trying impeachments, the Senate sits as a court; and 7 146 A2JALYS1S OF CIVIL GOVERNMENT. [PaRT IL from their decision there is no appeal. Thej organize anew, and take a special oath or affirmation applicable to the proceeding. § 19. When the President of the United States is tried, the Chief Justice shall preside. This clause was not debated in the Con- vention that formed the Constitution ; and therefore the precise rea- sons for its insertion are not apparent. It has been suggested by able writers, that the Vice-President should not preside on such an occasion, because he has a direct interest in the President's convic- tion. It has also been maintained by a very learned senator, that, when the President shall be on trial for impeachment, he should be suspended from oiBce for the time being, and until the result shall be declared ; and that this state of things would bring the Vice-Presi- dent to the premdential chair. In such case, he coidd not preside over the trial of the President. § 20. Perhaps one or even both of the foregoing reasons may have influenced the authors of the Constitution to make this pro- vision. There is still another reason that may have had something to do with its origin. The President of the United States is the highest officer under our government ; and it may have been thought in the highest degree proper and befitting, that, if brought to trial on impeachment, the highest judicial officer should preside over the solemn deliberations of such an august proceeding. § 21. It requires a majority of two-thu-ds of the members present to convict a party on impeachment. This was believed to be neces- sary in order to guard against hasty and inconsiderate decisions, and to prevent convictions from party zeal and political bias and pre- judice. So large a majority, moreover, would be more likely to command the respect and peaceable acquiescence of the whole country. § 22. The Constitution limits the punishment to be inflicted by the senate on impeachment, — 1st. To removal from office ; and, 2d. To disqualification to hold and enjoy any ofl[lce of honor, trust, or profit under the United States. But we shall see in anotiher chapter, that the party convicted can not plead his conviction by the senate in bar to further trial, condemnation, and punishment by the courts of law. Part II.] THE SENATE. 147 § 23. As we have seen, the impeachment is preferred by the House of Representatives, and is in the nature of an indictment, spe- cifically charging the accused with the commission of certain crimes or misdemeanors in office. The articles of impeachment are brought to the notice of the Senate by a committee appointed for that pur- pose by the House of Representatives. § 24. The Senate issues a summons, citing the party accused to appear before them on a day and hour therein specified ; which sum- mons is served on the party accused by the sergeant-atrarms of the Senate. § 25. When the accused appears at the bar of the Senate, either in person or by counsel, in obedience to the summons, he is informed of the impeachment brought against him by the House, a copy of the charges is given to him, and he is allowed time to prepare his an- swer. § 26. When he has answered to the charges specified in. the im- peachment, the House replies to the answer through its committee, and asserts its readiness to prove them. Time is given the accused to prepare for trial, and he is allowed to have the assistance of coun- sel. The trial proceeds substantially according to the usual forms and method observed in the higher courts of law. § 27. When the evidence in the case and the arguments are con- cluded, each senator, on the call of his name, and on each article of the impeachment, votes yea or nay on the guilt of the accused. If two-thirds of all the senators present find him guilty of any or all of the charges specified, sentence is pronounced accordingly. § 28. In pronouncing sentence, the first question put to each senator, on answering to his name, is, " Shall the accused be removed from the office which he holds ? " On this question, each senator answers yea or nay. The second question is, " Shall the accused be disqualified to hold and enjoy any ofiSce of honor, trust, or profit under the United States? " On this question, each senator answers yea or nay ; and judgment is rendered accordingly, and can extend no further. 148 ANALYSIS OF CIVIL GOVEENMENT. [Pabt IL CHAPTEK III. PROVISIONS COMMON TO BOTH HOUSES. ARTICLE I.— MEMBEESHIP. Each house shall he the judge of the elections^ returns, and qualifications of its own members. 17. § 1. These are powers, which, from the necessity of the case, must be vested in the house where membership is claimed. It is necessary to settle the legality and regularity of the election ; other- wise any person might intrude himself into either house without the least show of authority. Regularity and legality of election can be determined only by an inquiry into the election through the returns, which opeus the whole subject for investigation ; for, in ascertain- ing the validity of the returns, it may be necessary to go back of them, and inquire into the legality of the election itself. § 2. It is quite possible that a person might be legally and reg- ularly elected, and yet be wholly disqualified for a scat in either house. His moral character might be such as to bring a reproach upon the house of which he should become a member. He might be known for treachery and disloyalty to the government, and for the most persistent eflForts to betray its trusts and to sacrifice its interests. Or he might lack any or all those qualifications which the Constitution requires to render a person eligible to the member- ship in question. § 3. The power of determining the right to membership belongs not only to each house of Congress by express constitutional pro- vision, but like authority is conceded to the legislative bodies of all the States, and to kindred bodies under all free governments. AET. 11. -QUORUM. 1. A majority of either house is a quorum to do business. 2. A sm,aller number may adjourn from day to day. 3. A smaller number may be authorized to cotnpd the at- tendance of absent mem,bers in such tnanner and wider such penalties as each house may provide. 17. Part II.] COMMON TO BOTH HOD'BES, 149 § 1. It is indispensable that the Constitution specify tua atkmber necessary to do business ; otherwise a reclcless and intriguing minori- ty might take advantage of the absence of the majority, and usurp the functions of legislation by enacting repugnant and odious laws, or by repealing those most acceptable to the people. § 2. On the contrary, if a smaller number could not adjourn from day to day, or compel the attendance of absent members, the whole business of legislation might be suspended at the pleasure of a few refractory absentees. The necessity of these three provisions in reference to business, therefore, must be evident at a glance. ART. III. -JOURNAL. 1. Each house shall keep a journal of its proceedings. 2. They shall publish the same from time to time., except such parts as in their judgm,ent shall require secrecy. 19. § 1. These provisions impose a salutary restraint upon the mem- bers of the two houses. In a certain sense, they bring representative and constituent face to face. What is done to-day in the legislative halls of the nation is transferred to-morrow to the columns of the press, and carried abroad in the mail-bags all over the land. We know to-morrow what our senator or representative has done to-day. Legislators are thus compelled to act under a high sense of their political responsibility. § 2. But there are proceedings, or may be, in every legislative body, especially in times of insurrection or invasion, the immediate publication of which would be imprudent in the highest degree. The publication of such from day to day might give great advan- tage to a formidable enemy, and endanger the very existence of the government itself Bach house is therefore allowed to judge of the propriety and prudence of such publications. § .3. The object of publication is twofold : — First, For future convenience ; as it may be necessary to refer to the record, from time to time, in the transaction of business which may be more or less connected with what has gone before. Second, It acts as a salutary check to hasty legislation, as each member knows that he is making a record to be read by coming generations. 150 ANALYSIS OF CIVIL GOVERNMENT. [PaRT IL AET. IV. — TEAS AND NAYS. At the desire of one-Jlfth of those present, the yeas and nays of the members of either house shall be entered on the journal on any question. 19. § 1. The usual method of taking a vote in deliberative bodies is substantially this : The question being stated by the presiding offi- cer, he puts it first affirmatively, " As many as are in favor of the proposition, say Aye." All the members in favor of it respond Aye. The presiding officer then puts the question negatively, " Those opposed, say No." The president is generally able to de- cide by the sound ; but, if not, he repeats the trial, calling the vote both affirmatively and negatively. If still in doubt, or at the request of a member, the house may be divided ; the affirmative taking one side, and the negative the other, when the secretaiy counts : and, on the count, the decision is made. § 2. But, in taking the yeas and nays, the process is quite dif- ferent. The presiding officer states both sides at once, thus : " As many as are in favor, &c., will, when their names are called, an- swer Tea; and as many as are opposed will, when their names are called, answer No." The names are then called, usually in alpha- betical order, each member rising at the call of his name by the secretary or clerk, and answering yea or nay, as he votes ; the clerk noting the vote in each case. He then usually reads over the list of names and the votes in each case, so that, if any mistakes have been made, they may be corrected. § 3. The object of this process of voting is, that a definite and enduring record may be made of the ti-ansaction, both for the information of the people and for future reference. The record also shows who were absent ; a matter of scarcely less importance to the member, or his constituency, than the vote itself one way or the other. Members sometimes absent themselves for the purpose of avoiding responsibility in voting. § 4. The Constitution places it within the power of one-fifth the members present to compel the calling of the yeas and nays. It is a power that may be shamefully abused, however, by a refractory toinority calling for the yeas and nays on atiy and every frivolous Part II.] COMMON TO BOTH HOUSES. 151 pretease, for the purpose of defeating decisive legislatioa on meas- ures which they cannot prevent on direct vote. It consumes con- siderable time to take the yeas and nays in an assembly constituted of a hundred and fifty or two hundred members ; and hours are sometimes wasted in this way on unimportant motions, so as to compel the majority to an adjournment from sheer exhaustion. AET. v.— BUSINESS RULES. Each house may determine the rules of its man proceed- ings. 18. § 1. Every deliberative assembly has an inherent right to adopt such rules as it chooses for the transaction of business, provided those rules do not violate any organic law from which such assembly receives its authority. It is but in affirmance of this right that the Constitution contains the foregoing clause. § 2. Take away the right to adopt their own rules of proceeding, and it would be utterly impracticable to transact business with facility and dispatch. Of course, the rules of business must be in conformity with the provisions of the Constitution. Neither house, for instance, could enforce a rule, should they make one, requiring more than one-fifth of the members present to secure the call of the yeas and nays. AET. VI. — PENALTIES. 1. Either house may punish its members for disorderly conduct ; and, 2. With the concurrence of two-thirds, expel a m£m,ber. 18. § 1. The power to punish members for disorderly conduct is usu- ally given to legislative bodies. Without this power, it might be impossible, at times, to transact business. Under high excitement, members are sometimes boisterous and tumultuous in conduct; and they might persist in disturbing the assembly, but for this power to punish. Eules would be of no use without the power to enforce them. § 2. The power to expel a member is given for the same pur- pose ; that is, for the preservation of order, and for the maintenanca 152 ANALYSIS OF CIVIL GOVEENMENT. [PakT IL of proper decorum. Without these, the country would lose all respect for its legislative assembly. But lest party-spirit might overstep the limits of propriety, and a domineering majority expe) members of opposite political sentiments from improper motives, a salutary restraint is imposed, requiring a vote of two-thirds for the expulsion of a member. So large a majority it would be difficult to secure in any case where the rights of the assembly had not beeK grossly outraged. akt. til— pkohibitions. 1, Adjouknments. 1st. Neither house, during the session of Congress, shall, without the consent of the other, adjourn for more than three dags ; nor, '2d. To any other place than that in which the two houses shall be sitting. SO. '1. On MiatLBERS. No member of either house shall, during the time for which he was elected, he appointed to any office under the United States, \st, WhichshaM have been created during such time; nor, 2d. The emoluments whereof shall have been increased during such time. 32. § 1. — Adjournments. 1st. As to Time. — If there were no limitation as to the time lOr which either house, during the session of Congress, might adjourn without the consent of the other, a factious party-spirit controlling in either house might seriously interrupt legislation, or bring it to an untimely close. 2d. As to Place. — Were there no restriction with regard to the place to which either house might adjourn without the consent of the other, mischief equally disastrous and embarrassing might be perpetrated. One house might compel the other to follow it from place to place for the very purpose of preventing legislation. This might be done by a minority taking advantage of the absence of a majority, as a minority has power to adjourn. Part II.] COMMON TO BOTH HOUSES. 153 The dui-ation of the sessions of Congress depends, 1st. On the Constitutional limitation, which can not extend be- yond the period of two years. 2d. On the pleasure of the two houses, subject to the foregoing restriction. 3d. On the pleasure of the President of the United States, when the two houses can not agree on the time of adjournment. § 2. — On Members. 1st. If a member of Congress were permitted to assist in creat- ing an office, and then to resign his seat for the purpose of obtain- ing that office on being nominated to it by the President, it would throw wide open the doors to executive corruption. Numerous lu- crative offices might thus be created by legislation, with the under- standing, express or implied, between the legislators and the Executive, that the offices so created should be distributed among those who were instrumental in creating them. The chairman of the Judiciary Committee might propose to tift house of which he was a member the creation of a United-States judgeship in California, with a salary of ten thousand dollars a year ; and, through his official influence, the bill might pass both houses of Congress. By pre-arrange raent with the Executive, that office might be secured to the very man who had been/the chief means of creat- ing it, were he at liberty to resign his seat and take it. 2d. Also, by a system of " bargaining and selling," the salaries of certain offices might be greatly increased by mercenary legisla- tion ; and then those salaries might be bestowed on the very men who bad been active in augmenting them, but for the restriction under consideration. We can not too much admire the wisdom, purity, and sagacity of the great and good men who formed the Constitution, in their effi)rts to withdraw as far as possible from the framework of our govern- ment all motives to selfish and dishonest legislation. ART. VIII. — OFFICIAL OATH. Senators and representatives shall be hound by oath or affir- mation to support the Constitution of the United States. 81. 154 ANALYSIS OF CIVIL GOVEENMENT. [PaST IL § 1. Tbis oath is administered to the members, before taking their seats, by the Secretary of the Senate, or Clerk of the House of Repre- sentatives. He who takes it appeals to the Supreme Being for the rectitude of his intentions. Such an oath is calculated to make a solemn impression on the mind of any candid and conscientious man. § 2. It .seems fit and proper, therefore, that all who assume the important trust of legislation for their country should take upon themselves this solemn obligation. They assume grave responsibili- ties, the faithful discharge of which concerns the welfare of the whole peopfe. § 3. If it is necessary to administer a solemn oath to a justice of the peace, a witness, a juror, or constable, to insure the faithful performance of Bis duties, it is far more befitting in cases of the most sacred public trust. § 4. Some persons are conscientiously opposed to taking an oath on any occasion whatever. Out of respect to the scruples of such persons, a solemn affirmation is administered instead of ac oath. ART. IX. — SALARIES. 1. The members shall receive a compensation for their ser- vices, to be ascertained by law ; and, 2. The same shall be paid out of the treasury of the Uiiited States. 31. § 1. In the Constitutional Convention, there were quite a number of members opposed to allowing salaries to representatives and sena- tors, but more especially senators. It was proposed to consider the honor of the position a sufficient reward ; believing that this would secure the services of men of higher charac'er and more distinguished ability. On the contrary, it was urged that this would savor too much of aristocracy, and prevent men of limited means, however worthy, from accepting seats in the national councils, and thus de- prive the country of the benefits, in many instances, of able minds, for want of wealth. § 2. In England, the members of Parliament are not paid for their services. If a poor man is elected to the House of Commons, Part II.] COMMON TO BOTH HOUSES. 155 he is compelled to depend oa the liberality of wealthy friends. The House of Lords is composed of the aristocracy of the reahn, who, of course, stand in no need of salaries. § 3. But the majority of the Convention were in favor of salaries ; and this view prevailed. It was thought best that the salaries of members should be paid from the United-States treasury, as that would be more likely to secure promptness of payment, and, conse- quently, promptness of attendance. Under the Confederation, the members were paid by their respective States. The pay was often slow, and the attendance tardy and reluctant. § 4. The salaries of members is to be ascertained (that is, fixed)' by law. But who makes the law? The members themselves. The salaries have been advanced several times since 1789, at the opening of the first Congress under the present Constitution. 1st. From March 4, 1789, to March 4, 1795, inclusive, six dollars a day. For the same time, six dollars for every twenty miles' necessary travel in going and returning. 2d. From March 4, 1795, to March 4, 1796, inclusive, senators received seven dollars, and representatives six dollars, a day, and travel-fees as before. 3d. From March 4, 1796, to Dec. 5, 1815, the pay of members of either house was six dollars a day, and travel-allowance six dollars for every twenty miles. 4th. From Dec. 5, 1815, to March 4, 1817, the pay was fifteen hundred dollars a year, travel-fees as before, and proportional deduction of salary for absence for any cause but sickness. The President of the Senate and the Speaker of the House received double the pay of other members. 6th. From March 4, 1817, to the first Monday of December, 1856, the pay was eight dollars a day, and eight dollars for every twenty miles' travel. The President pro tempore of the \ Senate and the Speaker of the House each received double tha pay of other members. 156 ANALYSIS OP CIVIL GOVEENMENT. [Part H 6th. From the first Monday of December, 1856, to 1866, the pay of members was three thousand dollars a year ; the Speaker of the House to receive double pay, and the President joro tempore of the Senate the same as the Vice-President would have been entitled to, — six thousand dollars ; the Vice-President, William R. King of Alabama, having died soon after his election Mileage, or traveling-expenses, same as before. 7th. An act was passed July 28, 1866, raising the pay of members of Congress to five thousand dollars a year, and mileage as heretofore ; the Speaker of the House, eight thousand dollars. Since the above date the pay of members has been once raised ; but it was soon restored to the amount, fixed by the act of July 22, 1866, and so remains. CHAPTER IV. POWERS OE CONGBESS. Note. — 1. While it is intended to treat the departments of government by topics, it will be necessary to frequently refer to other subjects than the one under more immediate consideration. The powers tonfen-ed by the Constitution are intimately related to and dependent on each other. The legislative functions are so related to the executive and judicial, the judicial to the executive and legislative, and the executive to each of the others, that, in treating of either, reference must be had more or less to the others. 2. It is desirable, however (and that is the aim of this work), to group powers of kindred character, as far as possible, under the same general or specific titles. The arrangement of the powers specified in the Constitu- tion is palpably defective, as has been noticed by our best writers on the subject. In discussing it, therefore, by lopks, it is impossible to pay much attention to the order of that arrangement. 3. This want of order in the instrument is more particularly apparent, perhaps, in the powers of Congress, than in eitlier of the other departments of the government. Single sentences and clauses are scattered here and there, detached from their proper connections, without any regard to their harmonious and necessary relationship. It is the purpose of the Analysis, as far as possible, to bring these fragmentary clauses and sentences inta position with others to which they are related. Part II.] POWERS OP C0NGEES9. 157 ART. I. — FINANCES. 1. KSSOURCES. 1st. To lay and collect taxes, uniform duties, imposts, and excises. 36. Jiut all direct taxes must be apportioned among the several States according to their respective num- bers. 5, 47. 2c?. To borrow money on the credit of the United States. 27. id. To dispose of the territory belonging to the United States. 4th. To dispose of other property of United States. 70. 2, Disbursements. \st. To pay the debts of the United States. Id. To provide for the common defense. 3d. To provide for the general welfare. 26. 1. - RESOURCES. § 1. A tax is a sum of money levied on the property or inhabitants of a country for the support of the government. When levied on individuals, without any reference to the amount of property owned by them, it is called a capitation or poll tax. When levied on the property, it is to be done in proportion to its value, as ascertained by local officers called assessors. § 2. The power to lay and collect taxes belongs to every human government, without which the expenses thereof could not be de- frayed. This is one of the means which it has of enabling it to perform its obligations to the country. No government could sus- tain itself without regular and reliable resources. § 3. The word " taxes " here, doubtless, means direct taxes, which are mentioned in two other places in the Constitution, and which are tff be imposed on States according to their respective numbers, as ascer' tained by the census, or enumeration. They are to be apportioned among the several States in the same manner as representatives. § 4 Taxes are of two kinds, — direct and indirect. Direct taxes are such as may be levied on land and other real estate, and capi- tation-taxes, or taxes on individuals. Indirect taxes are such as are 158 ANALYSIS OF CIVIL GOVEENMEKT. [Paet II. levied on articles of consumption, of whicb no person pays, except in proportion to the quantity or number of such articles which he may consume. § 5. Duties, imposts, and excises are also of the nature of indi- rect taxes. These must be uniform throughout the United States. This is to prevent giving any preference to the pursuits or interests of one State over those of another. § 6. The word " duties " refers to a kind of taxes levied on goods and merchandise imported or exported. In ow country, an export duty is not permitted to be levied. The Constitution forbids it. The word " imposts," under our government, is equivalent to " cus- toms," referring strictly to the duties on imports from foreign coun- tries. It would also cover duties on exports, were such duties allowable. § 7. The word " excises " is applied more particularly to internal taxation ; being levied on articles manufactured and consumed in the country, and also on various kinds of business. The money paid for licenses to sell liquors, or to deal in any other commodities, is called excises, or excise taxes. § 8. Dalies on imports are of two kinds, — specific and ad valorem. A specific duty is a certain sum of money charged by law at the custom-house where gooijp are landed, according to quan- tity or weight, without any reference to the value of the articles weighed or measured ; as a dollar on a yard of silk, a gallon of brandy, a bushel of wheat, or a pound of opium. § 9. " Ad valorem " is a word or phrase that signifies according to the value of. Ad valorem duties are levied on articles accord- ing to their value. An ad valorem duty of twenty per cent on a watch or diamond worth a hundred dollars would reqture the pay- ment of twenty dollars. § 10. Duties are collected at the custom-house where the dutiable goods are landed. It is not easy to avoid the payment of specific duties, except by a process called smuggling ; that is, by the owner's concealing the articles, or landing them clandestinely, in order to avoid payment. In such case, however, he runs the risk of detec- Part II.] POWEES OF CONGRESS. 159 tion, and forfeiture of the goods to the government, and of subject- ing himself to other penalties more or less severe. __ § 11. In the payment of ad valorem duties, there is considerable chance for the perpetration of fraud. The owner of the . goods is rec[uired to swear to the accuracy and truthfijlness of his invoices ; that is, the bills of goods. The goods are estimated at their value where they are purchased, not where delivered. A dishonest merchant might produce a false invoice, rating the goods below their cost value, so as to bring the duties to a lower standard. For instance, if he imported a thousand reams of paper, costing him four dollars a ream, he might produce to the custom- house officer a false invoice or bill, rating the paper at two dollars a ream. If the ad valorem duty were twenty per cent, and the im- porter should succeed in his fraud, he would clear four hundred dollars. § 12. But the custom-house officer is not bound by the invoice, nor by the oath of the owner. If he believes there is a mistake, he has the goods appraised, and exacts duties according to their ascer- tained value. Ji fraud is proved, the goods are forfeited to the use of the United States ; and the perpetrator of the fraud may be punished for it as well as for the perjury. § 13. The power to borrow money on the credit of the United States is classed among the government resources. It has often been found to be of great importance in sustaining the financial in- terests of the country. No country can sustain itself through a long and expensive war, simply on its ordinary income. All the great powers of the world have found it necessary, at one time or another, to borrow money. § 14. In our wars with Great Britain and with Mexico, we found it necessary to borrow in large sums ; but, in our more recent do- mestic war, we were compelled to run up our national debt to nearly three thousand millions In time of war, it is sometimes necessary, in a few years, to anticipate the government income for a quarter or half a century. § 15. The cost of the civil war in this country on the part of the 160 ANALYSIS OP CIVIL GOVEENMENT. [Part 11 United States proper, saying nothing of the cost to the insurgent States, was for the Years 1861-2 $583,885,247.06 " 1862-3 .... 788,558,777.62 " 1863-4 1,025,413,183.56 " 1864-5 .... 1,151,815,089.86 $3,549,672,298.10 § 16. We were compelled to hoiTow from year to year as fol- lows : — From 1861-2 $529,692,460.50 " 1862-3 .... 608,063,432.02 " 1863-4 622,388,183.56 " 1864-5 .... 544,978,548.93 Total . . . $2,305,122,625.01 The debt was considerably increased beyond the above figures from 1865 to 1866. § 17. The right of ownership always implies the right of aliena- tion. The right to dispose of the territory of the United States is to be understood here in a restricted sense. Congress has not the power, to dispose of a State, for instance, by alienation. The United States does not own a State in fee-simple, or in any sense implying an interest in its soil. Congress has the power to dispose of, 1st, Unorganized and unoccupied tracts or territories. 2d, Public lands in parcels to settlers, or to individuals desirine to purchase. 3d, To dispose of them in any other way for the promotion of the general welfare. 4th, To cede to States unoccupied lands lying within their boun- daries, for literary or school purposes. , 5th, To re-cede to States, for instance, from which they have been obtained, any lands, when the purposes for which they were ob- tained no longer exist. § 18. This power to dispose of the territory of the United States implies the power to sell the lands, or to give them away for the Part II.] POWERS OP CONGEESS. 161 public good. Many of the Western States have received grants of large tracts of lands within their borders by act of Congress. In selling lands to individual purchasers, the government has received many millions into its treasury : so thafthe disposition of the terri- tory of the United States may properly be regarded as one of the national resources. § 19. In 1780, Congress resolved that lands that might be relin- quished to the United States by any particular State or States should be disposed of for the common benefit of the United States, and be settled and formed into distinct republican States, to become members of the Union, and have the same rights of sovereignty as other States. This was the first step taken which has resulted in the acquisition of immense territory subject to the disposal of Con- § 20. Before being offered for sale, the lands are regularly sur- veyed into townships six miles square, and the townships into divis- ions called sections of six hundred and forty acres each (one mile square); and the sections are surveyed into half, quarter, and eighths of sections. The townships are numbered north and south, and ranges numbered east and west ; as, for instance, township number nine, north or south, range six, east or west. Here is a map of a township marked off in sections, one of which is marked into subdi- visions, each containing but forty acres : — North. West. 6 5 4 3 2 1 7 8 9 10 11 12 18 17 16 15 14 13 19 20 21 22 23 24 30 29 28 27 26 26 31 32 33 34 3S ilri M XL East. 162 ANALYSIS OF CIVIL GOVERNMENT. [PaET II. § 21. In most of the Western States, one section in each town- ship has been granted to the State for common-school purposes. In Michigan, and perhaps in the other States, section sixteen Ls the one selected, locating the school-lands very near the centre of the township. § 22. For many years, the lands, after being surveyed, were sub- ject to sale by auction, after which any that remained unsold were sub- ject to purchase at private sale ; the price in either case, a dollar and a quarter an acre. But in 1854 there was a change in the teruis : any that were unsold after being in market ten years or upwards were held for actual settlers at a dollar an acre. Unsold lands, after being in market fifteen years or upwards, to actual settlers, seventy-five cents per acre ; twenty years or upwards, fifty cents per acre ; twenty-five yeai's or upwards, twenty-five cents per acre; thirty years or up- wards, twelve and one-half cents per acre. Under this act, however, no settler was allowed to purchase more than three hundred and twenty acres, or half a section. § 23. May 20, 1862, Congress passed an act, which was amended March 21, 1864, and further amended June 21, 1866, known as the Homestead Law. This law allows actual settlers, under certain restrictions, to obtain one hundred and sixty acres of land, — enough for a home, — for the trifling sum of five dollars. The chief restric- tions are, — 1st. The applicant shall make affidavit that he or she is the bead of a family ; or, 2d. That he or she is twenty-one years of age or more ; or, 3d. That he has performed service in the army or navy of the United States 4th. That the application is made for his or her exclusive benefit. 5th. That said application is made for the purpose of actual settle- ment and cultivation ; and, 6tL That it is neither directly nor indirectly for the use or benefit of any other person or persons whomsoever. 7th. Before obtaining a title, there must be five years of actual occu- pancy. § 24. The foregoing synopsis will give a fair idea of the object Part 11. J POWERS OP CONGRESS. lf,3 and intention of the law. The whole drift and scope of the act are", to encourage actual settlers to enter and cultivate the Western coun- try. The theory of the advocates of this law is, that it is far bet- ter for the country, and more profitable to the government as a source of revenue, that these lands should be given away to millions of actual settlers and cultivators of the soil, than that they should be sold to speculators at whatever price, to remain untouched by the hand of industry, and unproductive for an indefinite future. Actual settlement will add immensely to the taxable property of the country. § 25. During the fiscal year ending June 30, 1866, public lands were disposed of as follows : — Acres sold for cash ..... 388,294.15 " entered under the homestead acts . 1,892,516.86 " located with military warrants . . 403,180.00 " approved to States as swamp-land . 1,199,658.27 " approved to States for railroads . . 94,596.99 " located with agricultural college scrip 651,066.60 4,629,312.87 During the same period 6,423,984.18 acres were offered for sale. The cash receipts from sales and other sources were $824,645.08. The number of homestead entries exceeded that of the preceding year by more than sixty per cent. The entire amount of the public domain at that time was one thousand four hundred sixty-five millions, four hundred sixty-eight thousand, eight hundred acres (1,465,468,800). Of this vast do- main, four hundred seventy-four millions, one hundred sixty thou- sand, five hundred fifty-one acres had been surveyed (474,160,551). § 26. Congress is invested with power to dispose of other prop- erty of the United States. This, doubtless, includes every species of personal property. In time of war, especially, a vast amount of personal property accumulates in the hands of government, such as ships, horses, wagons, guns, clothing for soldiers, &c. , which become useless in time of peace, and may be disposed of to the advantage of the public treasury. 164 ANALYSIS OP CIVIL GOVERNMENT. [Paet II 2. — DISBURSEMENTS. l.— To pay the DebU. § 27. In the opinion of the most distinguished jurist who has writ- ten on the Constitution, Judge Story, the only purposes for which the burden of taxes, duties, imposts, and excises can be imposed, are to pay the debts and provide for the common defense and general welfare of the United States. The power of raising money through these means is for these definite and stipulated purposes. §28. Another eminent writer on the subject holds that the power over these governmental resources is unlimited and absolute, with- out any reference to the objects for which they are to be disbursed. By this reasoning, he would be obliged to vary the punctuation of these clauses so as to wholly disconnect that of obtaining money from that of paying it out. To justify this interpretation, it should read thus : — 1st. Congress shall have power to lay and collect taxes, duties, im- posts, and excises. 2d. They shall have power to pay the debts and provide for the common defense and general welfare of the United States. By reference to the original manuscript copy now preserved in the archives of the government at Washington, a true copy of which is found in this work, it will be seen that the punctuation of these clauses wiU not bear any such construction. The true construction seems to be, that Congress has these revenue powers in order to pay the debts and provide for the common defense and general welfare of the United States ; that is, they are given for these express purposes, and no other. § 29. Every thing necessary for the welfare of the country is in- cluded in these powers of collecting money and disbursing it. TVe have seen that it may be necessary to borrow money ; thus creating a public debt for the payment of which the public faith must be pledged. But public credit would be worthless, were there no au- thority to pay the debts thus contracted. This, it will be remem- bered, was a serious defect under the Confederation. The govern- ment was utterly powerless to maintain its credit at home or abroad. §30. The Great Kebellion of 1861-65 would have been successful Part II.] POWERS OF CONGEESS. 165 but for the public credit which enabled our government to anticipate its revenue for one or two generations. We have seen that its ex- penditures were more than two millions a day for four consecutive years. Nothing but the strong powers of the government over its finances enabled it to march triumphantly through that terrible trial. § 31. The national debts before the Rebellion sometimes looked for- midable ; but, from our present standpoint, they appear insignificant. In 1791, just after emerging from the Revolutionary War, it was less than eighty millions. In 1805, it was less than ninety millions. With all the expenses of the war of 1812 with Great Britain, it amounted, in 1816, to less than a hundred and thirty millions. 2. — The Common Defense. §32. To provide for the common defense is one of the objects for which the various kinds of taxes may be imposed. Herein, as we have already seen, the Confederation was sadly deficient. It could apportion to the several States their respective shares of men and money to be raised, but could not enforce the enlistment or drafting of a single soldier, or the raising of a dollar in money. § 33. A nation without the ability to protect itself from foreign invasion or domestic insurrection is destitute of one of the attributes of sovereignty essential to its independence. The army and navy are the organizations through which a nation demonstrates its strength in time of war. These will be considered when we come to exam- ine the war-power of Congress. 3. — General Welfare. §34. To provide for the welfare of its citizens is the first duty of every government. Unable to do this, it will soon fail to command the respect, homage, and loyalty of its subjects ; and no government, especially republican in form, can long exist without the regard and aflfeotion of the people. It must live, if it live at all, in the hearts and affections of its citizens, not " pinned together with bayonets." If there is a single sentence or clause in the Constitution more comprehensive of its purposes than any other, it is this one requir- ing Congress to make provision for the general welfare. Indeed, this is the one great object of its origin. 166 ANALYSIS OF CIVIL GOVEENMENT. [PaET II. §35. There has been much discussion on the latitude of meaning of these two words, " general welfare." The two great political parties of the country have long been divided on the subject. One party has insisted that the authority to provide for the general wel- fare gives power to establish a protective tariff, to expend the public money for internal improvements, to facilitate inter-State commerce in improving lake and river harbors, aiding in building railroads of especial public interest, giving away the pubUc domain to actual settlers, and in promoting other enterprises having for their object the welfare of the nation at large. The other party has resisted this broad construction, insisting that the meaning of the words should be confined within more restricted limits. AET. II. — COMMERCE. To Kegulate Commerce, — 1. With foreign nations. 2. Among the several States. 3. With the Indian tribes. 38. 1. -WITH FOREIGN NATIONS. § 1. Congress did not possess the power to regulate commerce under the Confederation. The want of it involved the counUy in the most serious embarrassments. Foreign countries, and particu- larly Great Britain, cultivated a monopolizing policy injurious t» this country, and destructive to its navigation. The General Gxivem- ment possessing no authority of this kind, the States attempted its exercise separately, each for itself ; which not only proved abor^ tive, but engendered rival, conflicting, and angry disputes and regulations. § 2. There was no want of harmony in the Constitutional Con- vention on the proposition that Congress should have power to regu- late commerce with foreign nations;. but many membei-s were in favor of requiring that no bill regulating or relating to commerce should be passed unless two-thirds of both houses voted in its favor. All were familiar with the defects of the former policy, and were in favor of vesting the power in Congress. If this were done, of Pakt II.] POWERS OP CONGRESS. 167 course the States must surrender all claim to tbe right which they had so disastrously exercised. § 3. Judge Story says, that, in different States, " the most oppo- site and conflicting regulations existed. " Each pursued its own real or supposed interests. " Each was jealous of the rivalry of its neighbors. " Each was successively driven to retaliatory measures. In the end, however, all their measures became utterly nugatory, engender- ing mutual hostilities, and prostrating all their commerce at the feet of foreign nations." z. — AMONG THE STATES. § 4. The disastrous experiences of the past had rendered it evident that the power to regulate foreign commerce and inter-State commerce ought to be in the same hands. Indeed, they could not safely be separated. The power to regulate foreign commerce, if vested in Congress, it was believed, might be so exercised as to compel foreign nations to abandon their selfish policy towards us, and oblige them to meet us on terms of reciprocity. § 5. But if the States were to be allowed to restrict each other, to cultivate rivalry of interests, and to foster the jealousies of the past, commerce must languish, and the whole country must suffer. If goods landed or manufactured in New York or Massachusetts could not be sold and conveyed into Pennsylvania or Connecticut without being burdened with State restrictions, not only would feuds be cultivated among the States, but foreign commerce would be seri- ously embarrassed, if not wholly destroyed. If a cargo of tea, having paid duties in New York, could not be sold into New Jersey without being subjected to State duties in the latter State, it would discourage importations, and strike a fatal blow at the national revenue. § 6. The power to regulate commerce among the States, as well as with foreign nations, was, therefore, wisely placed in the hands of Congress. It has established our prosperity on a solid and enduring basis, and raised our country from 'embarrassment and poverty to independenco and wealth. 168 ANALYSIS OF CIVIL GOVEBNMBNT. [Paet IL 3. -WITH THE INDIAN TKIBE8. § 7. Under the Confederation, Congress had the power of " regu- lating the trade and managing all affairs with the Indians not mem- bers of any of the States, provided that the legislative right of any State within its own hmits be not infringed or violated." This did not give any rights to Congress over the matter, except outside the limits of States. Consequently, there was no uniformity of traffic with the Indians ; and, this creating dissatisfaction among the tribes, frequent aggressions and depredations were the result. § 8. In the first draught of the Constitution by the Convention, there was no clause vesting this power in Congress ; but, the draught being referred to the Committee on the Constitution, this clause was afterwards inserted and adopted. It was indispensable for three reasons : — 1st. Experience had proved that it was extremely hazardous to leave it with the States. 2d. Congress could much more easily command the confidence of the tribes than any State legislatures. 3d. It was necessary for the preservation of the rights, and for the defense of the territory, of the Indians themselves. § 9. This power of Congress extends to tribes living within or without the territorial boundaries of the States, and within or with- out the limits of the United States. Whether the tribes remain on their original grounds within the States, inhabit unorganized terri- tory, or roam at large over lands to which the United States have no claim, the trade and commerce with them are subject to the ex- clusive regulation of Congress. ART. III. — COMMERCIAIi. 1. To coin money. 2. To regvlate the value thereof. 3. To regulate the value of foreign coin. 4. To fix the standard of weights and measures. 30« 5. To establish uniform laws on the subject of bankruptcies throughout the United States. 29. Note. — These provisions of the Constitution give powers to Congress over matters auxiliary to commerce, and which facilitate and promote its Part II.] POWERS OF CONGRESS. 169 interests. Commerce, properly speaking, is the buying and selling or exchan- ging of commodities between individuals or communities. Commercial is an adjective which signifies pertaining to, or relating to, commerce. Perhaps it might not have been altogether improper had the powers under this title been grouped under the title Commerce. But there is a distinction between commercial facilities and commerce itself. The coining of money affords commercial facilities, though money is not an article of commerce. 1. — TO com MONET. § 1. This power is one of the ordinary prerogatives of sover- eignty. It is exercised for the purpose of securing a proper circu- lation of genuine instead of base coin in commercial transactions. In order to insure its purity and uniformity of value, the coining of money is placed exclusively under the supervision of the Federal Government. Money is the common standard by which the value of all articles of merchandise and real estate is measured or deter- mined. Were it left to the States to coin money, there would be no uniformity in the standard of value ; depending, as it would, on State lines and boundaries. § 2. There are several advantages arising from uniformity in value of the money of the country ; and these could not be secured were the power to coin it distributed among an indefinite number of States. The Continental Congress was empowered by the Articles of Confederation to exercise "the sole and exclusive right and power of regulating the alloy and value of coin struck by their own authority or by that of the States." But the country suffered great inconvenience for want of uniformity of coinage among the States. The advantages arising from placing this power exclusively in the hands of Congress are, — 1st. The facilitation of exchanges at home and abroad. 2d. The encouragement and stimulus which it imparts to com- merce. 3d. The barrier which it erects against embarrassments arising from undue and forced scarcity. -4th. It insures uniformity of value, as it insures uniformity of alloy. § 3. The total coinage of money in this country, from 1849 to 8 170 ANALYSIS OP CIVIL GOVBENMENT. [PaET H 1867, was eight liundred and seventy-four millions of dollars. This embraces nearly the entire period since the gold-fields of California came into the possession of the United States. Coin is manufac- tured at a place called "the Mint." The Mint is located in the city of Philadelphia, having branches in New York, San Francisco, and Denver. 2. -TO REGULATE THE VALUE OF DOMESTIC COIN. § 4. This is a power conferred on Congress expressly by the Con- Btitution, although it is implied in the power to coin money. This is especially for the purpose of securing entire uniformity of value, in order that it may pass from hand to hand in business transactions ; obviating the necessity of a test being applied to each piece of money in each commercial transaction. Every piece of money is stamped in such a manner as to indicate its precise value. i>. -fOBEiGN com. § 5. There was no provision in the Articles of Confederation for fixing the value of foreign coin. In the Constitution, this power is given to Congress. Without the power to regulate the value of foreign coin, it would be difficult to regulate the value of domestic coin. § 6. Were it not for this power, difierent States might attach diiferent values to the same piece of foreign coin. Massachusetts might call a piece of English money, known as a sovereign, five dollars ; and New York, four dollars. A citizen of Massachusetts owing a citizen of New York five thousand dollars, to be paid in Boston, could compel the latter to accept a thousand sovereigns in payment, on which the citizen of New York would lose a thousand dollars if he used the money at home § 7. This would unsettle the value of our own coin as between those two States, and so in all other States where these discrimi- nations prevailed. Five thousand dollars American gold would be worth much less in New York than in Massachusetts. Not only BO, but foreign coin would cease to possess any fixed and definite value by which to determine the value of other things, and, in unsettling their value, would unsettle itself. In short, foreign coin Paet II.] POWERS OF CONGRESS. 171 would become an article of commerce the same as any other commodity. It would soon be the same with American coin. We see, therefore, that the power to regulate the value oi foreign coin properly belongs with the power to coin money, and regulate its value, in order to prevent endlesss confusion, as well as the most serious embarrassments to the commercial interests of the country. 4.-WEIQHTS AND MEASURES. § 8. The power to fix the standard of weights and measures was doubtless given, says Judge Story, "from like motives of policy, for the sake of uniformity and the convenience of commerce. Hitherto, however, it has remained a dormant power, from the many difficulties attendant upon the subject, although it has been repeatedly brought to the attention of Congress ia most elaborate reports. § 9. " Until Congress shall fix a standard, the understanding seems to be that the States possess the power to fix their own weights and measures ; or, at least, the existing standards at the adoption of the Constitution remain in full force. Under the Con- federation, Congress possessed the Hke exclusive power." But the exercise of the power was neglected. 5. — BANKRUPT LAWS. § 10. The power to pass or establish uniform laws on the subject of bankruptcies is classed here as among the commercial interests of the government. The author had some doubt, at first, about the propriety of placing it here ; but on looking closely at the objects of this power, the origin and history of banlcrupt laws in other coun- tries, the views entertained by the fathers of the Constitution, a single paragraph in " The Federalist," and the commentaries of that profound jurist, Judge Story, all doubts that it is commercial vanish. § 11. The power to .pass laws on the subject of bankruptcies originally belonged to the States, as one of their prerogatives of sovereignty. Of course, laws passed on this subject by the States would lack uniformity, and consequently, in many instances, would 172 ANALYSIS OF CIVIL GOVERNMENT. [Part H work great injustice. A law of this character is regarded as indis- pensable to the commercial interests of the country. § 12. A bankrupt is one who owes more than he can pay. The objects of the law are twofold : — First, to enable creditors to secure an appropriation of all the property of a debtor who fails to pay his debts ; allowing the courts, in such cases, to give the debtor a complete discharge from all in- debtedness. Second, to relieve unfortunate debtors from their debts, and from liability to imprisonment, on their own application and surrender of all their property. § 13. An insolvent law must not be confounded with a bankrupt law. An insolvent law simply relieves from a liability to imprig- onment for debt, on the surrender of the debtor's property to the creditors : it does not discharge the indebtedness itself. In such cases, the future property of the debtor may be seized for his debts, and appropriated to their payment. On the contrary, a discharge under a bankrupt law annihilates the debts themselves, and the creditors have no further claims. § 14. Insolvent laws were in existence forty or fifty years ago in many of the States, when imprisonment for debt was almost or quite universal throughout the country ; but they were State laws. In several of the States, they are still in operation. Under the power to pass uniform laws on the subject of bankruptcies, a bank- rupt law was passed in 1800, but repealed in 1803 ; another was passed in 1841, but repealed a year or two afterwards. A law of this kind is now in existence, passed March 2, 1867. § 15. The Supreme Court of the United States has decided that insolvent laws passed by the States are constitutional, but that bankrupt laws passed by the States are not constitutional ; because such laws impair the obligation of contracts. Congi-ess alone has this power. AKT. IV. — PENALTIES. 1, To provide for the punishment of counterfeiting, \st. The securities of the United States. 2d. Tlie current coin of the United States. 31. Part II.] POWERS OP CONGEESS. 173 2. To define piracies and felonies committed on the high seas, and offenses against the law of nations. 3. Also to provide for punishing these crimes. 3S>. 4. To declare the punishment of treason. 70. 1. — COUNTEBFEITINQ. § 1. The power to punisb, or to prescribe the punishment as it is here to be understood, for counterfeiting the securities and current coin of the United States, is a necessity growing out of the power of Congress to coin money and to regulate its value. The temptation to counterfeiting is very great ; holding out the hope, as it does, of great rewards for comparatively little labor. § 2. Men of mechanical genius and skill, but wanting integrity, are to be found in every community, who are willing to take the risks of detection and punishment ; hoping, however, to escape both. The finest artistic ingenuity is often prostituted to this purpose, and too often with success. Counterfeiting consists in making imitations of coin, bank-bills, or other securities, approaching so neai- to a like- ness of the originals as to deceive a person of but ordinary expe- rience. § 3. Without the power to attach severe penalties to crimes of this class, the securities and coin of the United States would soon become comparatively worthless ; the country would be filled with spurious bills, bonds, and coinj and it would not be long before money would cease to be a medium of exchange among the masses, who are unskilled in detecting the base from the genuine. 2. -PIRACIES ANDTELONIES ON THE HIGH SEAS. § 4. Congress- is vested with power to define and punish piracies and felonies when committed on the high seas. A felony committed on the high seas is not necessarily an act of piracy. By common law, piracy can not be committed on land, unless it be on an island of the sea. Sir William Blackstone defines piracy at common law to consist in committing those acts of robbery and depredation on the high seas, which, if committed on land, would amount to felony. 174 ANALYSIS OF CIVIL GOVERNMENT. [Part II. § 5. The same author says that piracy is an offense against the universal law of society. A pirate renounces all ■ the benefits of society and government, and reduces himself afresh to the savage state of nature, and declares war against all mankind. By the statutes of England, however, various modified definitions have been given to this crime, essentially changing its common-law import. Statutes are often passed changing the common-law definitions of crimes. § 6. In pursuance of this power to define piracy, Congress has passed several acts on the subject. For instance, in 1820, the foreign slave-trade was made piracy, punishable by death. From the foundation of our government until 1808, the foreign slave-trade was lawful commerce. Congress has the power to enlarge or con- tract the definition of piracy from its common-law meaning. § 7. Felony is another word of common-law definition. The author last quoted defines it to be every species of crime which at common law occasioned the forfeiture of the lands and goods of the criminal ; and this happens most frequently in those crimes for which a capital punishment is or was inflicted. § 8. By the clause in the Constitution under consideration. Con- gress is at liberty to depart from the common-law meaning of the word " felony." Felony can hardly be said to be a crime ; for it is a word of generic import, including a large number of crimes, such as murder, larceny, arson, burglary, &c. When committed on the high seas, it could not properly be left with the States to define it, as the jurisdiction of offenses not committed within State limits must necessarily be restricted to the Federal courts. § 9. The high seas are defined by Judge Story to " embrace not only the waters of the ocean which are out of sight of land, but the waters on the sea-coast below low-water mark, whether within the territorial boundaries of a nation or of a domestic State." § 10. The power to define offenses against the law of nations must be considered here as restricted to American citizens. There is a responsibility resting on every government, which it cannot ig- nore, with regard to the conduct of its own citizens. Governments Part II.] POWEES OF CONaHESS. 175 are responsible in some sense to neighboring nations for all violations of tke laws of nations by their citizens. Out of this responsibility may grow the issues of war. 3.— PDNISHING THESE CHIMES. § 11. The same considerations that render it proper for Con- gress to have the power of defining these crimes, also render it proper that they should have the power of annexing to them suita- ble penalties. Criminal law would be nugatory without penalties. On account of our relations to foreign neighboring nations, it seems in the highest degree proper that this power of defining and pun- ishing offenses of the class herein specified should belong exclu- sively to the National Legislature. ».— PDNISHMENT FOE TREASON. § 12. The Constitution defines the crime of treason, but leaves it with Congress to prescribe its punishment. In 1790, Congress affixed to this crime the penalty of death. In 1862, Congress passed another act, punishing treason with death, or imprisonment for not less than five years, and a fine of ten thousand dollars, and the slaves of the party convicted to be free. This act was passed before the abolition of slavery in the United States. ART. v.- POSTAL. 1. To establish post-offices. 2. To establish post-roads. 1.- POST-OFFICES. § 1. The power vested in Congress by the Constitution to estab- lish post-offices and posfc-roads is presumed to include all other powers necessary to render them effective. Any plan that should leave the supervision of the post-office department in the hands of the several States would necessarily be inefficient. § 2. The several States, and the citizens thereof, are bound to- gether_J)y ties of interest, commerce, and affection, rendering it indispensable that they should have some reliable and uniform means of communication with each other. These benefits could not be 176 AJJAIYSIS OF CIVIL GOVEENMENT. [Paet H derived from the adoption of as many different postal systems as there are States in the Union. § 3. Besides, the burdens would be unequal. It is far more ex- pensive to transport the mails through the sparsely-populated regions of the West, South, and South-west, in proportion to the amount of matter conveyed and distance traveled, than it is through the more densely inhabited regions of the East and North. Yet it is in a high degree important to the whole country that the forest and the prairie be subjected to the hand of cultivation. § 4. And who will become pioneer, if he must be shut out from all communication with that world which he has left behind ? Hardly one in a thousand of the hardy, industrious settlers who have peo- pled the Western and South-western States would have left their homes in the East to undergo the privations of a new country, were there no facilities for the transmission of intelligence to and from the friends of other days. § 5. The general superintendence and direction of the post-oflBce department is under the care of the Postmaster-General. He has the establishing of postoflBces, appoints most of the postmasters, and has the letting of the contracts for carrying the mails. For some of the larger offices, to the number of nearly a thousand, the appointments of postmasters is made on nomination of the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate. § 6. Few of the pupils, or even of the teachers, of the common schools of the present day, remember the days of dear postage. UntU 1845, postage was much higher than at present. Letter post- age was as follows : -^ Each letter conveyed less than 30 miles ... 6 cts. " " " over 30 and less than 80 miles . 10 cts. " 80 and less than 150 miles 121 cts. " " " " 150 and less than 400 miles . 18| cts " 400 miles ... 25 cts. § 7. March 3, 1845, Congress passed an act reducing the rates of letter postage thus : — Each letter or package weighing less than half an ounce, if carried less than 300 miles . . . , 5 eta Over 300 miles 10 cts Part II.] POWERS OF CONGRESS. 177 § 8. At the seoond session of the Thirty-first Congress, which convened Dec. 2, 1850, another act was passed, reducing stiB lower the price of letter postage, to take eiFect July 1, 1851. Unde? this act, — Each letter prepaid, weighing not over half an ounce, and conveyed not over 3,000 miles, wholly within the United States . 3 cts When the same shall not he prepaid . . . .5 cts For any distance exceeding 3,000 miles, double these rates. Double weight (that is, one ounce) , double charges ; triple weight, triple charges ; and so on ; every additional weight of half an ounce or less to be charged with an additional single postage. For letters sent to foreign countries, various rates were estab- lished (higher than these), the rates depending on the countries to which the letters are sent. § 9. When at first cheap postage was established, there was a great deficiency in the finances of the post-office department for several years. The income did not equal the expenses until 1861, when the mails were withdrawn from the disaffected States of the South. On account of the less expense of transporting the mails at the North in proportion to receipts, the post-office department exhibited a better financial condition after the mails were with- drawn from the Southern States. § 10. The mails have since been restored to the South. The report of the Postmaster-General, dated Nov. 2V, 1876, shows that there were in the United States, June 30, 1876, 36,383 post- offices. The receipts from all sources during the year were 129,181,697.50.' The expenditures for the same time were, $33,263,487.58, Expenditures over receipts, $4,081,790,08. § 11. This exhibit leads- to the hope that within a few yeart under the cheap postage plan, this department of our government may become nearly, if not altogether, self-sustaining. The intro- duction of cheap postage has encouraged and stimulated corre- spondence of all kinds to such extent as to point to this result. Some idea may be formed of the progress of the postal system in this country, when it is known, that, at the adoption of our 12 178 ANALYSIS OP CIVIL QOVEENMENT. [Paei II. Constitution in 1789, there were but seventy-five post-oflBces in the United States. But now, less than 90 years from its estab- , lishment, the number has been extended to over 36,000. In 1790, the receipts of the department were $37,935; in 1876, almost thirty millions. The aggregate number of miles traveled in carrying the mail, in 1790, was 7,365; in 1876, over 136 millions. Z.-POST-K0ADS. § 12. It has not been necessary, except in a few instances, that Congress should exercise theu- power to establish post-roads. In some cases, however, this power has been found necessary, and Con- gress has used it. But generally the roads already opened by the inhabitants of the country through which the mails are conveyed have been found sufficient. They are regularly selected, and de- clared, however, to be pst-roads, before being used as such. The waters on our rivers and lakes, over which travel is public and reg- ular, are, in many instances, established as post-roads in this way. § 13. June 30, 1876, there were 9,003 mail-routes in operation within the limits of the United States. The aggregate length of these mail-routes is 281,798 miles. The aggregate cost of carrying the mails over these routes for the year ending June 30, 1876, was $15,201,140. The mails are carried by private individuals, or by railroad or steamboat companies, the contract being made with the Postmaster-General in behalf of the United States. He adver- tises for bidders, and lets the contract in each case to the lowest responsible bidder. Bonds are given by the mail-carriers to the government, with good and acceptable sureties, for the faithful exe- cution of the contract. Those who are in immediate charge of the mails are sworn to the faithful discharge of their duties. ART. VI. — PATENT AND COPY BIGHTS, To provide for the progress of science and the useful arts by granting, for limited times, — Is^ To authors, the exclusive right to their respective writings. Part IL] , powers OP COKGEESS. 179 2d. To inventors, the exclusive right to their respective discoveries. 33. 1.— COPyRIGHT. § 1. The power to make provisions for patent and copy rights did. not belong to Congress under the Confederation ; but, in the Con- stitutional Convention, there was no opposition to these provisions. The necessity of some law of this kind was not only conceded by that body, but by the universal acquiescence of the country. § 2. Few men who are wealthy are disposed to take the field of authorship, however competent they may be. This rule, however, has its exceptions. But the poor man, it will be admitted, can not afford to devote himself to the production of valuable books, if the fruits of his industry may be appropriated by others without reward. § 3. The States could not aiFord the necessary protection to authors ; for their legislation could only cover their own respective territorial boundaries. Few books would be written requiring elab- orate authorship, the sale of which, in the estimation of the author, was destined to be coniined to the limits of a single State. That a man has the same right to the products of his brains that he has to the products of his hands will hardly be questioned. § 4. Judge Story says, " No class of men are more meritorious, or are better entitled to public patronage, than authors and inventr ors. They have rarely obtained, as the histories of their lives suffi- ciently establish, any due encouragement and reward for their inge- nuity and public spirit. They have often languished in poverty, and died in neglect ; while the world has derived immense wealth from their labors, and science and the arts have reaped unbounded advantage from their discoveries." § 5. Under the laws of Congress, the steps are very simple to secure a copyright. A copyright may be secured to authors for books, maps, charts, musical compositions, cuts, and engravings, or for any other literary and scientific productions. The copyright ex- tends for twenty-eight years : and if, at the end of that time, the author is still living, he may obtain its extension for fourteen years longer ; or, if dead, his living representatives may obtain its exten- 180 ANALYSIS OF CIVIL GOVERNMENT. [PaBT II mon. The author, or he and his representatives, therefore, enjoy a monopoly of the sale of his productions for forty-two years. § 6. The steps to secure a copyright are these : Before publicar tion, a printed copy of the work proposed to be published, or its titlepage, must be deposited in the office of the Librarian of Con- gress at Washington. Within ten days after publishing the work, two full copies of the work must be delivered to the office afore- said, or deposited in the mail addressed to the Librarian of Con- gress at Wasljington. In case of a painting, drawing, statue, statuary, model or design for a work of the fine arts, a photo- graph of the same must be sent. § 7. The owner of the copyright must give notice to every reader of his work that he has secured the copyright according to act of Congress. This notice is printed on the titlepage, or on the page succeeding, in the following words : — " Entered according to act of Congress, in the year , by (the author), in the office of the Librarian of Con- gress at Washington." These words, or their equivalent, " Copyrighted 18 , by ," must be printed in every edition of the work. The expense of securing a copyright is but trifling, — one dollar, 8 8. An act of Congress passed Feb. 18, 1867, requires every proprietor of a book, pamphlet, map, chart, musical composition, print, engraving, or photograph, for which a copyright shall have been obtained, to deliver a printed copy of the same to the Con- gressional Library within one month after publication. Penalty for neglect, twenty-five dollars. The publication may be transmitted free of postage if the words " copyright matter" be plainly written on the outside ; and postmasters shall ^ve a receipt for the same if requested. 2. - PATENT-MGHT. § 9. Patents are issued by the patent-office at Washington, giving the inventor of any new and useful machine, instniment, manufac- ture, or composition of matter, or any new and usefiil improvement of them, the monopoly in their manufacture and sale. This patent- Part 11.] POWERS OF CONGEESS. 181 right is secured to the inventor by the issue of what are called letters-patent. To obtain letters-patent the applicant must make a distinct specification, giving a full and complete description of his invention ; and, in cases admitting of drawings and models, these must be made, and all deposited with the Commissioner of Patents. § 10. The applicant's discovery or invention must not have been in use or on sale more than two years before making his application for letters-patent. The patent-office belongs to the Department of the Interior. The applicant must swear that he believes himself to be the original inventor of whatever he seeks to have patented. 1^ § 11. Examination is made at the patent-office, not only of that which is proposed to be patented, but of other models, drawings, and specifications deposited in the office, in order to ascertain whether there is any conflict of claims. If none are found, and that which is ofiered is regarded as patentable, letters-patent are issued under the seal of the Department, giving to the patentee, his heirs and assigns, the exclusive right to control the manufacture and sale of the patented article for fourteen years. Letters-patent cost the pat- entee thirty-five dollars, fifteen of which must accompany the appli- cation : twenty more must be paid on their issue. ART. VII. — WAK. 1. To declare war. 2. To grant letters of marque and reprisal. 3. To make rules concerning captures on land and water. 36. 4. To^'aise and support armies. 37. 5. To provide and maintain a navy. 38. 6. To make rules for the government and regulation of the land and naval forces. 39. 7. To provide, \st. For organizing, arming, and disciplin- ing the militia. 2d. For governing such pari of the militia as may he employed in the service of the United States. 41. %d. For calling forth the militia, — First, To execute the laws of the Union / Second, To suppress insurrections ; Third, To repel invasions. 40. 182 ANALYSIS OP CIVIL GOVERNMENT. [Pakt II. 1. - DECLARATION OF WAR. § 1. A declaration of war is a solemn, formal, and deliberate no- tice to all the world in general, and particularly to the citizens of both nations involved, that hostilities actually exist, or are about to commence. The nation declaiing war generally recites in the dec- laration the wrongs and aggressions of which complaint is made ; thus making a direct appeal to the great family of nations in justi- fication of the measure. " A decent respect for the opinions of man- kind," as well as for the rights of neutral nations who may have indirect interests in the conflict, could scarcely require less. A war between two powerful nations jars the commercial interests of every nation on the globe. § 2. The power to declare war is one of the prerogatives of the sovereign of Great Britain ; and it belongs to the sovereigns of most other countries. Sir William Blackstone says that " the right of making war, which by nature subsisted in every individual, is given up by all private persons that enter into society, and is vested in the sovereign power. This right is given up, not only by indi- viduals, but by the entire body of the people who are under the dominion of the sovereign." § 3. In this country, the will of the people is the sovereign ; at least, this is our theory. Could that will be definitely ascertained without delay, the power to declare war should be vested in the people. But, practically, the will of the people can be known through their representatives only, and hence the war-power is vested in Congress. § 4. In the Convention that formed the Constitution, there was a variety of opinion on the propriety of placing this power in the hands of Congress. One class of members was for vesting it in the Senate only ; a second for vesting it in the President ; a third fa- vored the plan of conferring it on both Senate and President ; a fourth Was fur giving it to Congress, and this proposition prevailed. § 5. Before a declaration of war can be made, the subject must receive the most solemn and deliberate attention of the representa- tives of the people in Congress assembled. A declaration of war is an exercise of the highest prerogative of national sovereignty ; Past II.] powers of congress. 183 and its effects on other nations and individuals, as well as on the nations and individuals more immediately involved, are so direful and calamitous, that it can not be justified except as a last resort. § 6. When a formal and solemn declaration of war has been made by Congress, peace can be secured only through the negotia- tions of ambassadors or ministers representing the contending pow- ei-s. After the ministerial or ambassadorial conference has agreed on the terms of peace, the power to accept or reject those terms on the part of the United States belongs to the President and Senate. As we have seen in considering the Senate-powers, it requires a majority of two-thirds of the members present to ratify any treaty, including a treaty of peace. 2. —MARQUE AND EEPEISAL. § 7. The power to declare war doubtless implies the power to grant letters of marque and reprisal. Letters of this kind are sometimes issued by the government to prevent the necessity of a resort to war, though they are incident to the war-making power. They are frequently issued before a declaration of war. They are grantable by the law of nations, says Blackstone, whenever the sub- jects of one State are oppressed or injured by those of another, and justice is denied by that State to which the oppressor belongs. § 8. Marque signifies, as here used, a license from the gov- ernment to pass beyond the limits or jurisdiction of one's own coun- try ; and reprisal signifies a taking in return. Letters of marque and reprisal are a commission from the government authorizing the bearer to pass beyond the boundaries of his own country for the purpose of capturing prizes of the enemy, consisting of their persons or goods. Whatever is so captured is held under certain regulations until satisfaction shall be made to the government or individuals injured. § 9. This commission saves the bearer of it, and his crew, from the liability, if captured themselves, of being tried, convicted, and punished as pirates. In case it so happens in their conflicts that they are taken prisoners, they have the protection of their govern- ment that they shall be treated as prisoners of war ; and, in case 184 ANALYSIS OF CIVIL GOVEKNMENT. [PaET 11. they should be treated otherwise, their own government would re- taliate. a. -CAPTURES. § 10. But it is necessary that rules should be adopted concerning captures made, whether on land or water. Congress is authorized by the Constitution to make these rules, which, when made, beooma laws the same as any other laws ; and, for the purpose of enforcing them, courts of admiralty have been established, whose business it is to inquire into the legality of the course pursued in taking these prizes. Persons might go out in pursuit of prizes, having no au^ thority, or, having authority, might capture from the ships of neutrals ; or an illegal course might be pursued after capture, though the capture itself- were legal. § 11. "The cognizance of all captures or prizes," says Black- stone, " and their incidents, belong exclusively to the courts of the country to which the captors belong, and from whom they derive their authority to make their captures. The remedy for illegal acts of capture is by the institution of proper prize-proceedings in the prize- courts of the captors." 4.-THE ARMY. § 12. The other war-powers vested in Congress would be utterly useless without the power to raise and support armies. Probably no power of Congress mentioned in the Constitution met with so strong opposition before the people as this one to raise and support armies. It was urged with great force and vehemence, that, being unlimited, it would be dangerous to the liberties of the people, and would finally result in the establishment of a military despotism. § 13. This clause refers to the regular or standing army. Con- gress had no such power under the Confederation. All they could do was "to agree on the number of land-forces, and to make requisi- tion on each State for its quota, in proportion to the number of white inhabitants in such State." True, these requisitions were to be binding on the States ; but the government must wait theu- conve- nience and disposition. § 14. The army is created by enlistments under the acts of Con- gress. The enlistment is for five years in the regular army. In Part II.] POWERS OF C0NGEES8. 185 October, 1880, this branch of the military service numbered a little over twenty-six thousand men. 0.-THE NAVY. § 15. The Articles of Confederation gave to Congress the power "to build and equip a navy." But, in the Constitutional Conven- tion, the words " to provide and maintain a navy " were accepted, as having greater breadth and appropriateness of meaning. § 16. The navy consists of the entire number of ships of war belonging to a nation or people considered collectively. A navy is necessary for the protection of our fisheries, commerce, and naviga- tion. We need it not only on the ocean, but on our lakes, and on several of our rivers, and this even in time of peace. § 17. But, in time of war, a navy becomes indispensable to a peo- ple whose geographical position is like ours. We have a long line of seaboard, through which we are exposed to the depredations of hostile fleets and invading armies. Located on that seaboard are some of our most important, flourishing, and populous cities. The possession of the chief commercial cities in any country by an enemy in time of war gives him a great advantage in the contest. He can exact contributions of the inhabitants for the support of his army. § 18. In the earlier years of our history, our navy found but little favor in the popular estimation. Judge Story says, " It was not until during the late war with Great Britain (1812), when our little navy, by a gallantry and brilliancy of achievement almost without a parallel, had literally fought itself into favor, that the nation at large began to awake from its lethargy on this subject, and to insist upon a policy which should at once make us respected and formidable abroad, and secure protection and honor at home." § 19. According to the report of the Secretary of the Navy, dated Nov. 29th, 181 5, the total number of vessels in that depart- ment of the public service at that time was one hundred and forty-seven. Of these, there y/ere iu commission and on active duty one hundred and fifteen vessels, carrying one thousand and twenty-nine guns. 186 ANALYSIS OF CIVIL GOVERNMENT. [Paet II. 6. — EULES FOR ARMY AND NAVY. § 20. Nothing need be said to vindicate the policy and necessity of vesting in Congress the power to make rules for the government and regulation of the land and naval forces. It naturally follows the power to raise and support armies, and to provide and maintain a navy. This clause was not in the first draught of the Constitution, as appears from the Madison Papers ; but it was afterwards inserted, as an amendment, without opposition. r. — THE MILITIA. § 21. The next power of Congress to be considered is that of "providing for organizing, arming, and disciplining the militia." The country could not safely rely solely on its standing army for any and every emergency that might arise. The Constitution, therefore, gives Congress jurisdiction over the mihtia of the several States, and this power of providing for organizing, arming, and disciplining them, as incidental to that jurisdiction. The States have the ap- pointment of the oiHoers over, and the training of, the militia, as we shall see when we come to treat of the rights of States ; but this must be done as directed by Congress. § 22. Congress is authorized also to make provision for governing such part of the militia as may be employed in the service of the United States. Rigid discipline and government have always been found necessary in the army, whether constituted of regulars or militia. This government must be uniform to be salutary. To be uniform, it must emanate from a single source. It would not do, therefore, to leave the government of the militia in the employ of the nation in the hands of the several States in which they might enlist. § 23. There are three purposes for which Congress may provide for calling forth the militia of the several States : — First, To execute the laws of the Union ; Second, To suppress insurrections,- Third, To repel invasions. The organization of the militia is maintained at an expense com- paratively trifling when the advantages to the country are considered. PajitII.] powees of congeess. 187 It saves the immense cost of a large standing army in time of peace. The nation must have the means at its command for carrying on a foreign war, as well as for maintaining its authority at home ; and the following reasons favor the militia system : — 1st. Recent experience has demonstrated that but a few months of discipline are necessary to insure bravery, courage, and fortitude, in the field of conflict, on the part of the militia. They have crowned themselves with immortal honor, and have added unfading luster to the national reputation. 2d. An agricultural, manufacturing, and commercial community like ours will be unliliely to become involved in long and expensive wars at home or abroad. But few instances in our history have occurred when it has been necessary to call forth the militia of the several States in any considerable numbers and for any great length of time. Our history, thus far, has proved that it is more economi- cal to keep up an extensive militia organization of the States than to keep a large standing army in the field. 3d. The President of the United States is eommander-in-ohief of the army and navy at all times, and of the militia of the several States when called into actual service of the government. He can not call forth the militia except under provisions made by Congress. Various acts of Congress have been passed, at different times, defining the emergencies under which the President may call forth the militia. He is to be sole judge of the necessity to call them forth. At the close of the late Civil War, 1865, over one million of the militia were mustered out of service within a few months, and returned to the industrial pursuits of the country. 8 24. It is believed that the standing armies of the world are now larger than they have been at any time since the great wars of the first Napoleon. The army of the United States now num- bers about twenty-five thousand men. The annual cost of oui' army at present is a little less than forty million dollars. The army of France has been fixed at seven hundred and fifty thousand men in the " active " army, and five hundred and fifty thousand in the " passive ; " the latter being called " the National Guard Mobile." Total, thirteen hundred thousand men available 188 ANALYSIS OP CIVIL GOVBENMENT. [Part IT. for war. A contingent of one hundred thousand men is annually available to recruit the army. The British army numbers about two hundred thousand men, the larger part of which is at home ; Ireland alone absorbing about twenty-five thousand troops. The Prussian army numbers about six hundred thousand men. The Italian army now numbers about two hundred and fifteen thousand, and is one of the finest in the world. The Austrian army numbers about seven hundred thousand men. Its cavalry is very superior. The government raises its own horses, and thus secures the very best animals for service. The Russian army numbers about eight hundred thousand men ; and it could readily be increased, in case of war, to twelve hundred thousand. It is spread all over the empire, from the Baltic to the Caucasus. The Spanish army is small, not exceeding eighty thousand men ; but it is generally in excellent condition, and supphed with the best arms to be procured. The number of men maintained in the standing armies of civilized nations is not less than thirty-six hundred thousand. All these vast numbers are snatched away from the pursuits of useful industry, and condemned to idleness and a vicious life ; while the laboring masses are tasked for their support, and for the costly armaments they require. * AET. VIII. — JDDICIAEY. 1. To constitute tribunals inferior to tfie Supreme Court. 34. 2. To determine by law where the trials for crimes shall be held which are not committed within any State. 68. 3. May make exceptions and regulations in cases over which the Constitution gives the Supreme Court appellate jurisdiction. 67. § 1. The Constitution establishes a Supreme Court ; but it is left with Congress to organize that tribunal. The power is vested in Congress to estabUsh tribunals inferior to the Supreme Court ; and, as these tribunals constitute a part of the national judiciary, they will • This statement is based on the condition of things In Europe as they were in 1868. Pakt II.] POWERS OF CONGRESS. 189 be considered in the chapter relating to that department of the gov- ernment. This article is inserted here for the purpose merely of classifying the subject of it among the powers of Congress. These inferior tribunals consist of circuit and district courts. § 2. Congress has the power to determine by law where the trials of crimes shall be held which are not committed within any State. Although crimes committed within any State are to be tried in the State where they are committed, yet they may be committed on the high seas, or within the limits of unorganized Territories. This clause of the Constitution gives Congress the power to provide for such cases. § 3. The appellate jurisdiction of the Supreme Court is subject to such exceptions and regulations as Congress shall, from time to time, establish by enactment. This power will be noticed in treat- ing of the judiciary. AET. IX. — NATURALIZATION. To establish a uniform rule of naturalization. S9. § 1. Naturalization is that legal process by which an alien or a foreigner becomes a citizen of the United States. Congress has ex- clusive control over this subject. Under the Confederation, this power did not belong to Congress, but to the States. In the Con- stitutional Convention, there was no opposition to giving it to Con- gress. Distributed among the several States, under the Confederar tion, it had been a source of great embarrassment, on account of the different conditions for naturalization required by the different States. § 2. An alien is one who is born in a foreign country. This definition does not apply to children bom in foreign countries, whose parents are citizens of the United States, and are temporarily absent on the public business of the United States. Such children are considered as native-born. § 3. Under the Confederation, New York might require ten years' residence of an alien before he could become naturalized ^ Pennsylvania might require six years, New Jersey three, and Con. 190 ANALYSIS OF CIVIL GOVBRNMKNT. [Paet 11. necticut one. Yet if a foreigner became naturalized in Connecti- cut, where but one year's residence was required, he might remove to New York in a year or two after naturalization, and claim all the privileges of citizenship in the latter State. For the free inhabit- ants of each State were ' ' entitled to all the privileges and immunities of free citizens in the several States." Thus a citizen of any State was a citizen of any other State in which he might become a resi- dent. § 4. Congress, having the whole control of this subject under the Constitution, passed a law in 1790 requiring two years' residence before a foreigner could become naturaUzed. In 1795, the act was amended, requiring five years' residence. In 1798, the period was extended to fourteen years : but it was reduced in 1802 to five years ; since which there has been no alteration as to time, except with regard to soldiers. A soldier, having served one year in the U. S. army, and having obtained an honorable discharge, may become a citizen of the United States on making oath to these facts, and taking the oath of allegiance to our government. § 5. At any time after a foreigner has become a resident in this country, he may make his declaration of intention on oath, before a court of competent jurisdiction, to become a citizen of the United States. The following is a declaration of intention now on file in the clerk's office for the county of Monroe, New York : — State of New York, 7 MoNBOE County, j I, Patrick Flannigan, of tlie city of Rochester, Monroe County, New York, do declare, on oath, that it is my bond-Jide intention to become a citizen of the UnitiiJ States, and to renounce for ever all allegiance and fidelity to every foreign prince, potentate, state, and sovereignty whatever, and particularly to the sovereign of Great Britain, of whom 1 am a subject.- Patrick Flannigax. Subscribed and sworn to in open court ' this thirtieth day of June, 1667. Chaeles J. PowisRS, Clerk. Seal of the Couii. 1 i. ) fAjiT II.] POWERS OS' CONGEBSS. 191 § 6. Five years must have elapsed after a foreigner becomes a resident, and two yeais after declaration of intention as above, before be can hecomo a citizen. The declaration of intention may be made any time within three years, or longer, after becoming a resident ; but at least two years must intervene after declaration of intention before taking the oath of allegiance, which is the last step in order to become a citizen. § 7. The oath of allegiance must be preceded by the oath of other witnesses to the five years' residence and good character of the applicant. These witnesses must be citizens of the United States, and swear that they are well acquainted with the said applicant (Patrick Flannigan); that he has resided in the United States for five years last past, and for the last year in the State of New York; and that, during that time, he has behaved as a man of good moral character, attached to the principles of the Constitution of the United States. § 8. The oath of allegiance will then be administered to Patrick Flannigan, and will read substantially thus : — " I, Patrick Flannigan, do solemnly swear that I will support the Constitution of the United States ; and that I hereby renounce and abjure all allegiance and fidelity to every foreign prince, potentate, state, and sovereignty whatever, and particularly to the Queen of England, of whom I am a subject. So help me, God. " Patrick Flannigan. " Sworn to in open court this sixtli day of July, 1869, before me, "Chaeles J. PowEKS, C'erk of Monroe County." § 9. When a foreigner becomes naturalized, his children under twenty-one years of age, if residents of the United States at the time, become citizens without further formality. If a foreigner makes his declaration of intention to become a citizen of the United States, and dies before the time to become naturalized, his wife and children may become citizens at that time on taking the necessary oath. § 10. By act of Congress passed in 1855, "persons heretofore born, or hereafter to be born, out of the limits and jurisdiction of the United States, whose fathers were or shall be at the time of their 192 ANALYSIS OP CIVIL GOVBENMENT. [Part II. birth citizens of the United States, shall be deemed and considered, and are hereby declared to be, citizens of the United States ; pro- vided, however, that the rights of citizenship shall not descend t» persons whose fathers never resided in the United States. " Also any woman who might lawfully be naturalized under the existing laws, married, or who shall be married, to a citizen of the United States, shall be deemed and taken to be a citizen." AET. X. — TEEEITOET. 1. Government. — To make all needful rules and regulations respecting the territory belonging to the United States. 76. 2. Seat op Government. — To exercise exclusive legislation in aU cases whatsoever over such district (not exceeding ten miles square) as m.a]/, by cession of particular States and the acceptance of Congress, become the seat of government of the United States. 42. 3. PoBLio Works. — Also over all places purchased by consent of the legislatures of the States in which the same shall be, for the erection, \st, of forts ; 2d, magazines ^ Sd, arsenals ; Ath, dock-yards ; and, bth, other needful buildings. 4:9. 4. Alien.vtion. — To dispose of the territory belonging to the Unittd States. 76. 5. New States. — Jifay admit new States into the Union. 75. 1. — GOVERNMENT. § 1. Ownership of territory by any government implies the right to govern it ; and the right to govern implies the right to make all needful rules and regulations for that purpose. But the authors of the Constitution saw fit to incorporate into that instrument this power to govern, which is but in affirmance of well-known principles of law in- such cases. § 2. It seems to be admitted by all political parties at the present day that the United States possess the right to acquire territory. The government has acted on this right from the beginning. By the liberality of the States owning it, the General Government had aoaijired that immense region known as the North-western Territory Pakt II.] POWERS OF CONGRESS. 193 before the adoption of the Constitution. Since the adoption, our territory has been greatly extended in the acquisition of Louisiana, Florida, California, and the Russian possessions iu America. § 3. It is the duty of Congress to make the necessary rules and adopt the necessary measures to govern this vast territory, until such time as, by the increase of its population, it shall be divided and erected into independent States, and admitted into the Union. More than a dozen States have already been formed from this ac- quired territory, and have been adopted as members of the National Union. 2. — SEAT OF GOVEENIIENT. § 4. Speaking of the powers of Congress over the seat of gov- ernment. Judge Story says, " A moment's consideration will establish the importance and necessity of this power. Without it, the National Government would have no adequate means to enforce its authority in the place in which its public functionaries should be convened. They might be insulted and their proceedings might be interrupted with impunity. And, if the State in which it were situated should an-ay itself in hostility to the proceedings of the National Government, the latter might be driven to seek another asylum, or be compelled to a humiliating submission to the State authorities. § 5. "Nor let it be thought that the evil is wholly imaginary. It actually occurred to the Continental Congress at the very close of the Revolution, who were compelled to quit Philadelphia, and adjourn to Princeton, in order to escape from the violence of some insolent mutineers of the Continental army. § 6. " It is under this clause that the cession of the present Dis- trict of Columbia was made by the States of Maryland and Virginia to the National Government ; and the present seat of the National Government was established at the city of Washington in 1800. That convenient spot was selected by the exalted patriot whose name it bears for this very purpose." The District of Columbia was a tract ten miles square. That part of it obtained from Virginia was re-ceded to that State in 1846 : so that now the District is confined to the Maryland side of the Potomac. 194 ANALYSIS OP CIVIL GOVEENMENT. [Pakt II. § 7. Before the year 1800, the seat of government was not per- manently fixed at any place ; and, being moved as it was from place to place, the public suffered great inconvenience. It had been temporarily established at the following places, at the following dates : — Philadelphia, Sept. 5, 1774. Philadelphia, May 10, 1775. Baltimore, Dec. 20, 1776. Philadelphia, March 4, 1777. Lancaster, Penn., Sept. 27, 1777. York, Penn., Sept. 30, 1777. Philadelphia, July 2, 1778. Princeton, June 30, 1783. Annapolis, Md., Nov. 26, 1783. Trenton, N.J., Nov. 1, 1784. New York, Jan. 11, 1785. 3. -PUBLIC WORKS. § 8. If the National Government needs a site for the erection of a fort, magazine, arsenal, dock-yard, or any other building, theie are two steps necessary to procure it : first, the consent of Con- gress ; and, second, the consent of the legislature of the Sttte in which the proposed site is. When the cession is made, the govern- ment comes into full possession ; and now Congress may exercise over such place exclusive legislation. § 9. Unless the State of which such purchase is made reserves the right, no legal State authority can be exercised in such places, even to the serving of writs of any kind, civil or criminal. All judicial jurisdiction in such cases is national. If crimes are com- mitted in such places, they must be tried in the United-States courts. iJudge Story says, however, that the States have generally reserved in such cessions the right to serve all State processes, civil and crimi- nal, upon persons found therein. § 10. The object of such reservations when they are made is, that these places shall not become retreats and asylums for fugitives from justice who may be guilty of crimes against State authority. Part II.] powers OF congkbss. 195 Almost every State has more or less of these places within its limits subject to the jurisdiction of national authority. 4. — ALIENATION. § 11. The power to dispose of the territory belonging to the United States has been discussed in another place, and therefore need not be repeated here. (See Art. I. of Chap IV., Part II.) 6. -NEW STATES. § 12. By reference to the Articles of Confeaeration, it will be seen that Canada was to be admitted into the Union by " acceding to the Confederation, and joining in the measures of the United States; " but no other (British) Colony was to be admitted unless such ad- mission were agreed to by nine States. Nothing is to be found in those articles providing for the admission of new States into the Union. This was an important omission, as the events of our history since the adoption of the Constitution have proved. § 13. At the close of theEevolutionary War, there were immense tracts of vacant territory lying within the chartered limits of several of the States. These States, with this extensive domain, constituted, in part, the area of the Confederation. This vacant territory, as well as the territory of the States proper, had been wrested from British jurisdiction by the common efforts, sacrifices, treasure, and blood of the inhabitants of all the States engaged in the struggle. § 14. Several of the States were reluctant to ratify the Articles of Confederation, and refused to come into the Union unless this vacant territory should become the common property of the National Government. Congress earnestly urged the States holding this ter- ritory to surrender their claims for the common benefit of all the States. § 15. On the 10th of October, 1780, the Congress of the Con- federation " Resolved, That the unappropriated lands that may be ceded or relinquished to the United States by any particular States, pursuant to a recommendation of Congress made 6th September of the same year, shall be disposed of for the common benefit of the United 196 ANALYSIS OP CIVIL GOVEENMENT. [Pabt H States, and be settled and formed into distinct republican States to become members of the Federal Union." § 16. This resolution also suggested that the necessary and rea- sonable expenses should be re-imbursed which any State had incurred since the commencement of the Revolutionary War in subduing any British posts, or in maintaining forts or garrisons within the country and for its defense, or in acquiring any part of the territory that might be ceded or relinquished to the United States. § 17. In pursuance of these recommendations of Congress, New York, Virginia, Massachusetts, Connecticut, South Carolina, North Carolina, and Georgia made the desired surrender of their respec- tive claims to the aforesaid vacant lands. New York took the lead jn the noble and generous sacrifice, March 1, 1781 ; and was fol- lowed by the other States, one after another, at various dates, ending with Georgia, April 24, 1802. § 18. Since that time, our territoiy has been vastly extended by the purchase of the Louisiana tract (1803) of France ; by the pur- chase of Florida of Spain (1819); the annexation of Texas in 1845; the addition of CaUfomia, by treaty with Mexico, in 1848 ; and by the recent purchase of nearly five hundred thousand square miles of Russian territory in North America. § 19. It was foreseen by the authors of the Constitution, that this power to admit new States into the Union would soon become necessary ; and it was accordingly vested in Congress. Under this provision, the following States have already been admitted at the following dates respectively : — Vermont, March 4, 1791. Kentucky, June 1, 1792. Tennessee, June 1, 1796. Ohio, Nov. 29, 1802. Louisiana, April 8, 1812. Indiana, Dec. 11, 1816. Mississippi, Deo. 10, 1817. Illinois, Dec. 8, 1818. Alabama, Dec. 14, 1819. Part II.] POWERS OP congress. 197 Maine, March 15, , 1820. Missouri, Aug. 21, 1821. Arkansas, June 15, 1838. Michigan, Jan. 25, 1837. Wisconsin, May 29, 1848. Florida, MarcH 3, 1845. Iowa, Dec. 28, 1846. Texas, July 4, . 1845. California, Sept. 9, 1850. Minnesota, May 11, 1858. Oregon, Feb. 14, 1850. Kansas, Jan. 29, 1861. West Virginia, June 20, 1863. Nevada, Oct. 31, 1864. Nebraska, Mar. 1, 1867. Colorado, July 4, 1876. AKT. XI .— stat£s. 1. Elections. May alter the times, places, and manner of holding elec- tions for senators and representatives prescribed in the several States by the legislatures thereof, except as to the places of choosing senators. 1.5. 2. Electors of President and Vice-President. May determine, 1st. The times when the States shall choose their elec- tori of President and Vice-President of the United States. 2d. Also the day on which the electors shall give their votes / which day shall be the same throughout the United States. 55. 3. Acts, Records, Judicial Proceedings. May by general law provide the m,anner in which the public acts, records, and judicial proceedings of the se«= eral States shall be proved, and the effect thereof. 7 1 . 4. Imposts and Duties. May revise and control any State laws in reference to lay- ing any imposts or duties on imports or exports. 59. X98 AJ^AXYSIS OF CIVIL GOVERNMENT. [PabT IL 1.— ELECTIONS. § 1 . It is left with tlie States to fix the times, places, and manner of holding their elections of senators and representatives in Con- gress ; hut, should they neglect to do this, Congress has jurisdiction over the whole subject, except as to the places of choosing senators. Bach State can consult its own local convenience with regard to these elections ; but it has no right to wholly neglect making the necessary provisions for- holding them. § 2. Every government has the inherent right to provide for the perpetuity of its own existence. The Constitution could hardly contain a general election law applicable to the conveniences of all the States alilce. The power here given to Congress is simply discretionary, not mandatory ; and such a power must be vested somewhere. Judge Story says, " There were three ways in which it (this power) could be reasonably organized. It might be lodged either wholly in the National Legislature, or wholly in the State Legislatures ; or pri- marily in the latter, and ultimately in the former." The last mode was adopted by the Convention. § 3. It is possible that a State might utterly refuse to provide for the election of senators and representatives. One State under the Confederation actually did withdraw its members from Congress to prevent the passage of important measures. What Rhode Island did then, another State might be disposed to repeat in substance, even if powerless to do it in the same manner. A State can not now with- draw its members ; but it might attempt to prevent their election, and, but for the provision we are considering, might succeed in em- barrassing legislation. § 4. The places of choosing senators are left unalterably with the legislatures of the several States. The power of Congress to dictate as to where they shall meet would be inconsistent with the necessary independence of the State legislatures. Congress has provided for the election of members of the House of Representa- tives by Congressional districts ; and more recently they have exer- cised supervision to a limited extent over the manner of electing senators. PaKT II.] POWEBS OF CONGKESS. 199 2. — ELECTORS OF PRESIDENT AND VlCE-HtESIDENT. § 5. The States have the choosing of electors of President and Vice-President ; but Congress has the power to determine the time when the electors shall he chosen. In 1792, March 1, Congress passed an act requiring that the time for electing electors should be within thirty-four days preceding the first Wednesday in December of each year, when electors were to be appointed. Thus the States had a margin of over thirty days within which to hold their election of electors. § 6. But Jan. 23, 1845, Congress passed an act specifying the day on which electors should be elected throughout the United States. That day is the Tuesday nest after the first Monday in the month of November of the year in which they are to be chosen. § 7. The time when the electors are to give their votes for Presi- dent and Vice-President shall b** the same throughout the United States. By act of Congress, that day is the fii-st Wednesday in December after their election. The place is left for the several State legislatures to designate ; and they generally direct it to be done at the State capital. § 8. The provisions of Congress fixing a day for the election of electors which shall be the same throughout the United States, as well as the day on which the electors shall give their votes, has a tendency to prevent " bargaining and selling," and the formation of political combinations to defeat the will of the people. o. - ACTS, RECORDS, JUDICIAL PROCEEDINGS. § 9. When a judgment is rendered by any State court in proper form from which no appeal has been taken to any higher court within the time allowed for appeals, that judgment is conclusive ever after, between the parties to it, as to the matters in controversy. That judgment will be received in evidence when offered in any other court within the limits of the State within which it was rendered. § 10. But, before the ratification of the Articles of Confederation, there was no uniformity of practice in regard to this subject as be- tween the different Colonies, or as between the difierent States. In the Articles of Confederation, there was a clause on the subject of the 200 ANALYSIS OP CIVIL GOVEBNMENT. [Pakt H credit to be ^ven by one State to the acts, records, &c. , of other States ; but no power was ^ven to Congress to direct as to the method of proof in such cases, and the eifect thereof. § 11. The power to provide for the manner of proving the acts, records, and judicial proceedings of the several States is vested in Congress, though the faith and credit to be ^ven between State and State is mandatory in the Constitution. Under this power, Congress has passed laws defining the manner in which they shall be authen- ticated, and the effect to be given to their authenticity. § 12. A judgment obtained in a court of competent jurisdiction in one State is valid in every other State in the Union. As between nations foreiga to each other, there is no uniform rule on the Eub- ject; or, at most, a foreign judgment is only what the law calls primorfacie evidence in the case, not conclusive. In other words, the matter involved is re-examinable. § 13. But, while the Constitution in another place requires that full faith and credit shall be given in this matter as between the States, endless embarrassment would ensue but for the exercise of this legislative authority by Congress over the State courts. § 14. By act of May 26, 1790, Congress provided the mode by which records and judicial proceedings should be authenticated, and declared that they should have such faith given to them in every court within the United States as they had by law or usage in the courts of the State from whence the records were taken. 4. — IMPOSTS AND DUTIES. § 15. In another place, it will be seen that States are prohibited from laying any imposts or duties on imports or exports without the consent of Congress, except what maybe necessary for the execution of their inspection-laws. If States should attempt to lay burden- some inspection-duties. Congress has the power to pass acts of revis- ion, and, in case it becomes necessary, to control the whole subject. § 16. The subject of imposts and duties, we have seen, is exclu- sively under the control of Congress ; and, should a State attempt by some indirect method to lay duties or imposts. Congress has the higher right to control and revise its legislation. The State of Part II.] POWBES OP CONGKESS. 201 Maryland passed a law in 1821, requiring all importers of goods, and other persons selling the same by wholesak, to take out a license costing fifty dollars. This was regarded as an indirect method of laying State duties, and was decided by the Supreme Court of the United States to be unconstitutional. ART. XII. — EXECUTIVE VACANCY. 1. May by law provide for the case of removal, death, rtsigna Hon, or inability both of President and Vice-President. 2. May by law declare what officer shall then act as Presi dent, until, \st. Such disability be removed ; or, Id. A President shall be elected. 57. § 1. There was a strong feeling in the Constitutional Convention, during its earlier labors, against the proposition to have a Vice-Pres- ident of the United States. Until this proposition found favor among the members, the plan was that the President of the Senate should succeed the President of the United States in case of the death, resignation, or inability of the latter to perform the duties of his office. But the Vice-Presidency was finally accepted as a feature of the plan. § 2. Congress, in the exercise of its power to provide for the va- cancy of the executive chair by the death, removal, or inability of both the President and Vice-President, has enacted that the Presi- dent pro tempore of the Senate, and, in case there shall be no President of that body, then the Speaker of the House of Repre- sentatives, shall act as President until the disability be removed, or a President shall be elected. ART. XIII. — APPOINTMENTS. May by law vest the appointment of such inferior officers as they shall think proper, — 1. In the President alone; 2. In the courts of law ; or, 3. In the heads of departments. 61. § 1. This power of vesting appointments, it will be observed, is restricted to inferior ofBcers. But what are inferior offices or offi- cers ? The Constitution does not discriminate. Such as Congress a02 ANALYSIS OF CIVIL GOVEENMENT. [Paet IL sees fit to style inferior officers need not the sanction of the Execu- tive or the Senate to render their appointments valid. The heads of departments, it is generally conceded, are not of this class. They have the power over the appointments of the clerks in then- respective offices. But there is great danger that a corrupt favor- itism may be the result of the abuse of this povfer. It has long been used to punish and reward political opinion. To obtain an office, a man's political views must coincide with the appointing power. This is a flagrant abuse of official authority. § 2. The Postmaster-General wields a patronage, the estimate of which is most fearful if dispensed as a political bribe throughout the country. The question is too seldom asked, whether the appli- cant for a village postroffice is honest, capable, and faithful to the Constitution ; but, on the contrary, his fitness for office, in thou- sands of instances, is tested by his fidelity to party. So extensive has been the practice of distributing official favors to political parti- sans during the last thirty years, that, with rare exceptions, a man's political sentiments could be inferred by the office he held. Public offices ought not to be distributed as rewards for political opinions. ART. XIV. — CONSTITUTIOJiTAL AMENDMENTS. 1. Shall propose amendmenU to the Constitution whenever two-thirds of both houses of Congress shall deem it necessary ; or, 2. On application of the legislatures of two-thirds of the sev- eral States, Congress shall call a convention for propos- ing amendments. 3. May prescribe either of two modes of ratifying the pro- posed amendments. \st. By State conventions ,• or, 2d. By the State legislatures. 78. § 1. Congress has no power to alter or amend the Constitution ; but they can take the initiatory steps. They can submit proposi- tions to the States for this purpose, whenever, in the estimation of two-thirds of the members of both houses, amendments become ne- cessary. § 2. No human government can be perfect ; and the Constitution Part II.] POWERS OF CONGRESS. 203 of the United States was but an experiment, which, in its original fbnu, might not prove successful. It was wise, therefore, to make provisions in the instrument itself for its amendment. A Constitu- tion suited to the necessities of this generation may not be adapted to the wants of the next. But it was well to guard against the hasty- adoption of amendments, without allowing sufficient experience under the original instrument to test the utility of its provisions. The powers of Congress over this subject are quite limited. The prop- osition for amendments may originate with Congress, or with the legislatures of two-thirds of the several States. When it originates with the States, instead of amendments being proposed by Congress, that body calls a convention to propose them. § 3. Congress has the power of directing whether the proposed amendments to the Constitution shall be ratified by State conven- tions or by State legislatures. Thus far, there have been adopted fourteen Articles of Amendment. These have all originated with Congress, and have been ratified by State legislatures. There is one clause of the Constitution unamendable except by the consent of the State interested, which reads thus : " No State, without its consent, shall be deprived of its equal suffrage in the Senate." This is for the protection of the smaller States in the national councils. As Congress takes no part in the ratification of proposed amend ments, that subject belongs in another place. (See Chap. IX., Art. I., Part II.) AET. XV. -SLAVERY. 1. Shall have power to enforce the abolition of slavery by ap- propriate legislation. 98. 2. While the foreign slave-trade was lawful (until 1808), Con- gressshad the power to impose a tax or duty, not exceed- ing ten dollars, on each slave imported. 44. I.-ITS ABOLITION. § 1. The Constitution as it came from the hands of its authors in 1787, and as it was ratified by the people of the several States, rec- ognized slavery as a State institution. True, the word " slave," or 204 ANALYSIS OP CIVIL GOVERNMENT. [PaeT 11. ' ' slavery J ' is not in the instrument. These words were carefully and intentionally omitted. In the thirteenth Article of Amendments, the word "slavery " appears for the first time in the Constitution; and that article abolishes the institution throughout the United States and their territories. § 2. Section second of the thirteenth Article of Amendments gives Congress legislative authoi'ity over the subject. As four or five millions of men, women, and children, were suddenly transferred from slavery to freedom, it was presumed that national legislation would become necessary to protect them in their new condition. Congress has already exercised this power in the passage of several statutes on the subject. This matter will receive further attention in considering State prohibitions. 2. — FOREIGN SLAVE-TKADE. § 3. The provision of the Constitution relating to this subject reads as follows : — " The migration or importation of such persons as any of the States now existing shall think proper to admit shall not be pro- hibited by the Congress prior to the year one thousand eight hun- dred and eight ; but a tax or duty may be imposed on such impor- tation, not exceeding ten dollars for each person." At the time of the formation of the Constitution, all the States held slaves, except one ; and the foreign slave-trade was lawful among all nations of the world. § 4. At the time of the adoption of the Constitution, the general opinion prevailed that slavery would gradually diminish until it would become extinct in all the States. This opinion was based on the supposition that free labor would ultimately be found to be more profitable than slave labor, and that slaves would soon become val- ueless. At that time, it must be remembered, cotton was not the leading article of commerce which it has become during the present century. § 5. At that time, the processes of separating the seed from the cotton, spinning the cotton into yarn, and weaving the yam into cloth, were so slow and clumsy compared with the methods of doing Pakt II.] POWEES OF CONGRESS. 205 the same things at the present day, that this article did not promise to become a leading fabric with which to clothe the world. But lit- tle cotton was worn, and that little was expensive. A vast expendi- ture of labor was required to convert it from the raw material into cloth. § 6. But, near the close of the last century, three inventions, eaclt contributing to the same end, produced a wonderful revolution in tha mechanical processes of converting cotton into cloth. The cotton-gin by Eli Whitney of Connecticut, the spinning-jenny by Sir Richard Arkwright, and the power-loom by Edmund C^twright, both of England, have accomplished this great change. By means of these inventions, the products of human industry in the manufacture of cotton goods have been multiplied more than a hundred-fold. § 7. The facilities for the manufacture of cotton goods being thus multiplied, the goods were greatly reduced in price, the call for them in the markets of the world was proportionally extended, and, of course, the demand for the raw material was correspondingly in- creased. This demand increased the call for slave-labor, this call enhanced the price of slaves, and all combined advanced the slave- holding interests of the South. Of course, all these changes were unforeseen by the authors of the Constitution. § 8. Congress passed a law prohibiting the foreign slave-trade after the first day of January, 1808 ; imposing mild penalties of fine and imprisonment for its breach. But the slave-trade had become profitable, and the law was frequently disobeyed. In 1820, Con- gress passed a law making the foreign slave-trade piracy, punishable by death. In 1865, slavery was abolished by a Constitutional amendment, as has been stated. AKT. XVI. — GENERAL LAW-MAKING. Shall have power- to make all laws which shall be necessary and proper for carrying into execution the powers vested by the Constitution, — 1. In the government of the United States ; or, 2. In any department thereof ; or, 3. In any officer thereof. 43. •206 ANALYSIS OP CIVIL GOVERNMENT. [PaeT II. § 1. This general power to make laws, able commentators say, is merely a specification of what would have been implied even had this provision of the Constitution been omitted ; for the granting of any power implies consent on the part of the grantor, that the necessary means may be adopted to render that power eflfective. This reasoning, however, does not prove that this provision is mere surplusage ; for there were several powers granted in the Articles of Confederation, which, for want of others to render them effective, were but a mockery § 2 As it is impossible to specify in the fundamental law of a nation all the powers which at some time it may be indispensably necessary to exercise for the common good, this provision seems to be among the wisest to be found in the Constitution. Had the attempt been made to enumerate affirmatively all laws necessary and proper which Congress might pass, it must have resulted in failure As Judge Story says, it would have rendered necessary "a com- plete digest of all laws on eveiy subject to which the Constitution relates. It must have embraced all future as well as all present exigencies, and been accommodated to all times and all occasions, and all changes of situation and character." AET. XVII.— MEETING. 1. Shall assemble at least once in every year ; which meeting shall be on the first Monday in December^ xvnless, 2. They shall appoint a different day. IG. § 1. In England, the sovereign has the sole power to convene and dissolve the two houses of Parliament : he can call them to- gether at any time he sees fit. So the President of the United States can convene either or both houses of Congi-esg on extraordinary occa- sions. But, if it should so happen that the President was essentially at variance with Congress, had he the power to prevent their meet- ing, he would bo likely to exercise that power, and perhaps to the detriment of the nation. A bad President might prefer to have no Congress during his administration. In such case, there would be a practical demonstration of the necessity of this provision. § 2. Again : it seems necessary that the Constitution should con- Part II.] process of law-making. 207 tain some such provision, as, otherwise, the two houses might not agree in reference to the time of assembling. By this provision, if they can not agree on any other time, they must meet the first Mon- day of December. The place of meeting is not designated, and probably for two reasons : first, the seat of the National Govern- ment had not been established at the time when the Constitution was formed ; and, second, war or pestilence might at times interfere with the meeting at any place that might be named in the Constitution. CHAPTEE V. LAW-MAKING. AKTICLE I. — PROCEEDINGS. A bill may become a law through any one of the three following processes : — FIRST PROCESS. 1. The bill shall pass both houses of Congress. 2. It shall then be presented to the President. 3. If he approve, he shall sign il. 24:. SECOND PROCESS. 1. The bill shall pass both houses of Congress. 2. It shall then be presented to the President. S. If he disapprove it, he shall return it, with his objections, to that house in which it originated. 4. That house shall enter objections at large on their journal. 5. They shall proceed to reconsider it; and if, after suchrecon- sideration, two-thirds of the house shall agree to pass it, 6. It shall be sent, with the objections, to the other house. 7. The other house shall reconsider the bill. 8. If approved by two-thirds of that house, it shall become a law. 9. The votes of both houses shall be determined by the yeas and nays in all such cases. 10. The names of the persons voting for and against the bill shall be entered on the journal of each house respec- tively. 34. 208 ANALYSIS OF CIVIL GO VBRNMENT. [Pakt II. THIRD PKOCESS. 1. The bill shall pass both houses of Congress. 2. It shall then be sent to the President. 3. He neglects to approve and sign it. 4. He also neglects to return it to the house in which it origin nated. 5. It becomes a law at the end of ten days {Sundays ex- cepted), unless Congress, by adjournment within that time, prevents its return. 34. § 1. A bill, as here used, is the draught of a proposed law. It may be introduced by any one of several methods. 1st. It may be introduced, with the leave of the house, by any member. 2d. It may be introduced by order of either house ; or, 3d. It may be introduced by the report of a standing or select committee. § 2. A standing committee is one that is appointed to continue during the session or term of the body from which it is chosen. To this committee is usually referred all that class of subjects which appropriately comes within its jurisdiction. Its name is usually suggestive of its business ; as the Committee on Agriculture, Commit- tee on Finance, Committee on Military Aif airs, Committee of Ways and Means, Judiciary Committee ; and so on. A subject may be present- ed, however, that does not appropriately belong to any standing committee. Such matter is usually referred to a committee appoint- ed expressly for this purpose, which is called a select committee. All deliberative and legislative bodies have their committees usually appointed by the presiding oflScer ; though they are not always eg appointed : it is sometimes done by the assembly. § 3. A bill in Congress must receive three several readings before it is put upon its final passage. No bill can be read more than once on the same day without the special permission of the house. The vote is taken on its third reading. The arguments for and against the bill, if any, are made before its third reading, or between its third reading and the taking of the vote. If the bill passes, it is signed by the presiding officer, and sent to the other house. If it Part II.] PEOCESS OF LAW-MAKING. 209 passes the other house, the presiding officer of that house signs it ; after which, it is sent to the President of the United States for his approval or disapproval. § 4. At any time during the pendency of a bill, amendments to it may be proposed, and passed by either house. Either house may concur in or reject the amendments made to a bill by the other, or may reject the bill altogether. But, at any stage of the proceed- ings, amendments being attached to a bill in one house must bo sent to the other for approval or disapproval. The President has no power to attach amendments. § 5. The first process of law-making, as described in the Analysis, is the simplest ; only rec[urring that a bill shall pass both houses of Congress, and receive the signature of the President. In such cases, only a numerical majority of each house is necessary. The bill may pass either or both houses without the formality of taking the yeas and nays, unless they shall be called for by one-fifth of the members present. § 6. The second process of law-making is the one in which the President's veto, as it is commonly called, is interposed. To become a law in opposition to the President's objections, more formality is reciuired than in the first process of law-making ; and, instead of merely a numerical majority of each house, it requires a two-third majority, after his veto, to pass the bill. The voting must be done in the second process by yeas and nays, even though one-fifth of uhe members do not call for them ; and the names of persons voting for and against the bill must be recorded. These requirements are not matters of legislative discretion, but of Constitutional provision, and therefore imperative. § 7. The word veto is borrowed from the Latin language, and signifies, I forUd. The President's negative on the bills passed by Congress is called his veto. As we have already seen, his veto is quahfied, not absolute. The sovereign of Great Britain has an absolute negative on the bills of Parliament, though he has not exercised it for nearly two hundred years. § 8. There was an earnest effort in the Constitutional Convention, on the part of some of the leadmg members, to vest in the Executive 210 ANALYSIS OF CIVIL GOVERNMENT. [Paet II an uiic[ualified negative, or veto, on all bills passed by Congress. Some of the most illustrious names in that illustrious body gave up this proposition with great reluctance. But for Dr. Franklin's op- position, perhaps it would have been carried. He said he had had some experience of this check on the Executive in the legislature of Pennsylvania. The negative of the governor was constantly made use of to extort money. No good law whatever could be passed without a private bargain with him. § 9. An increase of his salary, or some donation, was always made a condition ; till at last it became the regular practice to have orders in his favor, on the treasury, presented along with the bUls to be signed, so that he might actually receive the former before he should sign the latter. It was held by the opponents of the absolute nega- tive to be dangerous in the extreme to allow one man to check the will of the whole. No one man could be found so far above all the rest in wisdom as to render it safe to clothe him with such august power. The Constitutional provision as it now stands passed the Convention by the vote of eight States against two, — afterwards unanimously. § 10. This executive power, on the other hand, may operate as a salutary cheek on hasty legislation. Factious, precipitate, and even unconstitutional legislation, arising from temporary excitement and party zeal, might disgrace the halls of Congress. The Executive, not having participated in the rivalry of debate, and being quietly retired from the scenes of political strife, may be presumed to be better qualified to pronounce coiTCct judgment than those who were active in the contest. § 11. The third process of law-jnaking differs from the first and second only with regard to the action, or rather treaction, of the President. He simply neglects to sign the bill within ten days, Sundays excepted, after receiving it. In such case, it becomes a law if Congress remains in session during that period ; but, if Congress adjourns before the expiration of that time, the law is defeated. This last provision is for the purpose of talking it out of the power of Congress to give validity to their acts merely by adjournment. Part II.] PROHIBITIONS OK THE U. S. 211 AET. II. —ORDERS, RESOLUTIONS, AND VOTES. Eoery order, resolution, or vote, to lohich the concurrence of the Senate and House of Representatives may be neces- sary, except on a question of adjournment, 1 . Shall be presented to the Presiden t of the United States. 2. It shall be approved by him before the same shall take effect ; or, being disapproved by him, 3. It shall be passed by the two houses of Congress, by two-thirds of each, according to the rules and limi- tations prescribed in case of a bill. 25. Were it not for this provision, Congress might exert their power in the form of orders, resolutions, or votes ; thus preventing the President from interposing his veto. They could thus substantially legislate in these forms without the sanction of the Executive, and without the necessity of a two-third majority of each house. As it now stands, the President has the same power of disapproval of an order, resolution, or vote, that he has to negative an act passed in the ordinary forms of legislation ; and, if he disapproves them by the interposition of his veto, they must be re-passed by the yeas and nays, and by the same formalities as required in the second process for the passage of a bill. CHAPTER VI. PROHIBITIONS ON THE UNITED STATES. ARTICLE I. — HABEAS CORPUS. The privilege of the writ of habeas corpus shaU not be sus- pended unless when the public safety may require it. 1,- In cases of rebellion. 2. In cases of invasion. 4:5. § 1. In legal parlance, a writ is an instrument in writing, under seal, issued by authority of the king, president, governor, judge, or other magistrate, directed to a public officer or a private individual, commanding him to do or not to do some particular thing therein spacified, over which the officer issuing it has jurisdiction. 212 AiJ^ALYSIS OF CIVIL GOVERNMENT. [P ART II, § 2. It sometimes happens in the administration of law and gov- emraent that a person is wrongfully imprisoned, or restrained of hia liberty, before trial and final sentence by a court of competent juris- diction. Sometimes, also, persons may be wrongfully restrained of their liberty without even so much as the forms of law ; as by im- properly holding a child in custody, or locking a person in a room. More usually, however, it is done by a perversion of the forms of law. § 3. The remedy in such cases is by a writ of habeas corpus, as it is called ; taking its name from the command in the writ to pro- duce the body of some person named therein, who, it is alleged, is illegally restrained of his liberty. Habeas corpus signifies, "have you the body." The proceedings in such cases are substantially in this manner : — For instance, William Jackson is imprisoned in Monroe-county jail. New York. 1st. He, or some person in his behalf, makes affidavit that he is wrongfully restrained of his liberty in the jail aforesaid by some person, say John Brown, the jailer. 2d. This affidavit is made before a court of competent jurisdiction, and a writ of habeas corpus is asked of the court. 3d. The writ is issued, of course, commanding John Brown to bring the body of William Jackson before the court on a day mentioned in the writ, and to make return on the writ why he. Brown, holds Jackson in custody or under restraint. 4th. The writ is served by some competent officer by reading it to Brown, and giving him a certified copy if requested. 5th. On the day named in the writ for its return, Brown appears in court with Jackson, and Brown shows the court by docu- mentary or other legal proofs his right to the custody of Jackson. 6th. If the reasons -for holding the prisoner ai-e deemed legally in- sufficient by the court, the prisoner is set at liberty : if, on the other hand, they are regarded as valid, the prisoner is remanded back to prison. 7th. This proceeding under a writ of habeas corpus does not de- Part II.] PROHIBITIONS ON THE U. S. 213 termine the guilt or innocence of the prisoner, but mmply whether be is rightfully or wrongfully restrained of bis liberty at the time of inquiry. Excessive bail mayhave been required of him, and he may have been unable to procure it, though he might have offered a reasonable sum. The papers on which he was committed may be defective in form or substance. A man may be guilty, yet illegally imprisoned. § 4. Every American citizen, if restrained of his liberty before con- viction, has the right to avail himself of the advantages of proceed- ing by habeas corpus to ascertain the legality of his imprisonment. The only exceptions to this rule are, 1st, when the privilege . of the writ is suspended by proper authority in a time of insurrection or invasion ; 2d, when a person has been committed for contempt of court; and, 3d, when the imprisonment is by final judgment of a competent court. "^ § 5. In cases of rebellion or invasion, it may be necessary to temporarily suspend the privilege of this writ. Rebellion here means an uprising of the citizens of a country against its authority. The power of suspension of the privilege of this writ was vested by Congress in the President of the United States during the Great Civil War from 1861 to 1865. Invasion, as used in the Constitu- tion, means the entry of a hostile force of a foreign nation into our territory. ART. II. — DIRECT TAXES. No capitation or other direct tax shall be laid unless in proportion to the census. 5^ AT. Note. — The subject of taxation is discussed quite fully in treating of the powers of Congress, and need not be repeated here. ART. III.— EXPORT DUTIES. No tax or duty shall be laid on articles exported from any State. 48. The intention of this prohibition is to prevent taxing the interests of any State to its detriment, and giving undue advantages to others. 214 ATJAT.VRTH OF CIVIL GO VJSKNMENT. [Part IL The produotioas of some of the States are very different from those of others j and, were export duties allowed to be enforced, the bur- dens of taxation would be very unequal. The staple production of some States is cotton j of others, rice ; of others, tobacco ; of others, sugar ; and of others, articles of manufacture which are used chiefly for home consumption. Some States are interested in the coast fisheries, others in whaling, and still others in navigation and commerce. It would be impossible to so adjust export duties, were they allowed, as to distribute the burdens equally. AET. IV. — INTEE-STATE COMMEECE. 1. No preference shall be given by any regulation of com- inerce or revenue to the ports of one State over another. 2. Nor shall vessels bound to or from one State be obliged to enter, clear, or pay duties in another. 48. Although Congress is invested with power to regulate commerce among the States, yet that power is coupled with these prohibitions : No preference shall be given to the ports of one State over another ; nor shall entrance or clearance fees, or the payment of duties, be required in an intermediate State while vessels are passing from one State to another. A vessel bound to Philadelphia from Liver- pool, in passing Boston or New York, can not be compelled to enter, clear, or pay duties in either of the last two ports named. The duties must be paid in Philadelphia, the port to which the vessel is bound. AET. v.— PUBLIC MONET. 1. No money shall be drawn from the treasury but in con- sequence of appropriations made by law. 2. A regular statement and account of the receipts and ex- pienditures of all public money shall be published fron\ time to time. 4r9. 3. No appropriation of money to raise and support arniiea shall be for a longer term than two years. 37. § 1. The Congress of the United States is made not only the guardian of the public interests generally, but of the public treasury in particular. Even when it is settled by judicial decision that a PakT n.] PROHIBITIONS ON THE TJ. 8. 215 Bpeoific sum is due to a creditor, the money can not be drawn there- for until Congress shall have passed upon the validity of the claim, and ordered an appropriation. The whole matter is subject to the critical review and decision of Congress. The object of this provis- ion is to secure strict faithfulness in the public expenditures. Neither the executive, nor the judiciary, nor the heads of departments, nor the officers of the army or navy, nor even members of Congress themselves, can draw a dollar of the public money except by appro- priations made by law. § 2. The requirement that a regular account and statement of the receipts and expenditures of the public money shall be published from time to time puts a most salutary check on the possible pro- fusion and extravagance of the National Legislature. The people have the right to know how, and for what purposes, their money is expended. The heads of the departments must make an annual exhibit of their transactions respectively. § 3. The fear that the army might possibly become a power too formidable to be consistent with the rights and liberties of the people led to this Constitutional limitation of army appropriations. It is necessary to raise and support armies even in time of peace ; but not a dollar can be appropriated for this purpose without the sanction of Congress. And, lest Congress may be extravagant in this direction, or the administration acquire too much power over the army, they are forbidden to make appropriations extending beyond the period of two years. A Congress lasts for but two years ; and, should they be profuse in their appropriations of army money, the people will be likely to correct the error in their election of the suc- ceeding Congress. ART. VI. — NOBILITY. No title of nobility shall he granted by the United States. 50. The government instituted in this country at the close of the Eevolutionary War, and which took definite shape in the Constitu- tion of the United States, was intended to be characterized for republican simplicity. The theory of our institutions is, all citizens are equal before the law. Orders of nobility are forbidden, in accordance with this theory. Alexander Hamilton .says, " This may Va6 AJTALYSIS OF CIVIIi GOVERNMENT. [PaET II. tmly 1)6 denominated the corner-stone of republican government ; for, so long as titles of nobility are excluded, there can never be serious danger that the government mil be any other than that of the people." AB.T. VII. — PENALTIES. 1. Ifo Mil of oMainder shall be passed. 2. No ex post facto law shall be passed. 4:6. 3. No attainder of treason shall work, \st. Corruption of blood; nor, 2d. Forfeiture, except during the life of the person at- tainted. 70. § 1. A bill of attainder, which is here forbidden, is a phrase borrowed from England. It ia a special act of the legislative body, inflicting capital punishment on a person for high crimes, without having been first convicted before a judicial tribunal. A person against whom such an act is passed is rendered infamous, and is said to be attainted, or stained and disgraced. The person so attainted forfeited all his property, real and personal, to the Crown ; and, by operation of law, his blood became so corrupted, that he could neither inherit smy thing from his ancestry, nor transmit by hereditary descent to his heirs, lineal or collateral. § 2. An act of the legislature convicting a person of any crime, and inflicting any punishment short of death, is called a bill of pains and penalties. The Constitution of the United States humanely forbids the pas- sage of any bill of attainder. § 3. An ex post facto law is one that is retro-active, and which makes an act criminal which was not so when committed. It has to do entirely with past transactions, and of a criminal nature. The Supreme Court of the United States has defined an ex post facto law to be one "which renders an act punishable in a manner in which it was not punishable when it was committed." For instance, from 1808 to 1820, the foreign slave-trade was punishable by fine and imprisonment. After 1820, it was punishable by death. Had the law of 1820 punished the infractions of the law which were Paet II.] PROHIBITIONS ON THE U. S. 217 committed in 1818 with death, it would have been an ex post facto law. Laws which mitigate the punishment, however, are not regard- ed as ex post facto; for they are in favor of the accused. § 4. It would be grossly and manifestly unjust, as well as unpar- donably cruel, to visit a crime with a severer penalty than was attached to it at the time of its commission ; yet laws of this kind have been passed in some of the European-States. § 5. Treason is defined by the Constitution, and its punishment is left with Congress to provide for ; but, whatever penalty may be attached to this crime, " no attainder of treason shall work corrup- tion of blood, or forfeiture, except during the life of the person attainted." The crime of treason in England — that country from which we have largely borrowed many features of our institutions — was punishable by death in the most horrid and revolting forms. Not only so, but the criminal's blood became so corrupted by fiction of law, that all powers of transmission were destroyed. His lineal and collateral kindred were compelled to suffer for his offenses. § 6. Our Constitution is more consonant with justice and human- ity, in that it takes it out of the power of Congress to punish the innocent for the crimes of the guilty. In affirmance of this Consti- tutional provision forbidding the working of corruption of blood and of forfeiture, except during the life of the person attainted. Congress has by law declared that "no conviction or judgment for any capital or other offenses shall work corruption of blood, or any forfeiture of estate." AET. VIII. — FOREIGN SLAVE-TRADE. The importation of slaves was not to be prohibited, 1. By Congress, prior to 1808 (44) ; nor, 2. By any amendment to the Constitution prior to that time. 78. § 1. Slavery has existed in every age of the world, not merely among the barbarous' and savage nations, but among the most refined, civilized, and even Christian nations. Captives in war were sold as slaves, and were regarded and treated as property. This was considered as a favor to the captive, as his doom was slavery or death. If the captor saved the captive's life, this was viewed as a 218 ANALYSIS OF CIVIL GOVERNMENT. [PakT IL mercy to tbe prisoner ; for which he was to be reduced to perpetual servitude. § 2. It was but a slight remove from slavery to the slave-trade. The strong and powerful soon came to regard it as their right to prey on the weak and defenseless. Among the ancients, slavery finally became a regular branch of commerce. Even in modern times and between Christian nations, treaties have been formed for the purpose of facilitating commerce in this species of property, § 3. But, towards the close of the eighteenth century, the slaves trade began to excite a spirit of disapprobation ; and the conviction fastened itself on the consciences of men, that this traffic in human beings was repugnant to the principles of Christian obligation. Many of the great and good men who formed the Constitution of the United States shared in this conviction. In that Convention, the foundation was laid to put a final stop to this outrage on the rights of humanity, by vesting in Congress the power to prohibit the traflBc by citizens of the United States after 1807. Although the provision is expressed in negative terms, that Congress shall not prohibit the practice prior to that time, yet, in legal parlance, it has all tbe effect of an affirmation that Congress may prohibit it after that time. § 4. Before the Declaration of Independence, as early as Auoiist, 1774, Virginia and North Carolina had resolved by their legislative assemblies to discontinue the importation of slaves. The first Con- tinental Congress passed a similar resolution, which was to take effect from and after the first day of December of the same year. § 5. After the adoption of the Constitution, March 22, 1794, and May 10, 1800, acts were passed by Congress prohibiting tbe citizens of the United States, and residents within them, from engaging in the transportation of slaves from the United States to any foreign place or country, or from one foreign place or country to another, for the purposes of traffic. It will be observed that these acts pro- hibited our citizens from all participation in the foreign slave-trade except by direct importation into the United States. Thus Con- gress did all they possibly co\ild under the Constitution at that time to interdict this inhuman tra£Sc. Part II.] -prohibitions on the u. s. 21 d § 6. By act of March 2, 1807, Congress prohibited, under severe penalties, the importation of slaves into the United States from and after Jan. 1, 1808. By another act, passed April 20, 1818, the penalties of the act of March 2, 1807, were increased in severity. Another act was passed March 3, 1819, authorizing national armed vessels to be sent to the coast of Africa to prevent citizens or resi- dents of the United States from engaging in the slave-trade. This act authorized the seizure and confiscation of any vessels found engaged in this business. Another act of Congress, passed May 15, 1820, made the foreign slave-trade piracy, and punishable by death. § 7. The reader should bear in mind that these various acts of Congress have nothing to do with the slave-trade as between the several States. That matter was regulated by the States themselves, and some of them passed laws on this subject. They did this be- fore the final abolition of slavery, which was done by amendment of the Constitution of the United States in 1865. § 8. A few words may not be out of place here in reference to the progress of other nations on this subject. The following facts are gathered from one of the lectures of the late Chancellor Kent on the law of nations. The first British statute that declares the slave-trade unlawful was passed in March, 1807. This was a great triumph of British justice. Afterwards, by act of Parliament, March 31, 1824, the slave-trade was declared to be piracy. § 9. Almost every maritime nation in Europe has deliberately and solemnly, either by legislative acts or by treaties and other for- mal engagements, acknowledged the injustice and inhumanity of the trade, and pledged itself to promote its abolition. § 10. By treaty between Great Britain and France, May 30, 1814, Louis XVIII. agreed that the traffic was repugnant to the principles of natural justice ; and he engaged to add his efibrts at the ensuing Congress to induce all the powers of Christendom to decree the abolition of the trade, and that, on the part of the French Government, it should definitely cease in the course of five years. § 11. The ministers of the eight principal European powers who met in Congress at Vienna, Feb. 8, 1815, solemnly declared, in the 220 ANALYSIS OF CIVIL GOVBENMENT. [Part IL (ace of Europe and the world, that the African slave-trade had been regarded by just and enlightened men in all ages as repugnant to the principles of humanity and of universal morality ; that the public voice in all civilized countries demanded that it should be suppressed ; and that the universal abolition of it was conformable to the spirit of the age and the generous principles of the allied powers. In March, 1815, the Emperor Napoleon decreed that the slave-trade should be abolished ; and in July of the same year, after Napoleon's downfall, Louis XVIII. gave directions tha'j this odious and wicked traffic should from that time cease. § 12. Denmark, in 1792, abolished the foreign slave-trade, and the importation of slaves into her colonies, to take effect in 1804; In December, 1817, Spain prohibited the purchase of slaves on any part of the coast of Africa after May 31, 1820. In January, 1818, Portugal made the like prohibition as to the purchase of slaves on any part of the coast of Africa north of the equator. § 13. In 1821, there was not a flag of any European State which could legally cover this traffic to the north of the equator j and yet, in 1825, the importation of slaves covertly continued, if it was not openly countenanced, from the Eio de la Plata to the Ama- zon, and through the whole American archipelago. § 14. By a convention between England and Brazil in 1826, it was made piratical for the subjects of Brazil to be engaged in the slave-trade after the year 1830. In the treaty of Sept. 10, 1822, between Great Britain and the Imaun of Muscat, the latter aoreed to abolish the slave-trade for ever in his dominions. By the treaty of the 23d of October, 1817, between Great Britain and the King of Madagascai-, it was agreed that there should be throughout the dominions of the latter an entire cessation of the sale or trans- fer of slaves. § 15. These treaty stipulations have not, in all instances, been faithfully kept ; nor have the laws passed by the nations of Eu. rope and America, interdicting this traffic, in all cases been suc- cessfully enforced : but they demonstrate the moral sense of the nations of Christendom on the subject. § 16. The provision prohibiting any amendment to the Constitu- Pakt II.] PEOHIBITIONS ON THE TJ. 8. 221 tiou of the United States, which should forbid the importation of slaves before 1808, was one of the results of a compromise of this whole matter of slavery. It was feared by those States that had a large commercial interest in the foreign slave-trade, that, althouo'h Congress was forbidden to intermeddle with the subject before 1808, some amendment to the Constitution might be adopted to their preju- dice unless forbidden. To allay that fear, this prohibition was in- serted. ART. IX.— REPUDIATION. 1. loathing in the Oonstitution shall be construed so as to prejudice any claim, \st. Of the United States ; nor, 2d. Of any particular States. f6. 2. All debts contracted, and engagements entered into, before the adoption of the Oonstitution, shall be as valid against the United States under the Constitution as under the Confederation. 79. § 1. Although these two clauses refer each to a different class of subjects, the spirit of them is the same. They are intended to give an assurance to the people who are asked to adopt the new Consti- tution, that good faith shall be observed on the part of the proposed new government in all matters relating to the vested rights of States as well as of individuals, and also of the United States. As the government was about to undergo a great change, it was proper to incorporate these provisions into the fundamental law of the land, so as to quiet all fear that repudiation in some form might be at- tempted. § 2. The first of these provisions relates to conflicting claims and unsettled titles to some parts of the Western territory. That sub- ject has been considered in Art. X., Chap. IV., Part II., in treat- ing of the powers of Congress over territory, and more particularly with reference to new States, and their admission into the Union. The intention of this clause is to give assurance that the adoption of the Constitution shall in no way affect the validity of any claims to these lands, but that the rights of parties interested shall be the same as they were under the Confederation. 222 ANALYSIS OF CIVIL GOVEKNMENT. [PaET H § 3. The second clause, referring to debts, contracts, and engage- ments made by the United States under the Confederation, is in- tended to give assurance to the creditors of the proposed new government that all just claims against the Confederation will be recognized and liquidated under the Constitution. Judge Story says that this can scarcely be deemed more than a solemn declara- tion of what the public law of nations recognizes as a moral obliga- tion, binding on all nations, notwithstanding any changes in their forms of government. (See appendix to Analysis E, page 107.) AET. X. — FREEDOM. 1. CrviL. 1st. Congress shall make no law abridging, 1st. The freedom of speech; nor, 2d. The. freedom of the press ; nor, 3d. The right of the people peaceably to assemble and petition the government for a redress of grievances. 83 . 2c?. The right of the people to keep and hear arms shaM not be infringed. 84. 2. Keliqiods. 1st. No religious test shall ever be required as a quali- fication to any public office or trust under the United States. 81. 2c?. Congress shall make no law, 1st. Respecting an establishment of religion ; or, 2d. Prohibiting tlie free exercise thereof. 83. § 1. The subjects of this article are, freedom of speech, free- dom of the press, freedom of petition, freedom to bear aj-ms, and fi-eedom of religious sentiment. These are among the most sacred rights of human society ; and Congress is strictly forbidden to inter- fere with them. But one of these rights, that relating to a religious test as a qualification to ofiSce, is in the Constitution as at first adopted. The others are in the amendments. § 2. When the Constitution was before the people, objections were made to it on the ground that it did not contain any formal Part II.] PEOHIBITIONS ON THE XJ. S. 223 and distinctive bill of rights. Several of the State Conventions tliat ratified it suggested certain amendments that should make defi- nite ackuowledgment of the rights of the people, which were not specified in that document. These proposed amendments were com- mended to the attention of Congress, and most of them have since been adopted. Among the number are those specified in this article. § 3. Some of these amendments are negative in form, and others affirmative. Those under consideration are such as relate to the individual rights of the citizen, civil and religious, with which the government is forbidden to interfere. They are prohibitions on the United States, relating to personal freedom. § 4. Freedom of speech, with which Congress is prohibited from interfering, does not mean to shield the citizen from legal responsi- bility for what he may utter. True, a man may say what he pleases ; but he is responsible for the abuse of this liberty. He has no right to slander the reputation of another. Private reputation is a subject of protection by the laws of the land. You may slander a man in various ways, notwithstanding this liberty of speech. If you charge him with the commission of a crime which is indictable, and which would subject him, if true, to infamous punishment, this is slander. Charging a man with a breach of public trust is slan- der. A man can be slandered in reference to his trade or business by declaring him to be incompetent, or by saying of a merchant, for instance, that he is in failing circumstances, when he is not. § 5. A slander becomes a libel when communicated by pictures or signs, or writing, printing, or painting. It is then calculated to make a deeper impression, may have a wider circulation, and is the more aggravating, because it may be presumed to be done with fiiU deliberation. A matter may be libelous if written or printed, which, legally, would not be slanderous if spoken. Expressions ■which bold a man up to ridicule, or tend to degrade him in the esteem of society, are libelous if written or printed. Freedom of the press, referred to in this article, does not exonerate a man from legal responsibility vf^hen he abuses that freedom. Libel is an indictable offense, and may be punished criminally. Slander is not 224 ANALYSIS OF CIVIL GOVERNMENT. [Paki' II. indictable ; but the author of it may be prosecuted for private damages by the injured party. S 6. We are not to infer, because Congress is forbidden to inter- fere with the freedom of the press, that the press can do no wrong is above the reach of law, and that it is a shield for every abuse. A writer may publish what he pleases ; but, if he publishes that which is mischievous or illegal, he is responsible for the publication. § 7. The right of the people to meet in peaceable assemblage, and to petition the government for a redress of grievances, shall not be infringed. In despotic governments, the people are sometimes denied this right, under the pretense that the assemblies are con- spiring against the welfare of the government, and are insurrection- ary and riotous in their aims. It is the inestimable birthright of every American citizen to petition the government against the inflic- tion of wrong and injustice. § 8. The right of the people to keep and bear arms, with which the General Government is herein prohibited from interfering, refers to an organization of the militia of the States. Tbere have been fears expressed, that the liberty of the people might be destroyed by the perverted power of a formidable standing army. But here is the check to any such danger. The militia, that might be called out at any time on a month's notice, would outnumber, twenty to one, any standing army in time of peace that will ever be tolerated in the United States. Large standing armies might indeed be dan- gerous in a republican government, but for a much stronger force distributed throughout the ranks of the people. § 9. A man's reli^ous views are not to be questioned when appointed or elected to any office under the Government of the United States. This, it must be remembered, does not apply to State officers. In some of the States, religious tests have been applied ; but the Constitution of the United States wisely prohibits inquiry into the religious sentiments of any man, preliminary to his induction into office. Were it otherwise, the political would soon be merged in the ecclesiastical questions of the day ; and, ultimately, Church and State might become united. This clause prohibiting re- li^ouB tests for office is the only place in which the word " religious" Part II.] kelatinq TO OFFICJers. 225 occurs in the Constitution. It was introduced for tlie purpose of effectually silencing all attempts at an alliance of Church and State in the National Government. § 10. In the very iirst Article of Amendments to the Constitution, Conoress is prohibited from making any law respecting an establish- ment of relioion, or from interfering with its free exercise. Con- gress is not allowed in any way to intermeddle with the religious institutions of the country. Our fathers felt extreme dread of every thing in the line of religious establishments of State. They felt that religion was chiefiy a matter of personal concern between the individual and his Maker. They were familiar with the history of religious intolerance in those European States where the ecclesi- astical power had become superior to the civil. They were well satisfied that the interests of a pure and holy religion demand no alliance with the civil power. Many of the authors of the Consti- tution were themselves men of strong religious convictions ; so that we are not to attribute the clauses on this subject, either in the Con- stitution or its amendments, as arising from indifference or hostility to the interests of religion. § 11. Judge Story says, " It was also obvious, from the numer- ous and powerful sects existing in the United States, that there would be perpetual temptations to struggles for ascendency in the national councils, if any one might thereby hope to found a perma- nent and exclusive national establishment of its own ; and religious persecutions might thus be introduced to an extent utterly subver- sive of the true interests and good order of the Kepublio. The most effectual mode of suppressing the evil, in the view of the people, was to strike down the temptation to its introduction." CHAPTER VII. RELATING TO OFFICERS. ART. I. — mELIGIBILITT. 1, United-States Officers. — No person holding any office of trust or profit under the United States shaU, 226 ANALYSIS OF CIVIL GOVEENMENT. [PakT II. 1st. Be appointed an elector of President and Vice- President, 54 ; nor, 2d. Be a member of either house of Congress during his continuance in office. 33. 2. Congressmen. — No senator or representative shall, 1st. Be appointed an elector of President and Vice- President, 54 ; nor, 2d. During the time for which he was elected, he ap- pointed to any civil office under the United States, 1st. Which shall have been created during such time; nor, 2d. The emoluments whereof shall have been increased during such time. 22, § 1. The object of the foregoing provision, which excludes per- sons who hold any office under the General Government from being appointed electors of President and Vice-President of the United States, was to prevent combinations and intrigues between pre-exist- ing officials and the candidates for the two highest oflSces in the gift of the people. This clause requires that the electors shall come direct and fresh from the people, untrammeled by existing official relations. § 2. The clause forbidding membership of either house to officers under the General Government has been noticed in treating of the eligibility of senators and representatives, and need not be discussed here. § 3. Senators and representatives, although not officers of the United States, are^xcluded from being electors of President and Vice-President. The same reasons, however, why United-States officers should not be electors, bear with increased force against members of Congress assuming that trust. (See Executive Depart- ment.) § 4. The Constitution forbids the appointment of members of Congress to any civil offices created, or the emoluments whereof have been increased, during the terms for which such members were elect- ed. The object of these provisions is apparent. It is to forbid the Part II.] RELATING TO OFFICERS. 227 creation of offices with tempting salaiies, or the increase of the salar ries of offices already in existence, with the design of obtaining those salaries on the part of those who should assist in creating or increas- ing them. (See appendix to Analysis D.) ART. H. — FOREIGN PATRONAGE. ]Sfo person holding any office of profit or trust under the United States shall, without the consent of Congress^ accept of any present, emolument, office, or title, of any Jcincl what- ever; from any king, prince, or foreign State. 50. § 1. According to the theory of our government, American citi- zenship confers equality. Democracy abhors titular distinctions. The chief purpose of this clause is to forbid the acceptance of these dist'nctions and bribes, in whatever form they may be tendered by foreign powers, which, if received by an officer under our govern- ment, might seduce him from the faithful discharge of duty to his own country. § 2. A private citizen, it will be observed, does not come under this prohibition ; nor does an officer under any State government. It is, perhaps, to be regretted that this prohibition was not extended farther, so as to include all American citizens. Were a costly pres- ent to be made by the Emperor of France or the Queen of England to the President of the United States, he would not be at liberty to accept it on his own account, though he might in behalf of the people, and have it preserved in the archives of the nation, as it might seem rude to decline it. ART. in.— THE PRESIDENT. 1. The compensation for the services of the President of the United States shall neither he increased nor diminished during the period for which he shall have been elected. 2. He shall not receive within that period any other emolu- ment from the United States, or any State. 58. This article will receive attention when we come to the discussion of the Executive Department. 228 ANALYSIS OF CIVIL GOVERNMENT. [Pabt tt ART. IT. — IMPEACHMENT. 1. The President, Vice-President, and all cioil officers of the Vnited States, shall he removed from office on impeach- ment for and conviction of treason, bribery, or other high crimes or misdemeanors. 64:. 2. Judgment in cases of impeachment shall not extend fur- ther than, 1st. To removal from office / and. Id. Disqualification to hold and enjoy any office of honor, trust, or profit under the United States. 3. The party convicted shall nevertheless be liable and subject to indictment, trial, judgm,ent, and punishment according to law. 14:. The subject of impeachment has been fully presented in the fii'st and second chapters of Part II. of this work. It will be found in Art. IX. of Chap. I., and Art. X., Chap. 11. CHAPTER Vin. RIGHTS OF STATES. ARTICLE I. — REPRESENTATION. 1. Each State shall have at least one representative. 5. 2. No amendment shall be made to the Constitution depriv' ing any State, without its consent, of its equal suffrage in the Senate. 78. § 1. The first paragraph of this article is one of the clauses of the fifth paragraph of the Constitution, as it is numbered for con- venience of reference. With the clause with which it stands in connection, it reads thus: "The number of representatives shall not exceed one for every thirty thousand ; but each State shall have at least one representative." It is not here declared that there shaH be one representative for every thirty thousand, but that the pro- portion shall not exceed that. § 2. At the taking of the first census, in 1790, it was ascertained that the State having the least number of inhabitants, Delaware, Pari II.] EIGHTS OF STATES. 229 contained over fifty-nine thousand. In 1860, the population of that State was a little over a hundred and twelve thousand ; not enough, however, to give it one representative, were it not .for this clause, which says that " each State shall have at least one representative ; " for in 1860 the ratio of representation was fixed at one member for 127,316 inhabitants. § 3. The authors of the Constitution foresaw that the population of this country would rapidly increase for ages after their labors were done, and that many new States would be added to the Union. They also saw that it would not do to provide for increasing the number of members in the House of Eepresentatives in proportion to the increase of population ; for, in such case, that body would soon become inconveniently large for the purposes of legislative de- liberation. Within one hundred years from the adoption of the Constitution, our country will number nearly one hundred millions. Were the House of Eepresentatives, then, to have one member for every thirty thousand, it would have 3,333 members. § 4. When the time arrives that the United States shall number two hundred and fifty millions, the House of Representatives will probably be constituted on the basis of not over one member to a million of inhabitants. There will be many States, probably, at that time, which will not contain more than two or three hundred thou- sand each. Especially will this be true of the younger and the smaller of the older States. But these States must have at least one representative each, or they must be unrepresented in the national councils. Hence the necessity of this provision, that "each State shall have at least one representative." § 5. There are several States now in the Union, which, but for this provision of the Constitution, would not be entitled to representa- tion in the House. They have not the necessary number of inhabit- ants ; but they each have one member on account of this clause. § 6. The second clause of the article under consideration refers *to equality of State representation in the Senate. When, in the Constitutional Convention, the smaller States consented that popula- tion might become the basis of representation in the House, it was upon the express condition that there should be equality of repre- 230 ANALYSIS OP CIVIL GOVERNMENT. [Paet H sentation in the Senate. So tenacious were the smaller States on this point, that they insisted on and obtained this Constitutional pro- vision. No majority of the States, however large, can change this clause of the Constitution so long as a State which loses its full rep- resentation thereby refuses its consent to such change. The pro- vision is for the protection of the smaller States. AET. II. — PRIVILEGES OF CITIZENSHIP. The citizens in each State shall be entitled to all the priv- ileges and immunities of citizens of tlie several States. 72, The purpose of this clause is to create a general national citizen- ship. Perhaps it does not so properly come under the rights of States as the rights of citizens derived from the States. A person being a citizen in one State of the Union may remove to any other without prejudice to his social, pecuniary, or political rights in his new home. He may purchase, hold, convey, and inherit property, and enjoy all other rights arising from citizenship, the same as though he were born or naturalized in the State to which he emigrates. These are rights in the enjoyment of which he can not only claim the protection of the United States, but of the States fi-om which and to which he removes. (See appendix to Analysis B.) AET. III. — STATE AMITY. F\dl faith and credit shall be given in each State to the acts, records, and judicial proceedings of every other State. 71 . This provision confers at once a right on States and a right on individuals ; and it imposes obligations on States : 1st. A State has the right to demand of another State that its acts, records, and judicial proceedings, shall be respected, and that fiiU faith and credit shall be given to them. 2d. Individuals may demand the same, when that demand is necessary to the vindication of their rights. And, 3d, States on whom such demands are properly made are under obligations to heed and respect them. A judgment rendered by a court in Ohio, for instance, would be conclusive in New York, provided the courts of Ohio would hold it conclusive. The manner of proving such acts, records, and judicial proceed- Part II.] eights of states. 231 ings, and the effect to be given to their authenticity, is, as we have seen, exclusively under the direction of Congress. AET. IV.— NEW STATES. 1. JVb new State shall be formed or erected within the juris- diction of any other State ; 2. N^or shall any State be formed by the junction of two or more States, or parts of States, without the consent of the legislatures of the States concerned. § 1. The first paragraph above was inserted by the Constitutional Convention to quiet the fears of the larger States that their terri- tory might be dismembered for the purpose of increasing the num- ber of States. The second quiets the fears of the smaller States, that a junction of States might take place without their consent. § 2. No new State has ever been formed within the limits of the Union by the junction of two or more States. One new State has been formed, however, by the dismemberment of another. On the passage of the Ordinance of Secession by the Virginia Convention, a convention of the western counties of the State was held at Wheel- ing May 11, 1861, and on the 17th unanimously deposed the then State officers, and organized a State government. § 3. Nov. 26, 1861, a convention representing the western counties of the State assembled in Wheeling, and formed a consti- tution for West Virginia. This constitution was submitted to the people May 3, 1862, and adopted by them by a nearly unanimous vote. The division of the State was sanctioned by the legislature of the new State, May 13, 1862, and ratified by Congress Dec. 31, 1862. West Virginia was admitted into the Union June 20, 1863. ART. v. — ELECTIONS. The times, places, and tnanner of holding elections Jor senators and representatives shall be prescribed in each State by the legislature thereof, sulject to the revision of Congress, except as to the places of choosing senators. 15. This clause gives the regulation of the election of senators and representatives primarily to the legislative authority of the several 232 ANALYSIS OP CIVIL GOVERNMENT. [Pabt II, States. Should they fail to exercise it, however, or exercise it im- properly, the interests of the country would justify the interposition of Congress. (See powers of Congress, Art. XI., Part II.) AKT. VI. — MILITIA OFFICEBS. 1. The appointment of the militia officers is reserved to the ' States respectively. 2. Also the training of the militia according to the discipline prescribed by Congress. 41. § 1. As the National Government is to depend on the several States for the militia, it seems proper that the officers who are to train and discipline them should he appointed by the States. This arm or power of national security is in some sense a local police force, a means of State defense, for the proper organization and discipline of which the several States are responsible to the national authority. § 2. But, in order that there may be uniformity of organization and discipline, it is left with Congress to prescribe the mode. In case of invasion by a foreign power, or a wide-spread rebelUon, the militia of States distant from each other may be placed side by side in the same array. Hence the necessity of uniformity of discipline, and of its being under the direction of a single power, instead of being distributed among the several States. The States respec- tively have the traming of the militia ; but Congress prescribes the mode of discipline. ART. VII. — FEDERAL PROTECTION. 1. The United States shall guarantee to every State in the Union a republican form of government. 2. Shall protect ^ach State against invasion ; 3. Also against domestic violence, 1st. On the application of the legislature of the State ; or, 2d. On application of the State Executive when the legislature can 7iot be convened. 7y. § 1. The United States is one great political family, and each State is a member of that family ; and each member has the right of Pakt II.] EIGHTS OP STATES. 233, protection from invasion without or insurrection within. The want of a provision similar to this was a serious defect in the Articles of Confederation. This is one of those State rights that give assurance of the stability and solidity of the State governments, as well as the perpetuity of the Federal Union. In every age of the world, and among all nations, there have been designing, intriguing, ambitious demagogues, ready to originate the most wicked schemes for the overthrow of the governments under which they lived. Human ■ nature is much the same in every age ; and but for this guaranty on the part of the United States, and this right on the part of the States, the form of a State government, at some unlucky moment, and under the sway of vile intriguers, might be changed from a republic to a monarchy. § 2. The States have the right of Federal protection from foreign invasion. They have no right to declare war, nor even to engage in it as States, unless the danger is so imminent as not to admit of de- lay. For the surrender of this right, it is but reasonable that the National Government should pledge its power to defend them. § 3. Perhaps there is more danger under a republican form of government, than under any other, of outbreaks of domestsc violence. Enjoying, as the people do, a greater degree of freedom under this than under other forms of government, that freedom is correspond- ingly more liable to be abused. Our own history has demonstrated this tendency. Several times it has been found necessary to call out the Federal troops to protect the States from internal dissensions, and to crush open and high-handed defiance of State laws. The Federal authority may be invoked for this purpose by the legislature of the State, if in session, in which the insurrection occurs. If the legislature is not in session, and can not be readily convened, the Governor of the State may call on the President of the United States for the necessary aid. ART. VIII. -FUGITIVES. 1. Fkom Justice. — A person charged in any /State with treason, felony, or other crime, who shall flee from jus- tice, and he found in another State, shall, on demand 234 ANALYSIS OF CIVIL GOVERNMENT. [Paet IL of the executive authority of the State from which he fled, he delivered up, to he removed to the State having jurisdiction of the crime. 73. 2. From Seevicb. — No person held to seroice or labor in one State under the laws thereof, escaping into another, shall, in consequence of any law or regulation therein, he discharged from such service or labor, hut shall he delivered up on claim of the party to whom such service or lahor may be due. 74:. § 1. The several States are political neighbors to each other. By the first of the foregoing provisions, if the laws of a State have been outraged by the commission of a grave crime, and the criminal flees to a neighboring State, it is the right of the State whose laws have been violated to pursue the criminal, and bring him back for trial. No State has the right to become an asylum for criminals. This would afford a direct encouragement to hardened depravity. § 2. By an act of Congress, passed Feb. 12, 1793, provision was made for enforcing this clause of the Constitution. To secure the return of a fugitive from justice, according to that act, the following steps must be taken : — 1st. The Executive of the State in which the crime is committed must make demand for the return of the criminal on the Executive of the State to which the criminal has fled. 2d. The demand must be accompanied with a copy of the indict- ment against the criminal ; or, 3d. By an aflSdavit made before a magistrate, charging the person demanded with having committed the crime, and having fled from justice. 4th. The copy of the indictment, or the affidavit, must be certified by the governor or chief magistrate making the demand, to be authentic. 5th. When this is done, it is the duty of the Executive of the Stat« to which the person has fled to cause the accused to be arrested and secured. 6th. It is the duty of the Executive causing the arrest to give notice thereof to the Executive making the demand, or to his agent. Jt'AKT II.] BIGHTS OF STATES. 235 7th. Following these proceedings, the person charged with the crime is delivered over for trial to the State authorities from which he fled. § 3. The clause relating to fugitives from service refers to slaves exclusively. An act was passed by Congress to enforce this provision of the Constitution, Feb. 12, 1798, and was amended Sept. 18, 1850 ; and both the act and amendment were repealed June 28, 1864. In 1865, an article of amendment to the Consti- tution was ratified by a sufficient number of States to render it a part of that instrument, for ever abolishing slavery in the United States and its territories. The clause which we are now considering is, therefore, no longer operative. AET. IX. — KESEEVATIONS. 1. The powers not delegated to the United States by the Con- stitution, nor 'prohibited by it to the States, are reserved to the States respectively, or to the people. ®2. 2. Tlie enumeration in the Constitution of certain rights shall not be construed to deny or disparage others re- tained by the people. 91 . § 1. The first paragraph above is intended as a general rule of interpretation, to be applied to the Constitution in cases of doubtful right, as between State and United-States authority. The powers of the National Government are limited, being conferred and enume- rated by the people of the United States. The powers not enu- merated are reserved to the States or the people. But this must be understood with some qualification. All the means of carrying into execution the powers of the National Grovernment are not expressed in the Constitution, nor coidd they be. For instance, the power to provide for the general welfare is expressed ; but no attempt is made in that instrument to define all the means that may be adopted to secure that object. § 2. Again : the power to regulate commerce with foreign nations, among the States, and with the Indian tribes, is expressed in the Constitution ; but all means that may become necessary to make this power effective are not enumerated, nor could they be by any possible human forecast. A power conferred always implies the 236 ANALYSIS OF CIVIL GOVERNMENT. [Pabt II right to adopt the necessary means to make that power effective, though they are not specified. § 3. When this amendment was considered in Congress, there was an effort made to insert the word "expressly " before the word "delegated;" so that it would read, "the powers not expressly delegated to the United States by the Constitution, nor prohibited by it to the States, are reserved to the States respectively, or to the people." But, after thorough discussion, this word "expressly" was stricken out. § 4. The second paragraph of Art. EK., the learned commentator, Judge Story, says, " was manifestly introduced to prevent any per- verse or ingenious misapplication of the well-known maxim, that an affirmative in particular cases implies a negative in all others; and, e converso, that a negation in particular cases impUes an affirmation in all others." In other words, it does not follow, nor is this con- struction to be tolerated, that, because certain rights are admitted as belonging to the people, all other rights are surrendered to the government. Such are retained as are not expressly or by necessary implication vested elsewhere or taken away. CHAPTER IX. STATE SUBORDINATION. ARTICLE I. — ORIGIN OF STATE OBLIGATIONS. 1. Constitution. — The ratification of the conventions of nine States was declared to be sufficient for the establish- ment of the Constitution between the States so ratify^ ing the same. 82. Amendments. — Whenever amendments to the Constitution are proposed in accordance with the terms of that in- strument, they become valid, to all intents and purposes, as a part of it, — 1st. When ratified by the conventions of three-fourths of the several States ; or, Id. By the legislatures of three-fourths thereof, ys. Part II.] STATE SUBORDINATION. 237 § 1. The Constitution, as has been seen, was framed by a Con- vention of delegates from nearly all the States, which met in Phila- delphia in May, 1787. When their labors were done, the proposed Constitution was submitted to Congress, with the recommendation that it should be submitted for ratification to State Conventions constituted of delegates chosen by the people of the several States. § 2. But it was presumed that there might be considerable hesi- tation and delay on the part of some of the States in ratifying the Constitution. This had been the case with the Articles of Confed- eration. Hence this provision, that nine States (over two-thirds) accepting the Constitution should be sujfiScient for its establishment as between those States. Had a unanimous ratification by the States been required before the new government could go into oper- ation, the delay might have been several years longer than it was ; for States, like individuals, are influenced by example. But, finding that success was made sure at an eaily day, in less than three years after the adjournment of the Constitutional Convention, every State gave its -adhesion to the new government. § 3. The origin of the obligations of the States to the General Govemmetit is founded in their assent to the Constitution of the United States. Before ratifying the Constitution, the States were at liberty to make their choice : they could come into the Union, or stay out. Should they refuse their aTssent to the terms of national association, they would each be an independent political division, having all the attributes and prerogatives of sovereign States. But, having accepted the terms of Union, they became subordinate to the national authority. § 4. The same remarks apply, and with 'equal truth and force, to the amendments that have been or that may be made to the Con- stitution. But there is this difference with regard to the amend- ments, — that a State may be bound by them without its express or contemporaneous assent, provided the terms of the original instru- ment have been complied with in adopting them. It devolves' on Congress, or on the State legislatures, to take the initiatory steps in making amendments to the Constitution of the United States, as we 238 ANALYSIS OF CIVIL GOVEENMENT. [PaeT II. have seen in Art. XIII., Chap. IV., Part II., of this work. But, •when those steps have been properly taken, it requires but three- fourths of the conventions or legislatures of the several States to render the amendments valid, to all intents and' purposes, as a part of the Constitution. Even though the other one-fourth of the several States shall not agree to the amendments, the amendments are just as binding on them as on the States yielding their assent on account- of the conditions of the Constitution relating to amendments. ART. II. — SUPKEMACY OP UNITED-STATES AUTHOEITT. 1. The supreme law of the land shall be, — 1st. The Constitution of the United States. Id. All laws made in pursuance thereof, id. All treaties made, or which sJiall be made, under the authority of the United States. 2. The judges in every State shall be bound thereby, notwith- standing any thing in the constitution or laws of any State to the contrary. 80. § 1. The clause in the Constitution from which this article in the Analysis is taken says, " This Constitution, and the laws of the United States which shall be made in pursuance thereof, and all treaties made, or which shall be made, under the authority of the United States, shall be the supreme law of the land ; and the judges in every State shall be bound thereby, any thing in the constitution or laws of any State to the contrary notwithstanding." § 2. Here is a solemn declaration of the binding and supremv authority over all State authority, — 1st. Of the Constitution of the United States ; 2d. All laws made in pursuance of it ; and 3d. All treaties made under it. In case of collision of authority between the United States, acting constitutionally, and any particular State, the former is supreme. Without this provision, the authors of the Constitution were of th» opinion that it would have been radically defective. § 3. If the United-States authority were not supreme, the authoi'- ity of the States must be so. Were the State authority supreme, Part II.] STATE suboedination. 239 the National Government would be characterized by all the weakness and imbecility of the Confederation. Every principal pow6r of the new Constitution would have proved a failure. § 4. The clause and powers under consideration met with earnest opposition while the Constitution was before the people for discussion. Alexander Hamilton, one of the writers of the articles in " The Federalist," says, " But it is said that the laws of the Union are to be the supreme law of the land. What inferences can be drawn from this ? or what would they amount to if they were not to be supreme ? It is evident they would amount to nothing. A law, by the very meaning of the term, includes supremacy. It is a rule which those to whom it is prescribed are bound to observe. This results from every political association." § 5. A treaty has been defined to be a solemn and binding bar- gain between two or more parties competent to contract, the parties being nations. But it is something more than a contract. It has not only all the force of a contract as between the parties concerned, but all the binding authority of a law on the subjects or citizens of the contracting parties. The issues of peace and war often depend on the faithful or unfaithful observance of treaties. No nation would be willing to make a treaty with us which should be binding on them, but which our own citizens were at liberty to disregard at pleasure. The national faith is pledged in treaties, and there must be home authority to enforce their obligations on the citizen and Sub- ject. ART. III. — OFFICIAL OATH. 1. TTie members of the several State legislatures shall be . bound by oath or affirmation to support the Constitu- tion of the United States. 2. All executive officers of the several States shall be hound in like manner. 3. Also all judicial officers of the several States. 81. § 1. By reference to the clause of the Constitution from which this article is taken, it will be seen that senators and representatives are included among those who are to take the oath to support the 240 ANALYSIS OF CIVIL GO VBENMBNT. [Pabt II. Constitution of the United States. Their oath of office was consid- ered in treating of the "provisions common to both houses." No 5ne doubts the propriety of requiring an oath or affirmation of this character of those immediately concerned in the administration of the National Government ; but, while the Constitution was before the people for ratification, strong objections were made to requiring that a similar obligation should be taken by State officers. § 2. iWhy, then, should the legislative, executive, and judicial officers of the several States be obliged to take on themselves this solemn obligation? Because the members and officers of the State governments have an essential agency in giving eifect to the Federal Constitution. The election of the President and Senate will depend, in all cases, on the legislatures of the several States.^ In many cases, the election of the House of Representatives may be effected by their agency. § 3. The judges of the State courts will frequently be called upon to decide upon the Constitution and laws and treaties of the United States, and upon rights and 'claims growing out of them. Decisions ought to be, as far as possible, uniform ; and uniformity of obliga- tion will greatly tend to such a result. The executive authority of the several States may be often called upon to exert powers or allow rights given by the Constitution, as in filling vacancies in the Senate during the recess of the legislature ; in issuing writs of election to fill vacancies in the House of Representatives ; in officering the militia, and giving effisct to laws for calling them out j and iu the sur- render of fugitives' from justice.^ ^ CHAPTER X. STATE PEOHIBITIONS. ARTICLE I. — STATE RELATIONS. 1. No State shall enter into any treaty, alliance, or confedera Hon, 31 ; nor, 1 The Federalist, No. 44. ' Story on the Constitution, § 1 ,446. Part II.] STATE PROHIBITIONS. 241 2. Into any agreement or compact with another /State, or with a foreign power, without the consent of Congress. 53. § 1. Both of these provisions, in substance, were in the Articles of Confederation. The Constitution of the United States was estab- lished for the government of the people as one nation, and not for the government of the individual States. But, that the objects of the National Government might be secured without embarrassment, it was necessary to impose restrictions on the States. Were the States at liberty to treat with foreign powers or neighboring States, they might enter into such arrangements as would interfere with those made by the General Government at home and abroad. § 2. If the States were permitted to enter into treaties with for- eign powers, the authority of the General Government on the same matter would be at an end. One State might enter into such en- gagements as would materially conflict with the interests, not only of the General Government, but of the other States. This would endanger, and perhaps destroy, the peace and harmony of the whole Union. Foreign powers might secure an advantage over all the States by securing the favor of one State. In time of war, such advantage might be used to the destruction and overthrow of the whole country and its institutions. § 3. If States were permitted to enter into compacts or agree- ments with each other, they might make such arrangements as would wholly neutralize the powers of Congress to regulate commerce among the States. These compacts and agreements between the States might be so extended as that one half the number would be arrayed against the other half. Endless domestic discord would result by consequence. AET. II. — COMMERCIAL. 1. No State shall coin money ; nor, 2. Emit biUs of credit ; nor, 3. Make any thing but gold and silver coin a tender in pay. ment of debts ; nor, 4. Pass any law impairing the obligation of contracts. 51., n 242 ANALYSIS OF ClVJIi GO VBBNMENT. [PaET IL § 1. These are all commercial prohibitions. The power to coin money is confided to the General Government. Were the States invested with it, the effect would be " to multiply expensive mints, and diversify the forms and weights of the circulating coins." This would destroy all hope of uniformity of currency, and would seri- ously cripple and embarrass the interests of commerce. § 2. By bills of credit, as here used, is meant engagements to pay money, circulating as money, for payment of which the State is pledged. As the power to coin money is denied to the States, certainly they should not be allowed to issue a paper medium to take the place of gold and silver. § 3. At the close of the Kevolutionary War, and f Yice-President in such manner as the legislature thereof may direct. 2d. The number of electors shall equal the number of sena- tors and representatives to which the State may be entitled in Congress. 54. § 1. In the Convention that formed the Constitution, the original scheme for electing the President was by the two houses of Congress, or by the National Legislature, whether that should be composed of one or two houses. This plan was adopted by eight States for, to two against it. Afterwards it was voted by six States against three, one being divided, to choose the President by electors to be appoint- ed by the several States. 1 Kent's Comm., Lect. 13. 264 ANALYSIS OF CIVIL GOVERNMENT. [Pakt II. § 2. It was then decided, by eight States to two, that the electors should be appointed by the legislatures of the several States. After this, the plan of electing the President by Congress was restored by a vote of seven States against four. Subsequently it was again changed to the mode of electing by electors, by a vote of nine States against two. Leaving it to the legislature- to direct as to the manner of appointing electors was carried by a vote of ten States against one. § 3. The election of the electors of President and Vice-President, with a single exception, is now confided to the people of the several States.-^ Thus the sense of the people operates in the choice of the Chief Magistrate with much more certainty than it would were the choice of electors confided to a pre-existing body. The immediate election of the President and Vice-President is committed to men chosen for that specific purpose. A small number of persons select- ed by their fellow-eitizens from the general mass will be most likely to possess the information and discernment requisite to so complicat- ed an investigation.^ We have seen in Chap. VII., Part II., of this work, that no senator, representative, or other person holding a place of trust or profit under the United States, can be an elector of President and Vice-President. § 4. The number of electors corresponds with the number of senators and representatives to which the States are respectively en- titled in Congress. Thus each State has about the same influence in the election of President and Vice-President that it has in the national councils. 2. -PROCEEDINGS OF ELECTOES. 1st. They shall meet in their respective States. 2d. They sliall vote by ballot for President and Vice-Pres- ident of the United States, at least one of whom shaU not be an inhabitant of the same State with themselves. 3d. They shall name in their ballots, 1st. The person voted for as President / and, 2d. The person voted for as Vice-President. 1 In South Carolina, electors are elected by the State legislature. » Federalist, No. 68. Part II.] EXECUTIVE depaetment. 265 4ih. They shall maJae distinct lists of all persons voted for, 1st. As President ^ 2d. As Vice-President ; and the number of votes for each, bth. The electors shall sign and certify the lists. 6th. They shall transmit the lists sealed to the seat of gov- ernment of the United States. 7th. The lists shall be directed to the President of the Sen- ate. 94. § 5. This matter of the meeting of the electors in their respective States is a mere matter of form. No discussion of the merits of the candidates for President and Vice-President takes place; and, indeed, none is expected. The electors are chosen wholly with reference to particular persons who have been put in nomination at a convention called for that purpose ; and the electors are pledged to vote for these nominees, and are in no sense at liberty to vote other- wise. The object of appointing electors was, by the authors of the Constitution, to give opportunity for deliberation, and for cautiously analyzing the characters of candidates for these high trusts ; but this object has been wholly defeated by the practices of the political parties arrayed against each other. § 6. Hence the meeting of the electors, as before stated, is a mere matter of form. Nothing is left to the electors but to cast their votes according to previous pledges ; and any exercise of an inde- pendent judgment would be treated as political usurpation, dishonor- able to the individual, and a fraud on his constituents.'^ § 7. Congress, it will be remembered, has the power to determine when the States shall choose the electors, and to appoint the day on which they shall give their votes ; which day must be the same throughout the United States. March 1, 1792, the year of Gen. Washington's second election. Congress passed an act on this sub- ject, declaring that the electors shall be appointed within thirty-four days preceding the first Wednesday in December of each year when electors were to be appointed. This act did not specify the day on which they should be appointed. It specified the day, however, for 1 Story on Const., § 1,463. 266 AiTAiYSIS OF CIVIL GOVBENMBNT. [Pabt U. the electors to give their votes ; which is the first Wednesday in December next after their election. § 8. But Jan. 23, 1845, Congress passed another act, amenda- tory of the first, fixing the day on which electors should be elected throughout the United States. That day is the Tuesday next after the first Monday in the month of November of the year in which they are chosen. The day on which the electors are to rive their votes was not changed by this amendment, but remains the first Wednesday of December next after their election. § 9. By this act, each State may provide by law for filling vacan- cies, if any occur, when the electors meet to give their electoral votes. The States may each provide by law also for appointing electors qflerteards, if an eleetiou of electors on the day prescribed by Congress results in a failure to elect one or more of the electors. § 10. By this act of March 1, 1792, the electors of each State are to meet at such place as the legislature thereof may designate, and give their votes by ballot for President and Vice-President. They are then to make and sign three certificates of all the votes by them given, and they are to seal them up. They are to certify on each certificate that a list of the votes of their States respectively for President and Vice-President is contained therein. They shall appoint a person to take charge of and deliver one of the same certificates to the President of the Senate at the seat of gov- ernment before the first Wednesday of January then next ensuing. Another of the certificates is to be forwarded forthwith by mail to the President of the Senate at the seat of government. The third certificate is to be delivered to the judge of the district court in which the electors assemble. 8.-PR0CEEDINGS IN CONGRESS. 1st. The President of the Senate shall open all the certificates in the presence of both houses of Congress, 2d. The votes shall then be counted. 3d. The person having the greatest number of votes for President shall be [declared elected'] President, if such number be a majority of the whole number of electors appointed. 04:. Part II.] executive department. 267 §11. It will be observed, that although the lists of persons voted for as President and Vice-President are directed to the President of the Senate, yet he must open them in the presence of both houses. This gives dignity and insures fairness in the proceeding. The votes are counted by tellers appointed for that purpose by the House and the Senate. The proceeding takes place in the House of Rep- resentatives the second Wednesday of February. §12. No person can be declared elected who does not receive a majority of the whole number of electors appointed. Usually there are but two candidates in the field, each placed in nomination by the political party with whose principles he is identified ; but it has sometimes happened that three or more were placed in nomiaation. In such cases, it might be quite likely that no candidate would re- ceive a full majority of all the electoral votes. Such was the case in 1825, at the election for the tenth Presidential term. Four can- didates were in the field, neither of whom received a majority of all the electoral votes : so there was a failure to elect a President by the people. The Constitution has made provision for such cases by referring the election to the House of Representatives as a last resort. 4.— HOUSE or BEPEESENTATIVES. 1st. If no person have such majority, then the House ofMep^ resentatives shall choose immediately the President. 2d. He shall be chosen from the persons having the highest numbers, not exceeding three, on the list of persons voted for as President. 3c?. The election in such cases shall be by ballot. \th. The vote shall be taken by States. 5th. The representation from each State shall have one vote. 6th. A quorum for this purpose shall consist of a member or members from two-thirds of the States. 1th. A majority of oM the States shall be necessary to a choice. 94:. § 13. When the people fail to elect a President through their elect- ors, it would seem proper that the choice should devolve~on the House of Representatives. This seems to be the most appropriate 268 ANALYSIS OF CIVIL GOVERNMENT. [PaET IL body, as the members of which it is constituted are chosen by the popular voice, and are the more immediate representatives of the people. But, when the election takes place in the house, the selec- tion must be made from the persons already voted for by electoral vote. The house is not at liberty to take up a new candidate, and their selection must be confined to those receiving the highest num- bers, not exceeding three, on the list of persons voted for as President. This provision is made for the purpose of excluding from the list all such persons as receive but a small number of the electoral votes. § 14. The vote must be taken by ballot and by States ; each State having but one vote. The mode of voting by States, if the choice should fall to the House of Representatives, was but a just compen- sation to the smaller States for their loss in the primary election. When the people vote for the President, it is manifest that the large States enjoy a decided advantage over the small States ; and thus their interests may be neglected or sacrificed. To compensate them for this, in the eventual election by the House of Representatives, a corresponding advantage is given to the small States. It was, in fact, a compromise.^ There is no injustice in this ; and, if the people do not elect a President, there is a greater chance of electing one in this mode than there would be by a mere representative vote according to num- bers, as the same divisions would probably exist in the popular branch as in their respective States.''' It may be remarked here that this was the mode of passing laws' under the Confederation. §15. But the house can not proceed to the election of a President unless at least two-thirds of the States are represented on the floor. A majority can transact the ordinary business of legislation ; but the election of a Chief Magistrate of the nation was regarded by the authors of the Constitution as a matter of such grave interest to the country, that they did not hesitate to insert this provision with unanimity. A majority of all the States is necessary to a choice, not a majority of the States present by representation ; that is, not a majority of the quorum, but a majority of all the States. 1 2 Elliot's Debates, 364. ^ Rawle on Const., chap. v. p. 54. Past II.] EXECITTIVE DEPARTMENT. 269 §16. It may occur, however, that even the House of Representa- tives shall fail to elect a President of the United States within the time limited for such election by the Constitution. They have three candidates, neither of whom, perhaps, may receive a majority of all the States. They may continue to vote on the question, however, until the fourth day of the March next following the commencement of their effort. But their trial may result in a failure. In such case, the Vice-President shall act as President, as in case of the death or other constitutional disability of the President. (See the next chapter.) §17. The present method of electing a President of the United States, which we have been considering, is in accordance with the provisions of the 12th Article of Amendments to the Constitution. This amendment was proposed by Congress in October, 1803 ; and was ratified so as to become a part of the Constitution before Sep^ tember, 1804. In the copy of the Constitution found in this work, it is marked as paragraph 94. The original article, of which para' graph 94 is an amendment, is not numbered ; but it is still printed with copies of the Constitution, and is known as clause 3, section 1, of Art. II. It is inserted merely to show what it was. The article and amendment differ in several important particulars. 1st. By the original article, the electors voted each for two persons as President. By the amendment, the electors vote for two persons, but designating one as President, and the other as Vice-President. 2d. By the original article, two persons might each receive a majori- ty of the whole number of electors appointed. By the amendment this is impossible, as each elector votes for only one person as President, and one as Vice-President. 3d. If more than one person had a majority of the electoral votes, and each an equal number, the election went into the House of Repr(Jsentatives on those two names. 4th. If two candidates received each a majority of all the electoral votes, but one of whom received a larger vote than the other, the one receiving the highest vote was elected. 5th. If no person received a majority of all the electoral votes, the 270 ANALYSIS OP CIVIL GOVBENMENT. [Paet JX election went to the House of Kepresentatives; and, from the five highest on the list, they were to make the election. By the amendment, it is from the three highest on the list. 6th. In every case, after the choice of the President, the person having the greatest number of votes of the electors, whether that number were a majority or not, was to be the Vice- President. 7th. If two or more received an equal number, and being highest on the list, the election went into the Senate on these two or more names. Thus the Vice-President could not be elected until after the election of the President. 8th. By the original article, the Senate was to elect the Vice-Presi- dent by ballot : this is not required under the amendment. 9th. Under the amendment, the Vice-President acts as President if the House of Representatives fail to elect a President before the fourth day of March then next following, when the right to do so shall devolve on them ; but, under the original article, no Vice-President could be elected until after the President should be elected. §18. In 1801, Thomas Jefferson was elected President by the House of B^presentatives ; and, in 1825, John Quincy Adams also. These are the only instances in our history of the election of a Chief Magistrate by the House of Representatives. The protracted con- test in the house in 1801 between Thomas Jefferson and Aaron Burr, candidates for the Presidency, led to the adoption of the 12th Article of Amendments. The number of electoral votes for each of these two candidates was equal, each having a majority of the whole number. In accordance with the provisions of the original article for electing a President, the election went into the house. There, through thirty-five ballotings, the results were uniform ; Jef- ferson receiving the votes of eight States, Burr of six, and two being divided. There were sixteen States in the Union at that time. On the thirty-sixth ballot, Jefferson received the votes of nine States, giving him a majority of the whole. § 19. Jefferson was declared elected President ; and Burr, reeei\'ing the next highest number of votes, was declared elected Vice-Presi- FaKT 11.] EXECUTIVE DEPARTMENT. 271 dent. The whole country was violently agitated during the contest, which lasted several weeks. Before the next Presidential election occurred, the amendment was adopted which rendered it impossible that another contest of such exciting interest should occur, as a Vice-President can be elected under the amendment without any reference to the election of President ; and he would perform the duties of President, as we shall see in the next chapter. §20. But one President has been elected by the House of Kepro- sentatives, as before stated, under the amendment. This was the case of John Quincy Adams in 1825, a brief history of which is given in Chap. I., Art. IX., Part II., of this work. AET. v. — OATH OF OFFICE. before he enter on the execution of his office, he shall swear or affirm, 1. That he will faithfully execute the office of President of the United States ; and, 2. That he will to the best of his ability preserve, protect, and defend the Constitution of the United States. 59. There is little need of comment on this clause. No man can well doubt the propriety of placing a President of the United States under the most solemn obligations to preserve, protect, and defend the Constitution. It is a suitable pledge of his fidelity and respon- sibility to his country, and creates upon his conscience a deep sense of duty, by an appeal at once, in the presence of God and man, to the most sacred and solemn sanctions which can operate upon the human mind.* ART. Vt. — TIOYT EEMOVABLE. He shall be removed from office on impeachment for and conviction of treason, bribery, and other high crimes and m.isdemeanors. 64:. (The subject of impeachments is treated in Chap. I. , Art. IX. , and Chap. II., Art. X., Part II.) 1 Story on Const., § 1488. 272 ANALYSIS OF CIVIL GOVERNMENT. [Pakt IL AET. VII. — SALARY. He shall receive for his services, at stated times, a compen- sation which shall neither he increased nor diminished during the term for which he shall have been elected. 58. § 1. Without this clause, the Executive would be dependent for his support on the will of Congress. By securing their favor, his salary might be greatly enlarged ; and, by incurring their displeasure, it might be greatly diminished. If Congress were allowed a dis- cretionary power over the salary of the Executive (as men of high station are not always beyond the reach of temptation) , his approba- tion of legislative measures might sometimes depend on the liberal- ity of le^slative appropriations. There are men who could be influenced by no such mercenary motive ; but, on the other hand, instances of historic notoriety, even in this country, might be cited in proof of the purchase of Executive favor through the seductive allurements of pecuniary considerations. § 2. As the Executive salary is in the be^nning of his term, so it must remain to the end. Congress has no power to alter it, by increase or diminution, to take effect before a new election and a new period of sen'ice shall begin. From the commencement of Washington's first term, 1 789, to that of Grant's second term, March 4, 1873, the salary was twenty-five thousand dollars a year. Since that time, it has been fifty thousand dollars. But he has the White House, which is the Executive Mansion, rent free. The house is also furnished for him and taken care of, the grounds cultivated, his fuel and light provided, and many other things at the expense of the public treasury. AKT. Vin. — POWERS AND DUTIES. I.-MILITAEY. \st. He is commander-in-chief of the army and navy of the United States. id. Also of the militia of the several States when called into the actual service of the United States. 60. § 1. It is not to be inferred from this article that the President is actually to taike command in person in case of war. This is not the Part II.] executive department. 273 intention; though he has the power, wore he so disposed. It might be proper that the President should actually place himself at the head of an army in the field, were he known to be aa experienced and skillful mihtary commander. Such has not been the practice, however, either in our foreign or domestic wars, or in our border warfare with the Indians. § 2. Though the President does not take the field m person, there is a sense in which he takes command of the army and navy. He dii-ects the application of the military force in the execution of the laws, in maintaining peace at home, and in resisting foreign aggres- sion. These duties are of an executive character, and are properly vested in the President, that unity of plan, promptitude, activity, and decision, may be secured. § 3. For the same reasons, the Executive is made commander- in-chief of the militia of the several States when called into the actual service of the United States. The chief military dependence of the United States, especially in a protracted and formidable war, must be on the militia of the several States. The standing army is constituted of but a few thousands at most ; while, if necessary, the militia may be called forth by the million. In order that there may be unity of action, uniformity of training and discipline, and concert of purpose, it is necessary that regulars and militia should be subordinate to a single head. 1st. — Departments. He may require the written opinion, of the principal officers in each of the executive departments on any subject relating to the duties of their respective offices. 60. § 4. The authors of the Constitution inserted this power from abundance of caution ; and some of them considered it as a mere redundancy in the plan, as the right for which it provides would result itself from the office. The powers and duties of the various executive departments will be further considered in Chap. XV. of Part II. 274 Aif ALYSIS OF CIVIL GOVEKNMENT. [Paet IL 2d. — Repeieves and Pardons. He shall have power to grant reprieves and pardons for offenses against the United States, except in cases of impeachment. 60. § 5. A reprieve is the temporary suspension of the execution of sentence, especially the sentence of death. A pardon is the remis- sion of a penalty, and a release of the offender from punishment. Reprieves may become necessary or expedient on account of doubts of guilt, arising from the discovery of new testimony after sentence, and before execution ; or considerations of public policy may require a like interference. The same reasons might justify the grant of a full pardon. Discretionary power over such cases should be vested somewhere, " as the law can not be framed on principles of compas- ision to guilt." The chief executive magistrate should be allowed to hold a court of equity in his own breast, to soften the rigor of the general law in such criminal cases as may merit an exemption from punishment, or as may properly plead for temporary delay of execu- tion of sentence. § 6. In monarchical countries, this prerogative belongs to the sovereign. It can not be denied, that, in a republic, it should be vested in the bands of the chief executive magistrate, if the power is to be exercised at all. In the administration of human govern- ment, the exercise of the benign power of reprieve and pardon may often become necessary from motives of humanity and good policy. " The criminal code of every country partakes so much of necessary severity, that, without an easy access to exceptions in favor of unfor- tunate guilt, justice would wear a countenance too sanguinary and cruel." 3d. — Treaties. He shall have poioer, by and with the advice and con- sent of the Senate, ttoo-thirds of the members present concwn'ing, to make treaties. 61. (The word " treaty " is defined in Chap. 11., Art. X., Part 11.) § 7. In forming treaties, the entire plan, with all its conditions hod stipulations, is settled through the President on the part of the Pakt II.] EXECUTIVE DEPARTMENT. 276 United States ; the President acting through the agency of ambas- sadors and foreign ministers duly accredited by our government. The entire proposed treaty, in outline and detail, with all necessary drawings, maps, and documents, is submitted to the Senate by the President. The Senate discusses it in secret session. § 8. Secrecy and dispatch being essential to success in the nego- tiation of treaties, it would be unsafe to trust the preliminaries to a body constituted of a large number of persons. The hazard of ex- tensive publicity would be imminent ; and such publicity in the early stages of the proceeding would be likely to defeat the enterprise. It would not be strange should it encounter the intrigues and inter- ferences of jealous and interested neighboring nations. No treaty can be complete, on the part of our government, until ratified by the Senate. 4th. — Appointments. He shaU nominate, and, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, appoint, 1st. Ambassadors, other public ministers, and con- 2d. Judges of the Supreme Court ; Zd. All other officers of the United States whose appointments are not otherwise provided for in the Constitution, and which shall be established by law. 61. § 9. The President has the exclusive power of selection of the officers named in this article, though his first choice may not be con- firmed by the Senate. In such case, he may select again and again until his nominee shall be confirmed. The Senate has no power of selecting : they can only act on such names as shall be presented by the Executive. In Art. XII., Chap. IV., Part II., we have seen that Congress has the power to vest tbe appointments of such infe- rior officers as they think proper, either in the President alone, the courts of law, or the heads of departments. That power is general' ly regarded as somewhat modifying the power given in this article, though it does not define what classes are to be considered as " in- 276 ANALYSIS OP CIVIL GOVEENMENT. [Pakt II. ferior officers." Congress early came to the decision, however, that " inferior officers " did not include the heads of departments. § 10. When nominations are made by the President, they are pre- sented to the Senate in writing ; and this body acts upon them in secret session, and under the injunction that discussions on their merits or the qualifications of the nominees shall be k^t secret. A numerical majority of the Senate decides the question of confirma- tion or rejection of the candidate nominated. If the nominee is confirmed, or the nomination ratified, the President issues a commis- sion accordingly, unless, in the mean time, he has concluded to decline it; which he is at liberty to do ; in which case, he may make another nomination. § 11. The responsibility of the Senate and the President is dis- tinct. He can never be compelled to yield to their appointment of a man unfit for office ; and, on the other hand, they may withhold their advice and consent from any candidate, who, in their judgment, does not possess due qualifications for office. But it is not expected that the Senate will ordinarily fail of ratifying the appointment of a suitable person for the office.'' § 12. The power of removal from offices filled by the united authority of President and Senate has, for the most part, been con- coded to the President alone. Grave doubts of the propriety of this, however, have been expressed by prominent and distinguished statesmen from the earliest period of our history, under our present Constitution. Many have contended, that, since the Constitution is silent on the subject, it should require the same power to remove that it does to appoint, especially while the Senate is in session. § 13. March 2, 1867, an act of Congress was passed, regulating the tenure of certain civil offices. By this act, persons holding or appointed to any civil office by and with the advice and consent of the Senate shall be entitled to hold such office until a successor is appointed in like manner and duly qualified. The heads of execu- tive departments, and also the Attorney-General, shall hold their offices respectively for and during the term of the President by whom 1 Story on Const., §1,531. Part II.] EXECUTIVE DEPAETMENT. 277 they may have been appointed, and for one month thereafter, subject to removal by and with the advice and consent of the Senate. The President, for cause shown, can suspend, during the recess of the Senate, any civil officers thus appointed, until the next meeting of that body, and until such suspension be acted upon by them. Judges of the United-States courts are excepted from the operation of this provision. § 14. In such case, it is made the duty of the President, within twenty days after the meeting of the Senate, to report to the Senate such suspension, with the evidence and reasons for his action in the case. If the Senate concurs, the President may remove the officer, and appoint a successor. If the Senate does not concur, the sus- pended officer resumes his office, and receives again the official salary and emoluments. § 15. An ambassador is a minister of the highest rank, employed by government to represent it, and to manage its interests, at the court or seat of government of some other power. The word " min- ister," as used in the Constitution, has nearly the same signification as "ambassador," especially minister plenipotentiary. A consul is a person commissioned to reside in a foreign country, as an agent or representative of a government, to protect the rights, commerce, merchants, and seamen of the State, and to aid in any commercial, and sometimes in diplomatic, transactions with such foreign country. bth. Vacancies. JB£ shall have the poioer to Jill all vacancies that may happen during the recess of the Senate, by granting commissions which shall expire at the end of their next session. 62. § 16. Vacancies are liable to occur during the recesses of the Senate, as that body is not in perpetual session ; and, unless there were some power to fill the vacancies, of course the interests of the country might suffer. While the Senate is in session, the President has no such authority. All appointments made under this clause expire at the end of the next session of the Senate ; and it is held that if the President nominates to the same office one whom he has 278 ANALYSIS OP CIVIL GOVERNMENT. [PaET II. appointed, and the Senate ratifies the nomination, it is a new ap-. pointment, for which a new commission must be given, and for the faithful performance of the duties of which new bonds must be filed. Qth. Messages. \st. He shall from time to time give Congress infor- mation of the state of the Union ; and, 2d. Shall recommend to their consideration such meastires as he shaU judge necessary and ex- pedient. 63. § 17. This clause is on the subject usually known as the messages of the President. He enjoys sources of information on all subjects, foreign and domestic, far superior to those belonging to any other branch of the goveminent. Out of the first part of this clause has come the practice of delivering to Congress the annual messages ; and out of the second, the practice of delivering occasional special mes- sages. On account of his intimacy with the heads of departments, he may be presumed to be in possession of valuable information re- garding the workings of the laws, the systems of trade, finance, and the operations of the judiciary, military, naval, and civil estab- lishments of the Union. It is in the highest degree proper that information on these matters, in the most practical form, should bo communicated to Congress, and that the President should recom- mend such measures as he may deem necessary for the correction of any defects which may have become apparent. § 18. The practice in the time of Washington and John Adama was for the President, at the opening of each session of Congress, to meet both houses in person, and deliver a speech to them, con- taining his views on public affairs, and his recommendations of meas- ures. On other occasions, he simply addressed written messages to them, or either of them, according to the nature of the message. To the speeches thus made a written answer was given by each house ; and thus an opportunity was aiforded by the opponents of the administration to review its whole policy in a single debate on the answer. That practice- was discontinued by President Jefferson, who addressed all his communications to Congress by written mes- Part II.] EXECUTIVE DEPARTMENT. 279 sages ; and to these no answers were returned.-' Jefferson's inno- vation has been followed by all succeeding Presidents. 1th. Congress. Is*. On extraordinary ocbasions, he may convene either or both houses of Congress. 2d. In case of disagreement between them with respect to the time of adjournment, he may adjourn them to such time as he shall think proper. G3. § 19. Events may occur, entirely unforeseen by the Congress at its last session, imperiling the interests of the country, and requir- ing the immediate convocation of that body. An event of this kind transpired in the month of April, 1861, from the date of which hostilities became general between the North and the South. Presi- dent Lincoln summoned Congress to meet the fourth day of the following July. That the power to call a meeting of Congress should be vested somewhere, there can be no doubt ; and that it should be committed to the discretion of the Executive, all agree. § 20. It might be barely possible that Congress should fail to agree on the time of adjournment ; and, should such an exigency arise, there can be no doubt that the Executive is the most suitable third party to interfere for the peaceable termination of the contro- versy. In England, the sovereign always prorogues the parliament. 8*A. Reception. He shall receive ambassadors and other public minis- ters. 63. § 21. The President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, appoints ambassadors, other public ministers, and consuls, to represent the interests of the United States in other countries ; but he receives these classes of agents and representatives of other countries withovt the advice and consent of the Senate. Although this clause does not include consuls expressly, yet the power is inferred, both from other parts of the Constitution and from the 1 Rawle on Const., ch. 16. 280 ANALYSIS OF CIVIL GOVBENMENT. [pAET II. general nature of executive duties. Consuls are not diplomatic but commercial agents. § 22. The reception of ambassadors and other public ministers is a recognition of the national character and standing of the countries which they represent. Their reception may, therefore, become a very nice and delicate question with the Executive. The Executive is not obliged to receive an ambassador or public minister, even though he comes clothed with proper authority from a nation with whom we are at peace, and which is recognized among the great family of nations. A refusal is not a just cause of war, nor even of offense in the national sense ; though it might be deemed an un- friendly act were it not accompanied by friendly explanations. § 23. A refusal is sometimes made on the ground of the bad character of the minister, or his former offensive conduct, or of the subject of the embassy not being proper, or convenient for discus- sion. But a much more delicate occasion is when a civil war breaks out in a nation, each party claiming the sovereignty of the whole, and the contest has not yet been settled between the contending parties. In such a case, a neutral nation may very properly with- hold its recognition of the supremacy of either party, and refuse to receive a minister from cither.^ Suppose Great Britain had recog- nized the seceded States during the Great Rebellion as an independ- ent nation, the United States would probably have called home their own minister from that country, and war might have been the result. 9th. Execution of the Laws. ITe shall take care that the laws are faithfully exe- cuted. 63 • § 24. This refers to the laws of the United States, and not to the laws of the several States. When a law has once been passed by all the formalities of the Constitution, it is the solemn duty of the President of the United States to enforce its execution, until it is either repealed, or declared by competent authority to be unconstitu- tional. He has no discretion, but must not only render obedience to the law himself, but must enforce its execution on all others. ' Kent's Com., Lect. 2. Part II.] _ VIOE-PEESIDENT. 281 Were he to refuse, he would be guilty of a high misdemeanor, and might be removed from office by impeachment, and otherwise pun- ished according to law. § 25. He has ample power to execute the laws, as, for this pur- pose, the whole army and navy are placed at his command, and under his control ; and, if need be, he can call forth the militia of the several States to crush any armed resistance to the laws of the land. 10th. Commissions. Me shall commission all officers of the United States. 63. § 26. A commission is a formal certificate of appointment issued by the proper authority. In this case, it is signed by the President of the United States, and sealed by the Secretary of State with the great seal of the United States. The commission recites the powers conferred, with definite certainty ; and it is usually delivered to the person whose appointment is made by it, though delivery is not necessary to the validity of the appointment. CHAPTER XIII. VICE-PRESIDENT. ARTICLE 1. — ELIGIBILITY. No person constitutionally/ ineligible to the office of Presi- dent shall be eligible to that of Vice-Fresident of the United States. 96. § 1. This clause is in the twelfth Article of Amendments. It was not in the original instrument ; and there was no necessity for it, the qualifications of the President being defined therein. There was no such thing as a candidate for the Vice-Presidency ; but both candidates were for the Presidency. § 2. As the Vice-President may be called upon to act as Presi- dent, the former should have the same qualifications as the latter. Three times since the adoption of the Constitution, the Vice-Presi- dent has become acting President on account of the death of the President. John Tyler succeeded to the Presidency in 1841, by 282 A-NTAT.VRTS OF CIVIL GOVERNMENT. [PaET 11. the death of President Harrison ; Millard Fillmore in 1850, by the death of President Taylor ; and Andrew Johnson in 1865, by the death of President Lincoln. art. ii. — election. 1. In Congeess. The person having the greatest number of votes for Vice-President shall be the Vice-President if such number be a majority of all the electors appointed. 95. 2. In Senate. 1st. If no person have a majority as Vice-President, then, from the two highest numbers on the list of persons voted for as such, the /Senate shaM choose a Vice-President. 2d. A quorum for this purpose shall consist of two- thirds of the whole number of senators. 3d. A majority of the whole number of senators shaU be necessary to a choice. 95. § 1. The first part of this article refers to the proceedings in Congress on opening and counting the electoral votes for President and Vice-President of the United States. It will be remembered, that, if no person receives a majority of all the electoral votes for President, the election of that officer devolves on the House of Kep- resentatives. But the house does not elect the Vice-President if there is a failure to elect that officer by the majority of the electoral votes. In such case, the Senate elects the Vice-President. The only instance of this kind in our history was the election of Richard M. Johnson in 1837. § 2. As just stated, the Senate chooses the Vice-President if no candidate for that office receives a majority of all the electoral votes. The Vice-President is not now, as formerly, a competitor for the office of President. There is scarcely a possibility that the Senate can fail to elect the Vice-President, as they must confine their votes to the two highest candidates on the list of persons voted for as such by the electors. The only chance is, that possibly the Senate might be equally divided, and that there might be no Vice-President in Part IT.] VICE-PRESIDENT. 283 the chair t» give the casting vote ; but such a contingency is quite too improbable to merit serious discussion, especially as the Senate would be at liberty to repeat the trial to elect until they should be successful. § 3. As the Vice-President is the President of the Senate, it seems proper that the Senate should elect this officer in case of fail- ure to elect by the electors. The proceeding is judiciously guarded in requiring two-thirds of all the members of the Senate to be present, and in still further requiring a majority of all the senators to secure an election. AET. III. — OATH OF OFFICE. SJe shall be bound by oath or affirmation to support the Constitution of the TTnited States. 81 . The same reasons apply for requiring the Vice-President to act under the solemn obligations of an oath or affirmation that apply to all other Federal officers and to the members of the National CouncU. ART. IV. — TEEM. He shall hold his office during the term of four years. 59. The same reasons that governed in fixing the Presidential term at four years apply with equal force to the term of the Vice-President. (See Chap. XII., Art. n.. Part II.) AET. v. — P0V5T.es AND DUTIES. 1. He shall be President of the Senate, but have no vote un- less they be equally divided. 11, 2. In case of the removal of the President from, office, or of his death, resignation, or inability to discharge the powers and duties of said office, tlie same shall devolve on the Vice-President. 57. 3. Jf the House of Representatives shall not choose a Pres- ident, whenever the right of choice shall devolve on them, before the fourth day of March next following , the Vice-President shall act as President. 94:. § 1. The duties of the Vice-President as President of the Senatfc 234 ANALYSIS OF CIVIL GOVERNMENT. [Pakt IL of the executive authority of the State from which he fled, he delivered up, to he removed to the State having jurisdiction of the crime. 73. 2. Feom Service. — No person held to service or labor in one State under the laws thereof, escaping into another, shall, in consequence of any law or regulation therein, he discharged from such service or labor, hut shall be delivered up on claim of the party to whom such service or labor may he due. 74:. § 1. The several States are political neighbors to each other. By the first of the foregoing provisions, if the laws of a State have been outraged by the commission of a grave crime, and the criminal flees to a neighboring State, it is the right of the State whose laws have been violated to pursue the criminal, and bring him back for trial. No State has the right to become an asylum for criminals. This would afford a direct encouragement to hardened depravity. § 2. By an act of Congress, passed Feb. 12, 1793, provision was made for enforcing this clause of the Constitution. To secure the return of a fugitive from justice, according to that act, the following steps must be taken : — 1st. The Executive of the State in which the crime is committed must make demand for tho return of the criminal on the Executive of the State to which the criminal has fled. 2d. The demand must be accompanied with a copy of the indict- ment against the criminal ; or, 8d. By an aiHdavit made before a magistrate, charging the person demanded with having committed the crime, and having fled from justice. 4th. The copy of the indictment, or the affidavit, must be certified by the governor or chief magistrate making the demand, to be authentic. 5th. When this is done, it is the duty of the Executive of the State to which tho person has fled to cause the accused to be arrested and secured. 6th. It is the duty of the Executive causing the arrest to give notice thereof to the Executive making the demand, or to his agent. J^ART II.] EIGHTS OF STATES. 235 7th. Following these proceedings, the person charged with the crime is delivered over for trial to the State authorities from which he fled. § 3. The clause relating to fugitives from service refers to slaves exclusively. An act was passed by Congress to enforce this provision of the Constitution, Feb. 12, 1798, and was 'amended Sept. 18, 1850 ; and both the act and amendment were repealed June 28, 1864. In 1865, an article of amendment to the Consti- tution was ratified by a sufficient number of States to render it a part of that instrument, for ever abolishing slavery in the United States and its territories. The clause which we are now considering is, therefore, no longer operative. AKT. rx. — RESERVATIONS. 1. The powers not delegated to the United States by the Con- stitution, nor'prohihited by it to the States, are reserved to the States respectively, or to the people. 92. 2. The enumeration in the Constitution of certain rights shall not be construed to deny or disparage others re- tained by the people. 91 . § 1. The first paragraph above is intended as a general rule of interpretation, to be applied to the Constitution in cases of doubtful right, as between State and United-States authority. The powers of the National Government are limited, being conferred and enume- rated by the people of the United States. The powers not enu- merated are reserved to the States or the people. But this must be understood with some qualification. All the means of carrying into execution the powers of the National Government are not expressed in the Constitution, nor could they be. For instance, the power to provide for the general welfare is expressed ; but no attempt is made in that instrument to define all the means that may be adopted to secure that object. § 2. Again : the power to regulate commerce with foreign nations, among the States, and with the Indian tribes, is expressed in the Constitution ; but all means that may become necessary to make this power effective are not enumerated, nor could they be by any possible human forecast. A power conferred always implies the 286 ANALYSIS OF CIVIL GOVEENMENT. [Pabt II. The circuits are constituted as follows : — The first includes Rhode Island, Massachusetts, New Hamp- shire, and Maine. The second : — Vermont, Connecticut, and New York. The third : — Pennsylvania, New Jersey, and Delaware. The fourth : — Maryland, Virginia, West Virginia, North Caro- lina, and South Carolina. The fifth : — Georgia, Florida, Alabama, Mississippi, Louisiana, and Texas. The sixth : — Ohio, Michigan, Kentucky, and Tennessee. The seventh : — Indiana, Illinois, and Wisconsin. The eighth : — Nebraska, Minnesota, Iowa, Missouri, Kansas, Colorado, and Arkansas. The ninth : — California, Oregon, and Nevada. By Act of Congress, passed April 10, 1869 : — When any judge of any court of the United States resigns his ofiice, after having held his commission as such at least ten years, and having reached seventy years of age, during his ser- \dce, he shall, during the residue of his natural life, receive the same salary which was by law payable to him at the time of his resignation. This is a franchise which is not extended to any other class of civil oflScers under the government of the United States. Analogous cases are quite common, however, under several of the governments in Europe. § 7. As already stated, in addition to the Supreme Court, Con- gress has established nine circuit courts ; being one circuit for each of the judges of the Supreme Court. The circuit courts are " in- ferior courts " in the Constitutional sense, and are established by Congress, although the presiding judge of each circuit is also a judge of the Supreme Court. There are several districts in each circuit, each having a district court, over which the district judge presides. § 8. There is also a Supreme Court in the District of Columbia, having a chief justice and three associate justices. The Attorney- General appears in the Supreme Court of the United States, in Pakt II.] JUDICIAL DEPAETMBNT. 287 behalf of the government, to protect its interests. There is also a United-States district attorney appointed for each district in which circuit and district courts are held, to attend, in behalf of the United States, to all business in court that concerns the govern meut. § 9. Each court has a clerk, appointed by the presiding judge ; also a marshal, appointed by the President vpith the concurrence of the Senate. The marshal is the ministerial officer of the court, serving its writs, precepts, and executing its orders, and transacting such business and performing such duties as usually devolve on the sheriff in State courts. Then there are four classes of Federal courts : — 1st. The Supreme Court of the United States, established by the Constitution, but organized by Congress. 2d. The circuit courts of the United States, established and organ- ized by Congress. 3d. The district courts of the United States, established and organ- ized by Congress. 4th. The Supreme Court of the District of Columbia, also estab-. lished and organized by Congress. AKT. II.— JUDGES. 1. How Appointed. By the President of the United States, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate. 61. 2i Oath oe Oieicb. The judges shall swear or affirm that they will support the Constitution of the United States. 81. 3. Tenure or Oppice. The judges of the Supreme and inferior courts shall hold their offices during good behavior. 69. 4. How Kemovable. They shall be removed on impeachment for and convic- tion of treason, bribery, and other high crimes and misdemeanors. 6'&. 288 ANALYSIS OP CIVIL GOVEENMENT. [Part 11. 5. Salary. The judges shall, at stated times, receive for their ser- vices a campensation, which shall tiot be diminished during their continuance in office. 6S. § 1. The mode of appointing the judges has been noticed in treat- ing of the executive powers. The power is expressly given to the President in the Constitution, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, to appoint the judges of the Supreme Court ; but nothing is said therein about the method of appointing the judges of the inferior courts. There is no question, however, with regard to the judges of the circuit courts ; for they are judges of the Supreme Court also. § 2. But whether the judges of the district courts, and the Supreme Court of the District of Columbia, are inferior officers in the Constitutional sense, so that Congress may provide for their appointment, has never been settled by adjudication. But, thus far, the uniform practice has been to regard them not as inferior officers ; but their appointments have been made by the President, with the concurrence of the Senate, the same as judges of the ' Supreme Court. The oath of office of all Federal judicial officers is the same as that of officers of the other departments of govern- ment. § 3. There are several reasons why the tenure of office of the judges should be made permanent and secure, depending only on their good behavior. 1st. That they may be independent and fearless in the discharge of their responsible duties, it is necessary that tbey should hold by the will of no man, or set of men. They must feel dependent on no earthly power for their continuance in office. After appointment, were they in any manner dependent on executive, legislative, or popular favor, the scales of justice might be doubtfully balanced, and confidence in the judiciary would be seriously disturbed. 2d. This independence could hardly be expected from judges who hold their offices by a temporary tenure. Periodical appoint- ments, however regulated, or by whomsoever made, would, Part II.] JtTDICIAI, DEPAETMENT. 289 in some way or other, be fatal to their necessary independ- ence. 3d. If the power of making them were committed either to the executive or legislature, there would be danger of an improp- er complaisance to the branch which possessed it ; if to both, there would be an unwillingness to hazard the displeas- ure of either ; if to the people, there would be too great a disposition to consult popularity, to justify a reliance that nothing would be consulted but the Constitution and the laws.^ § 4. The subject of removal of Federal officers by impeachment has been fiiUy considered in other places in this work. The judges of the Supreme and inferior courts are subject to removal for impeachable offenses. § 5. Provision is wisely made, that, as the judge's salary is at the time he enters on the duties of his office, so it shall continue to be throughout his official existence, unless Congress shall see fit to in- crease it. In other words, it can not be diminished. To allow the legislative authority to diminish the salaries of the judges would be to give that authority control over their support ; and to control their support is to control their will. The salary of the chief justice is $10,500 a year; that of the associate justices is $10,000 each. In the circuit which includes California and Oregon, the associate justice has $1,000 a year allowed in addition to his salary, for traveling expenses. aet. iii. — juersdiction. Limitation, v The judicial power of the United States shall extend to all cases of law and equity arising^ \st. Under the Constitution of the United States ; 2d. Under the laws of the United States / and, Bd. Under treaties made, or which shall be made, under their authority. 66. § 1, By judicial power, as here used, we are to understand the 1 Federalist, No. 78. 13 290 ANALYSIS OF CIVIL GOVERNMENT. [PAKT 11. power of the national courts in the administration of justice The word "power" refers to jurisdiction, or the authority of the court, over causes which must include the subject-matter as well as the parties concerned. The subjeot-raatter of a cause in court is the thing or question to be decided : the parties are the persons or corporations legally interested in the decision of the court on the subject-matter. § 2. The word "law" is generally understood, as defined by law- writers, to be the supreme power of the State, through its legisla- ture, commanding what is right, and prohibiting what is wrong. The word "equity," as applied to judicial proceedings, does not mean con- trary to law ; but it reaches cases to which the law can not be applied by reason of its universality. The object of equity jurisprudence is to supply the deficiencies of the courts of law, and to render the administration of justice more complete, by affording relief where the courts of law, in consequence of imperfections of their machinery or of their too rigid adherence to peculiar forms, are incompetent to give it, or to give it with effect.^ § 3. The judicial power of the United States extends to all oases of law and equity arising under the Constitution and laws thereof, and to treaties made under their authority. But there are two kinds of jurisdiction, original and appellate. Original jurisdiction is juris- diction of a cause from its' beginning. If a party can begin his suit in the circuit court, for instance, we say the circuit court has original jurisdiction in the case. If he can not bring his case into that court until it has been first tried in some lower court, then we say the circuit court has appellate jurisdiction. Some kinds of causes can be commenced in either of two different courts. Such courts, in such cases, are said to be courts of concurrent jurisdiction ; that is, either court has jurisdiction of such a cause. If there is but one court in which a case can be brought, that court is said to have exclusive jurisdiction. The Supreme Court of the United States has original or appellate jurisdiction in all cases arising under the Con- stitution and laws of the United States, and under treaties, as afore- said. ^ Blackstone. Part II.] JUDICIAl. DEPARTMENT. 291 1. Original. The Supreme Court shall have original jurisdiction, 1st. In all cases affecting ambassadors ; 2d. Other public m.inisters, aiid consuls / Bd. In controversies between two or more States ; Ath. Hetween a State and citizens of another State / bth. Between a State and foreign States, citizens, or subjects ; Gth. Between the citizens of a State and foreign States, citizens, or subjects. GG, GT*. 1th. But the judicial power of the United States shall not be construed to extend to any suit in law or equity commenced or prosecuted, 1st. Against one of the United States by citizens of another State ; or, 2d. By citizens or subjects of a foreign State, 93. § 4. There are but two classes of cases in which the Supreme Court of the United States has original jurisdiction : and these are, first, those aifeoting ambassadors, other public ministers, and consuls ; and, second, those cases in which a State shall be a party. But, as will be seen by reference to the Analysis in this article, there are several cases in which a State may be a party, either as plaintiff or defend- ant. § 5. The ambassadors, other public ministers, and consuls, allud- ed to, refer to those representing or acting for foreign governments. By the law of nations, these classes of officials are not amenable to the laws of the country to which they are accredited agents. The country in which they reside is under obligation to protect them, and their rights and privileges are regulated by the law of nations. This being the case, the national courts only should be allowed to take coonizance of matters affecting their interests, which should be decided by the highest tribunal of the land. § 6. In controversies between two or more States, there is no tri- bunal before which there could be a peaceable and impartial deter- mination of questions, except the Federal courts. Of course, the 292 ANALYSIS OF CIVIL GOVERNMENT. [Paet H courts of neither of tbe States litigant could be regarded as disinter- ested ; and they have no common judicatory between them. § 7. Controversies may arise between a State and the citizens of a neighboring State. It is manifestly more proper that tbe State should prosecute its demands before a Federal court than to proceed in the courts of the State to which the defendants belong. The State courts would be liable to the charge of partiality, and ob- noxious to suspicion and censure, decide whichever way they might. § 8. CoQtroversies arising between States of the Union and for- eign States, citizens, or subjects, can more properly be referred to the national courts than to the courts of the States interested as parties. The decisions in all such cases ought to carry with them that confidence sure to be inspired by national authority. § 9. The same reasons apply to controversies between the citizens of a State and foreign States, citizens, or subjects. In the course of complicated and extensive commercial transactions, foreigners or foreign States may find it necessary to appeal to our courts for re- lief or satisfaction. § 10. It must be noticed particularly, however, that no State can be prosecuted by the citizens of another State, or a citizen of any foreign State. The State may be plaintiff against an individual, but can not be made defendant at the suit of a citizen of another State, or a citizen of a foreign State. It is inherent in the nature of sovereignty not to be amenable to the suit of an individual without its consent. This is the general sense and the general practice of mankind ; and this exemption, as one of the attributes of sovereignty, is now enjoyed by the govern- ment of every State in the Union. ^ § 11. The Constitution gives the Supreme Court original juris- diction in all cases in which a State shall be a party ; and this was construed during the first few years after the adoption of the Con- stitution to authorize suits against States brought by individuals. Many suits were brought to enforce claims held by individuals against the States. This led to the adoption of the eleventh Article 1 Federalist, No. 81. Part II.] JUDICIAL DEPARTMENT. 293 of Amendments to the Constitution, paragraph 93 of that instru- ment, which is in these words : — " The judicial power of the United States shall not be construed to extend to any suit in law or equity commenced or prosecuted against one of the United States by citizens of another State, or by citizens or subjects of any foreign State." § 12. How is a person to obtain relief, then, in case he has a claim against a State ? In the first place, it is presumed that no wise government will withhold justice from its citizens. The citi- zen to whom the State may be indebted can petition the legislature direct for redress, unless some other means have been instituted by the State. In some of the States, courts of claims have been estab- lished for the same purpose, into which the citizen can bring hia > claim, by petition or otherwise, for adjudication ; and, if be shows the State to be indebted to him, the legislature will make provision for payment. § 13. In 1855, a court of claims was established, by act of Con- gress, to hear and determine claims against the United States. The demand is presented to the court by petition, setting forth specifically its origin and nature ; and the party is allowed to prove it by the same rules of evidence that are usually adopted in courts of justice. If a claim is established. Congress makes provision for its payment. An attorney, called the solicitor of the United States, appears in behalf of the governmcHt before this court. § 14. These are all the cases in which the Supreme Court of the United States has original jurisdiction. And, as already stated, they are all included in two classes : first, such as affect ambassadors, other public ministers, and consuls ; and, second, all those cases in which a State shall be a party. 2. Appellate. The Supreme Covrt shall have appellate jurisdiction, both as to law and fact, with such exceptions, and under such regulations, as the Congress shall make, 1st. In all cases of admiralty and maritime juris- diction. 294 ANALYSIS OF CIVIL GOVEENMENT. [ParT II. 2d. In controversies to which the United States shall be a party / 3 c?. Between citizens of different States ; Ath. Between citizens of the same State claiming lands under grants of different States. § 15. What is meant by appellate jurisdiction has already been explained. By cases of admiralty and maritime jurisdiction, refer- ence is had to the power to try and determine, on appeal, all causes originating on the high seas, or on rivers, ports, or harbors com- municating with the sea, and out of the reach of ordinary courts of justice. Admiralty causes must arise wholly on the sea or on waters immediately communicating with the sea, and not within the jurisdiction of any country. On the high seas, all nations claim a^ common right and a common jurisdiction ; and therefore causes originating there should come exclusively under the juris- diction of the national courts. They can not be brought, how- ever, in the first instance, into the Supreme Court of the United States, but may be appealed into that court after having been com- menced and tried by a district court of the United States, which, by a law of Congress, is an admiralty court. § 16. The subjects for adjudication which properly come into courts of admiralty are, captures in war made on the high seas, captures in foreign ports and harbors, captures made on land by naval forces, and captures made in the rivers, ports, and harbors of the captor's own country. If an American commissioned with letters of marque and reprisal shall make captures as aforesaid, it is his duty to bring them into the court for adjudication. If the court shall decide that the things in controversy were lawfully cap- tured, and according to the usages of war and law of nations, they are awarded to the captors. If the decision is that they were un- lawfully seized, they will be awarded by the court to the ownei-s with damages for detention. § 17. The ordinary admiralty and maritime jurisdiction also embraces all civil and criminal cases of a maritime nature. The district courts of the United States, however, as courts of admi- ralty and maritime jurisdiction, are limited to the trial of crimes Part II.] JUDICIAL DEPARTMENT. 295 and offenses for which but moderate punishment is inflicted. The graver and higher crimes are referred to the circuit courts as courts of admiralty. § 18. Controversies in which the United States shall be a party are to be adjudicated in the Federal courts. Cases in which the whole people are interested should not be left to the decision of a State court. The United States must bring suit, however, in the first instance, in the inferior courts, — that is, in the district or circuit courts, — and can not reach the Supreme Court except by appeal. § 19. Unless this power were given to the United States, the en- forcement of all their rights, powers, contracts, and privileges, in their sovereign capacity, would be at the mercy of the States. They must be enforced, if at all, in the State tribunals ; and there would not only not be any compulsory power over those courts to perform such funclions, but there would not be any means of pro- ducing uniformity in their decisions.^ § 20. By act of Congress, a citizen of one State may bring suit against a citizen of another in the circuit court of the United States in civil matters, provided the matter in controversy exceeds five hun- dred dollars exclusive of costs. An alien may sue or be sued in this court also for the same amount. And these courts have original jurisdiction also in matters relating to the United-States revenue and to copyrights, being cases that arise under the laws of the United States. In all these cases, the Supreme Court has appellate jurisdic- tion only. An appeal may be taken from the district court to the circuit court, and from the circuit to the Supreme Court, under certain restrictions and limitations. § 21. Controversies between citizens of the same State, claiming lands under grants of different States, must be adjudicated in the United-States courts. State courts can not be supposed to be unbi- ased in eases of this nature. Claims to lands under grants of dif- ferent States, founded on adverse pretensions of boundary, would almost forbid the possibility of judicial fairness, candor, and impar- tiality on the part of the State courts of either granting State. Tha 1 Story on Const., § 1,674. 296 ANALYSIS OF CIVJL 60VEKNMENT. [pAiiT 11 State lairs may have e-ven prejudged the question, and tied the courts down to decisions in favor of the grants of the State to which they belonged. And, where this has not been done, it would be nat- ural that the judges, as men, should feel a strong predilection for the claims of their own government.* And, at all events, the pro- viding of a tribunal, having no possible interest on the one side more than the other, would have a most salutary tendency in quieting the jealousies and disarming the resentments of the State whose grant should be held invalid.^ § 22. The following is a list of the Chief Justices of the United States from the establishment of the Supreme Court in 1789 to 1868, with the dates of appointment : — John Jay, New York, Sept. 26, 1789. Kesigned. John Rutledge, South Carolina, July 1, 1795. Mr. Kutledge was appointed during the recess of the Senate, presided over the Supreme Court one term, was nominated Dec. 10, 1795, and re- jected by the Senate. William Cushing, Massachusetts, Jan. 27, 1796. Declined. Oliver Ellsworth, Connecticut, March 4, 1796. Resigned. John Jay, New- York, re-appointment, Dec. 19, 1800. Declined. John Marshall, Virginia, Jan. 31, 1801. Died July 6, 1835. Roger B. Taney, Maryland, March 15, 1886. Died 1864. Salmon P. Chase, Ohio, Dec. 6, 1864. Died May 7, 1873. MoBRisoN R. Waitb, Jan. 21, 1874. CHAPTER XV. ART. I.— PRESIDENTS OF THE UNTrKD STATES. 1. Geobgb Washington, of Virginia, inaugurated April 30, 1789. Term expired March i, 1793. Be-elected. Second inauguration, March 4, 1793. John Adams, of Massachusetts, entered on the duties of his office as Vice-President, and President of the Senate, April 21, 1789, but did not take the oath of office until June 3, 1789. Re-elected. Took the oath of office, Dec. 3, 1793. 1 Fedferalist, No. 80. > Btory on Const., § 1,69& Part II.] PRESIDENTS 01' THE TJBTITED STATES. 297 2. John Adams, of Massachusetts, inaugurated President of the United States, March 4, 1797. Thomas Jkffebson, of Virginia, took the oath of office as Vice- President, March 4, 1797. 3. Thomas jBFFBRSojir, of Virginia, inaugurated President of the United States, March 4, 1801. Aakon Btjbk, of New York, took the oath of office as Vice-Presi- dent, March 4, 1801. Thomas Jeffbkson re-elected. Inaugurated March 4, 1805. Gbobgb Clinton, of New York, took the oath of office as Vice- President, March 4, 1805. 4. Jambs Madison, of Virginia, inaugurated President, March 4, 1809. George Clinton took oath of office as Vice-President, March 4, 1809. Jambs Madison re-elected. Inaugurated March 4, 1813. Elbkidgb Gekrt, of Massachusetts, took the oath of office as Vice- President. Entered on the duties of President of Senate, May 34, 1818. 5. James Monroe, of Virginia, inaugurated President, March 4, 1817. Daniel D. Tompkins, of New York, took the oath of office as Vice- President, March 4, 1817. Jambs Monroe re-elected President, and Daniel D. Tompkins as Vice-President, from March 4, 1831. 6. John QuiNCr Adams, of Massacliusetts, son of the second Presi- dent of the United States, inaugurated President, March 4, 1835. John C. Calhoun, of South Carolina, took the oath of office as Vice- President, March 4, 1835. 7. Andrew Jackson, of Tennessee, inaugurated President, March 4, 1839. John C. Calhoitn, of South Carolina, took the oath of office as Vice- President, March 4, 1839. Andrew Jackson re-elected. Inaugurated March 4, 1833. M.aiTiN Van Buken, of New York, took the oath of office as Vice- President, March 4, 1833. 8. Martin Van Btiken, of New York, inaugurated President, March 4, 1837. Richard M. Johnson, of Kentucky, took the oath of office as Vice- President, March 4, 1837. The only Vice-President of the United States ever elected by the Senate. 9. William Henry Harrison, of Ohio, inaugurated President, March 4, 1841. John Ttler, of Virginia, took the oath of office as Vice-President, March 4, 1841. 298 ANALYSIS OF CIVIL GOVEENMENT. [Paet IL President Harrison died April 4, 1841,— just one month after his inauguration. John Tyler took the oath of office as President of the United States, April 6, 1841. 10. James Knox Polk, of Tennessee, inaugurated President, March 4, 1845. Gboegb Mifflin Dallas, of Pennsylvania, inaugurated and took the oath of office as Vice-President, March 4, 1845. 11. Zachakt Taylor, of Louisiana, inaugurated President, March 5, 1849. MiLLAKD FiLLMOBB, of New York, took the oath of office as Vice- President, March 5, 1849. President Taylor died July 9, 1850 ; having heen in office one year, four months, and five days. MiLLAUD Fillmore took the oath of office as President of the United States, July 10, 1850. 12. Franklin Pierce, of New Hampshire, inaugurated President, March 4, 1853. William R. King, of Alabama, took the oath of office as Vice-Presi- dent, March 4, 1853. Died April 18, 1853. Office vacant remainder of the term. 18. Jambs Buchanan, of Pennsylvania, inaugurated President, March 4, 1857. John C. Brbckineidge, of Kentucky, took the oath of office as Vice- President, March 4, 1857. 14 Abraham Lincoln, of Illinois, inaugurated President, March 4, 1861. Hannibal Hamlin, of Maine, took the oath of office as Vice-Presi- dent, March 4, 1861. Abraham Lincoln re-elected. Second inauguration, March 4, 1865. Andrew Johnson, of Tennessee, took the oath of office as Vice- President, March 4, 1865. Abraham Lincoln assassinated April 14, 1865, and died the next morning, April 15. Andrew Johnson took the oath of office as President of the United States, April 15, 1865. 15. Ulysses S. Grant, of Illinois, inaugurated President, Mar. 4, 1869. Schuyler Colfax, of Indiana, took the oath of office as Vice-Presi- dent, March 4, 1869. Ulysses S. Grant re-elected. Second inauguration, March 4, 1873. Henry Wilson, of Massachusetts, took the oath of office as Vice- Part II.] STATE DEPARTMENT. President, March 4, 1873. Died November 23, 1875. Office vacant remainder of term. 16. EuTHBRPOKD B. Hatbs, of OUo, inaugurated President, March 5, 1877. William A. Wheelbr, of New York, toot the oath of office as Vice-President, March 5, 1877. 17. James A. Garfield, of Ohio, inaugurated President, March 4, 1881. Chester A. Arthur, of New York, took the oath of office as Vice- President, March 4, 1881. James A. Garfield, assassinated, July 3, 1881, and died Septem- ber 19, 1881. Chester A, AETHtm took the oath of office as President, Septem- ber 20, 1881. ART. II.— STATE DEPARTMENT. § 1. The department of State was created by act of Congress, Sept. 15, 1789. Before that, it was called the department of Foreign Aifairs, having been created as such by act of July 27, 1789. This department is under the charge of the Secretary of State ; and the business-affairs of it are divided into several branches, each branch having a principal clerk at its head. § 2. This department has charge of the correspondence with the diplomatic agents of the government in foreign countries, and with the agents of foreign nations received and accredited by the United States. All communications with commissioners relating to bound- ary treaties, and all diplomatic instructions, issue from this depart- ment ; and a faithful record of them is kept, as well as a record of similar documents received from foreign powers. § 3. All the acts and resolutions of Congress are filed by the President in this department ; and their publication in newspapers or in book form, and their distribution throughout the country, belong to the State Department ; also all treaties and other business with the Indian tribes. There is an office connected with this department, in which the translation of documents from other languages into English is the principal business. § 4. There is a clerk of pardons and passports connected with 300 ANALYSIS OP CIVIL GOVERNMENT. [Paki 11. this department. The petitions and papers are filed with this olerk, on which pardons are founded. Passports are prepared by him, and a record of them kept, which are issued by the department of State. The statistics relating to the foreign commerce of the United States are filed and preserved in this department, under the direction of a superintendent of statistics. § 5. The heads of all the executive departments are nominated and appointed by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate. The following is a catalogue of the Secretaries of State, beginning with the first year under our Constitution : — Naiee. Thomas Jepfekson, Edmund Randolph, TiMOTHT PlOKERIIKJ, John MabshalIj, James Madison, ROBEBT Smith, James Monroe, John Q. Adams, Henky Clat, Maktin Van Btiren, Edward Livingston, Lons McLane, John Forsyth, DanieIi Webstek, HtJSH S. LEGAKfi, Abel P. Upsher, John C. Calhoun, Jambs Buchanan, John M. Clayton, Daniel Webster, Edward Everett, William L. Mabcy, Lewis Cass, Jeremiah S. Black, William: H. Sbwaed, Elihu B. Washborne, Hamilton Pish, William M. Evarts, James G. Blaine, Pred'k T. Frelinohutsen, Kbbidkncb. Virginia, Sept. 26, 1789. Virginia, Jan. 2, 1794. Maasachusetts, Dec. 10, 1795. Virginia, •May 13, 1800. Virginia, March 5, 1801. Maryland, March 6, 1809. Virjerinia, Nov. 2S, 1811. Massachusetts, March -3, 1817. Kentucky, March 8, 1825. New York, March 6, 1829. Louisiana, May 24. 183L Delaware, May 29, 1883. Georgia, June 27, 1834 Massachusetts, March 5, 1841. South Carolina, May 9, 1843. Virginia, June 24, 1843. South Carolina, March 6, 1844 Pennsylvania, March 5, 1845. Delaware, March 7, 18^. Massachusetts, July 20, IKiO. Massachusetts, Dec. 9, 1852. New York, March 7, 1853. Michigan, March 6, 1857. Pennsylvania, De& 17, 1860. New York, March 5, 1861. Illinois, March 5, 1869. New York, March 11, 1869. New York, March 12, 1877. Maine, March 5, 1881. New Jersey, Dec. 13, 1881. Part II.] TEEASURY DEPARTMENT. 301 AET. III. —TEEASURY DEPARTMENT. § 1. The Treasury Department dates from 1789. It is under charge of the Secretary and Assistant Secretary of the Treasury. This department has charge of all moneys paid into the treasury of the United States ; has the general supervision of the fiscal trans- actions of the government ; attends to the collection of the revenue, the auditing and payments of accounts, or other disbursements ; and sees to the execution of the laws relating to the commgrce and navi- gation of the United States. § 2. This department also has charge of the coast survey, the mint and coinage of money, the light-house establishments, the erection of marine hospitals and custom-houses. By act of Con- gress, May 10, 1810, it is made the duty of the Secretary of the Treasury to prepare and report to Congress, at the opening of every regular session, the financial condition of the United States, to furnish estimates of the revenue and disbursements of the treasury, and to give information in reference to the most economic means of furnishing money to meet the claims against the government. § 3. There are a chief clerk, controller, second controller, com- missioner of customs, six auditors, and a large number of other assistants of various positions and titles, employed in this depart- ment, having their respective duties to perform. The first con- troller prescribes the mode of keeping and rendering accounts for the civil and diplomatic service, as well as the public lands. The second controller prescribes the mode of keeping and render- ing the accounts of the army and navy, and of the Indian and Pension Bureaus. The commissioner of the customs prescribes the mode of keeping and rendering the accounts of the customs revenue and dis- bursements, and for the building and repairing the custom-houses, &C.1 The business of the sixth auditor relates chiefly to the interests of the Post-office Department. § 4. The following is a list of the Secretaries of the Treasury, 1 Lanman's Congressional Dictionary. 302 ANALYSIS OF CIVIL GOVEENMENT, [Paet IL ment : — Naue. Alexander Hamilton, Oliter Wolcott, Samuel Dbxtek, Albert Gallatust, George W. Campbell, Albxandhr J. Dallas, William H. Crawford, Richard Rush, Samuel D. Ingham, Louis McLane, William J. Duane, Roger B. Taney,' Levi Woodbury, Thomas Ewing, Walter Forward, George M. Bibb, Robert J. Walker, William M. Meredith, Thomas Corwin, James Guthrie, Howell Cobb, Philip F. Thomas, John a. Dix, Salmon P. Chase, William P. Fessendkn, Hugh McCuiiLOCH, George S. Boutwbll, William A. Richardson, Benjamin H. Bristow, Lot M. Morrill, John Sherman, William Window, Charles J. Folobr, tion of our present form of govern. Besidenob. Whek APPOraTBD. New York, Sept. 11, 1789. Connecticut, Feb. 3, 1795. Massacliusetts, Dec. 31, 1800. Pennsylvania, Jan. 26, 1802. Tennessee, Feb. 9, 1814. Pennsylvania, Oct. -6, 1814 Georgia, March 5, 1817. Pennsylvania, March 7, 1825. Pennsylvania, March 6, 1829. Delaware, Aug. 8, 1831. Pennsylvania, May 29, 1833. Maryland, Sept. 23, 1883. New Hampshire, June 27, 1834. Ohio, March 5, 1841. Pennsylvania, Sept. 13, 1841. Ohio, June 15, 1844. Mississippi, March 5, 1845. Pennsylvania, March 7, 1849. Ohio, July 20, 1850. Kentucky, March 7, 1853. Georgia, March 5, 1857. Maryland, Dec. 13, 1860. New York, Jan. 11, 1861. Ohio, March 5, 1861. Maine. July . 1, 1864. Indiana, March 7, 1865. Massachusetts, March 11, 1869. Massachusetts, March 17, 1873. Kentucky, June 4, 1874. Maine, June 21, 1876. Ohio, March 8, 1877. Minnesota, March 5, 1881. New York, Oct. 27, 1881. ' Rejected by the Senate. Part II.] WAR DEPARTMENT. 303 AET. IV.— WAE DBPAETMENT. § 1. This department has charge of all business growing out of the military afEairs and interests of the government. It keeps the record of the army, issues military commissions, directs the move- ments of troops, and superintends their payment. It also has the custody of all military stores, clothing, arms, and equipments. It suporvises the construction of all military structures, and conducts all works of mihtary engineering. § 2 . The War Department is in the charge of the Secretary of War, who is assisted by one regular .assistant and two temporary assistants, and a large number of clerks, one of whom is called the chief clerk. This department is also divided into several branches called bureaus, taking their several names from the offices in which the business of each is transacted. § 3. The commanding-general's office has the arrangement of all the military forces, the superintendence of the recruiting service, and the discipline of the army. The adjutant-general's office keeps the records and rolls of the army : from this office the military commis- sions are sent out, and all orders emanating from headquarters. The quartermaster-general's bureau has charge of the supply-system, control of the barracks, and furnishes the clothing and transportation of the army. § 4. The disbursements of money to the army are made through the paymaster-general's office ; the purchase and issue of rations, through the commissary-general's office : surgical and medical supplies and attendance, the management of the sick and wounded soldiers, and the care of military hospitals, are under the surgeon-general's direc- tion. There is an engineer's bureau, having the direction of aU matters connected with the engineer corps of the army, and also the care of the military academy at West Point. There is a topo- graphical bureau, which has the superintendence of surveys made for military purposes and for purposes of internal improvement ;_ and there is also an ordnance bureau, having charge of the arsenals and armories, the manufacture of arms, implements of war, and the keeping of all ordnance-stores. § 5. The following is a list of the Secretaries of War from the organization of this department : — 304 ANALYSIS OP CIVIL GOVERNMENT, f^^^'' ^' Name. John Knox, Timothy Pickering, Jambs McHenet, Samtbl Dexter, BOGEB Gkiswold, Henbt Deasbobn, William Eubtis, John Akmstkong, Jambs Monroe, William H. Crawfoed, Isaac Shelby, John C. Calhoun, James Barbour, Peter D. Porter, John H. Eaton, Lewis Cass, Joel R. Poinsett, John Bell, John C. Spencer, Jambs M. Pobtee, William Wilkins, William L. Marcy, Geoesb W. Crawford, Charles M. Conrad, Jefferson Davis, John B. Floyd, Joseph Holt, Simon Cameron, Edwin M. Stanton. Edwin M. Stanton, Ulysses S. Grant, niinois, Edwin M. Stanton, John M. Schofibld, John A. Rawlins, William W. Belknap, Alphonso Taft, J. Donald Cameron, George W. McCrary, Alexander Ramsey, Robert T. Lincoln, Eesedbvob. When appointed. MassachusettB, Sept. 12, 1789. Massachusetts, Jan. 3, 1795. Maryland, Jan. 27, 1796. Massachusetts, May 13, 1800. Connecticut, Feb. 3, 1801. Massachusetts, March 4, 1801. Massachusetts, March 7, 1809. New York, Jan. 19, 1813. Virginia, Sept. 36, 1814. Georgia, March 2, 1815. Kentucky, March 5, 1817. South Carolina, Dec. 16, 1817. Virginia, March 7, 1835. New York, May 26, 1838. Tennessee, March 9, 1829. Ohio, Aug. 1, 1881. South Carolina, March 7, 1837. Tennessee, March 5, 1841. New York, Oct. 13, 1841. Pennsylvania, March 8, 1843. Pennsylvania, Feb. 15, 1844. New York, March 5, 1845. Georgia, March 7, 1849. Louisiana, Aug. 15, 1850. Mississippi, March 5, 1853. Virginia, March 6, 1857. Kentucky, Jan. 18, 1860. Pennsylvania, March 5, 1861. Pennsylvania, March, 1862. Removed August, 1867. appointed ad interim, August, 1867. Restored January, 1868. Missouri, May 39, 1868. lUinois, March 11, 1869. Iowa, Oct. 13, 1869. Ohio, March 7, 1876. Pennsylvania, May 23, 1876. Iowa, March 12, 1877. Minnesota. Dec. 10, 1879. Illinois, March 5, 1881. Pakt II.] NAVY DEPARTMENT. 305 AET. T. — NAVY DEPARTMENT. § 1. Originally, by act of Congress, Sept. 15, 1789, the Navy De- partment was included with the War Department, and both branches were called the War Department. They were separated, however, April 30, 1789 ; when the navy division was established as a distinct department, § 2. The Navy Department was divided Aug. 21, 1842, at which time it was re-organized into five bureaus : — 1. Bureau of navy-yards and docks. 2. Bureau of construction, equipment, and repair. 3. Bureau of provisions and clothing. 4. Bureau of ordnance and hydrography. 5. Bureau of medicine and surgery. § 3. Under the general direction of the President of the United States, the Secretary of the Navy has control of every thing con- nected with the naval establishment, and the execution of the laws relating to it. All instructions to the subordinate officers of the navy, the enlistment and discharge of seamen, and orders to all the different bureaus, are issued by authority of the Secretary of the Navy. § 4. The first officers of the different bureaus are styled the chiefs of the bureaus. As in the bureaus of other departments, there are a large number of clerks employed in these. The bureau of navy-yards and dock-yards has charge of these yards, and all wharves, buildings, and machinery belonging to them ; and also of the naval asylum. § 5. The second bureau named has charge of the building and repairs of all vessels of the navy, and every thing connected with their outfit and completion. The third sees to the provisions, sup- plies, and clothing, of the seamen ; the fourth bureau superintends the ordnance and ordnance-stores, and attends to the purchase of all necessary naval equipments; and the fifth bureau attends to every thing relating to medical stores, the treatment of the sick and wounded, and the management of the hospitals. § 6. The following is a list of the names of the Secretaries of the Navy since its organization as a distinct department, with the dates of their appointments : — 306 ANALYSIS OF CIVIL GOVEENMENT. [Paet IL Naue. Geobge Cabot,' Benjamin Stoddart, Robert Smith, Jacob Cbowningshield, PAuii Hamilton, William Jones, Benj. W. Crowningshibld, Smith Thompson, Samuel L. Sodthabd, John Branch, Levi Woodbury, Mahlon Dicbxnson, James K. Padlding, George E. Badger, Abel P. Upsher, David Henshaw, Thomas W. Gilmer, John T. Mason, George Bancroft, John T. Mason, William B. Preston, William A., Graham, John P. Kennedy, James C. Dobbin, Isaac Toucey, Jacob Thompson, Gideon Welles, Adolph E. Borib, George M. Robeson; Richard W. Thompson, Nathan Gopp, Jr., William H. Hunt, Residbnce. Whejj APPonraED. Massachusetts, May 8, 1798. Maryland, May 21, 1798. Maryland, Jan. 20, 1802. Massachasetts, March 2, 1805. South Carolina, March 7, 1809. Pennsylvania, Jan. 12, 1818. Massachusetts, Dec. 17, 1814. New York, Nov. 30, 1818. New Jersey, Dec. 9, 1823. North Carolina, March 9, 1829. New Hatapshire, May 23, 1831. New Jersey, June 30, 1834 New York, June 20, 1838. North Carolina, March 5, 1841. Virginia, Sept. 13, 1841. Massachusetts, July 24, 1843. Virginia, Feb. 15, 1844 Virginia, March 14, 1844 Massachusetts, March 10, 1845. Virginia, Sept. 9, 1846. Virginia, March 7, 1849. North Carolina, July 30, 1850. Maryland, July ^22, 1852. North Carolina, March 7, 1853. Connecticut, March 6, 1857. Mississippi, March, 1857. Connecticut, March 5, 1861. Pennsylvauia, March 5, 1869. New Jersey, June 22, 1869. Indiana, March 12, 1877. W. Virginia. Jan. 6, 1881. Louisiana, Mardi 5, 1881. ART. VI.— POST-OFFICE DEPARTMBNT. § 1. The Post-oflBce Department was established by act of Con- gress, Sept. 22, 1789. It is under the general direction of ' Declined. Pari II.] POST-OFFICE DEPARTMENT. 307 the Postmaatei^General. For convenience, the business is distrib- uted through several bureaus. The appointment office is in the care of the first Assistant Postmaster-General. To his bureau are referred all questions relating to the names, establishment, and dis- continuance of post-offices, and the appointment and removal of postmasters. In offices where the salary of the postmaster is a thousand dollars a year or over, the appointments are made by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate. In- structions to postmasters, and the distribution of blanks and sta- tionery for the use of the department, are from this bureau. This branch has charge of the steamship lines on the ocean, and also of all international postal affairs. § 2. The second Assistant Postmaster-General has charge of the contract-office. He lets the contracts for carrying the mail ; directs in regard to the mode of conveyance, and the time of arrival and departure of the mails on each route ; fixes on the offices of distri- bution ; and advertises for bids for carrying the mails on all routes open to competition. § 3. The third Assistant Postmaster-General has the supervision of the financial interests and business of the department, except what comes more properly under the care of the auditor. The postage-stamps and stamped envelopes for prepayment of postage are issued from this bureau. All quarterly returns from the po^st- offices throughout the United States are made to the third Assist- ant Postmaster-General. He also has charge of the dead-letter office. § 4. The bureau of the chief clerk attends to the reports of the arrivals and departures of the mails, noting all failures and delin- quencies on the part of contractors, and prepares all such cases for the action of the Postmaster-General. This bureau provides the mail bags and the mail locks and keys. The three Assistant Postmasters-General are appointed by the Postmaster-General. The following is a list of the Postmasters- General from the establishment of the department to 1868, with dates of appointment : — 308 AWALySIS OF CIVIL GOVERNMENT. [Part II. Namb. Samtjbl Osgood, Timothy Pickering, Jacob Habersham, Gideon Granger, Return J. Meigs, John McLean, William T. Barry, Amos Kendall, John M. Nilks,' Francis Granger, Charles A. Wickliffe, Gate Johnson, Jacob Collamer, Nathan K, Hall, Samuel I). Hubbard, James Campbell, Aaron V. Brown, Joseph Holt, Montgomery Blair, William Dbnnison, Alexander W. Randall, John a. J. Crbswell, Jambs W. Marshall, Marshall Jewell, Jambs N. Tyner, David M. Key, Horace Maynard, Thomas L. James, Timothy 0. Howe, Eesidencb. Massachusetts, Massachusetts, Georgia, Connecticut, Ohio, Ohio, Kentucky, Kentucky, Connecticut, New York, Kentucky, Tennessee, Vermont, New York, Connecticut, Pennsylvania. Tennessee, Kentucky, Maryland, Ohio, Wisconsin, Maryland, Virginia, Connecticut, Indiana, Tennessee, Tennessee, New York, Wisconsin, WHEK AFPOniTER Sept. 26, 1789. Nov. 7, 1794, Feb. 25, 179.5. Jan. 36, 1802. March 17, 1814. Dec. 9, 1823. March 9, 1829. May 1, 1835. May 35, 1840. March 6, 1841. Sept. 13, 1841. March 5, 1845. March 7, 1849. July 20, 1850. Aug. 31, 1853. March 5, 1853. March 6, 1857. March 14, 1859. March 5, 1861. Sept. 24, 1864. July 25, 1866. March 5, 1869. July 7, 1874. Sept. 1, 1874. July 12, 1876. March 12, 1877. June 2, 1880. March 5, 1881. Dec. 20, 1881. AET. Vn.— INTEHIOR DEPARTMEiSIT. § 1. This department was created by act of Congress, March 3, 1849, and has charge of much of the government-business that previously devolved on several of the other departments. The Secretary of the Interior is at the head of this department, and he has one assistant secretary. The business of it is distributed Part II.] INTERIOR DEPARTMENT. 309 through the bureaus of the public lands, pensions, Indian affairs, patents, and agriculture. § 2. The principal officer in charge of the Bureau of Public Lauds is called the Commissioner of the General Land-Office. He has charge of the survey and sale of the public lands, their legal transfer according to the laws of Congress, whether under the homestead act, military bounty act, grants for school-purposes, or internal improvements. § 3. The chief officer of the Pension Bureau is called the Com- missioner of Pensions. He attends to the adjudication of pension- claims against the United States, whether due to the soldiers of the Revolution or of the late wars, and whether due in land or money. The principal officer of the Indian Bureau is called the Commissioner of Indian Affairs, who attends to all government- matters connected with the Indian tribes. § 4. The Bureau of the Patent Office is under the direction of the Commissioner of Patents, who attends to all business on the part of the government in reference to the issue of letters-patent to inventors. There is a commissioner of agriculture, who has supervision of all the national interests in agriculture. § 5. By the act of 1849, organizing the Department of the Interior, the supervision of the accounts of the United-States marshals and attorneys, and the clerks of the United-States courts, were transferred from the treasury to this department. The Secretary of the Interior has supervision of the marshals and others in taking the census of the United States ; also of the lead and other mines of the United States, and of the accounts of the agents therefor. § 6. He likewise exercises supervisory power over the commis- sioners of the public buildings, including the Capitol and Depart- ment buildings ; and over the board of inspectors and warden of the penitentiary of the District of Columbia, § 7. The Secretary of the Interior appoints the chief clerk and all other clerks of his department; and the commissions of all officers under the control ^nd direction of the Secretary of the 310 ANALYSIS OF CIVIL GOVEENMENT. [Part II, Interior are made out and recorded in the Department of the Interior, and the seal of the department is affixed thereto. § 8. The Secretary of the Interior is charged with receiving, arranging, safe-keeping, and with the distribution of, all printed journals of the two houses of Congress, and all other books of whatever nature printed and purchased for the use of govern- ment, except such as are printed or purchased for the use of Congress or for the particular use of any of the other depart- ments. ' He is required to set apart a suitable room in the patent- office for their safe keeping. The following is a list of the Secretaries of this department from its organization to the present time, 1868, with the dates of appointment : — Namb. Eesidehob. WHBN APPOniTED. Thomas Ewikg, Ohio, March 7, 1849. Alexander H. H. Sttjakt, Virginia, Sept. 13, 1850. Egbert McClelland, Michigan, March 7, 1853. Jacob Thompson, Mississippi, March 6, 1857. Caleb B. Smith, Indiana, March 5, 1861. John P. Upshee, Indiana, Jan. 8, 1863- James Haelan, Iowa, May 15, 1865. Ortillb H. Browning, Illinois, July 27, 1866. Jacob D. Cox, Ohio, March 5, 1869. Columbus Delano, Ohio, Nov. 1, 1870. Zachariah Chandler, Michigan, Oct. 19, 1875. Cabl Schdez, Missouri, March 12, 1877. Samuel J. Ejkkwood, Iowa, March 5, 1881. AET. Vni.-ATTOENEY-QENBEAL'S OFFICE. § 1. By act of Congress, Sept, 24, 1789, there is, to be ap- pointed an attorney-general of the United States, who shall be sworn to the faithful execution of his office. He may appoint an assistant at a, salary of $3,500 a year. Part II.] ATTOENET-GENEEAL'S OFFICE. .311 § 2. The duties of his office may be classified under the follow- ing heads : — 1st. He shall prosecute and conduct all suits in the Supreme Court in which the United States shall be concerned. 2d. He shall' give advice and opinions on questions of law when required by the President of the United States. 3d. He shall give legal advice and opinions, when requested by the heads of any of the departments, touching any matter that concerns their departments. 4th. He shall advise with and direct the solicitor of the treasury as to the manner of conducting suits, proceedings, and prosecutions. 5th. He is charged with the general superintendence and direc- tion of all United-States district attorneys and marshals ; and they are required to report to him an account of their official proceedings, and the state and condition of their respective offices, at such times and in such manner as he may direct. 6th. All applications to the President for pardons in cases of con- viction under the laws of the United States are referred to the Attorney-General for examination and his opinion. 7th. He oversees and conducts the transfer of all lands purchased by the United States as sites for the erection of public works for government use. He sees to the examination of the titles in such cases. § 3. The Attorney-General is authorized to employ a chief clerk at a salary of $2,200 a year; two clerks, one a "pardon clerk," and the other an "opinion clerk," at salaries of $1,800 a year each ; and several other clerks with salaries varying from $1,200 to $1,600 a year. § 4. The following is a list of the Attorneys-General from the institution of this office in 1789 to 1881, with the date of appointments : — 312 AITALTSIS OF CIVIL GOVERNMENT. [Part IL Name. Besidehce. Whew appoikted. Edmtojd Randolph, Virginia, Sept. 26, 1789. William Bbadpobd, Pennsylvania, Jan. 38, 1794. Chaelbs Lee, Virginia, Dec. 10, 1795. Theophilus Paksons,' Massachusetts, Feb. 20, 1801. Levi Lincoln, Massachusetts, March 5, 1801. RoBsnT Smith, Maryland, March 3, 1805. John Brbckenkidge, Kentucky, Dec. 25, 1805. C^SAB A. Rodney, Pennsylvania, Jan. 20, 1807. William Pinknet, Maryland, Dec. 11, 1811. EicHABD Rush, Pennsylvania, Feb. 10, 1814 WiLLTAlVf WlKT, Virginia, Dec. 15, 1817. John M. Berkien, Georgia, March 19, 1829. EoGBB B. Taney, Maryland, Dec. 27, 1831. Benjamin F. Bdtt.eb, New York, June 24, 1834. Felix Gkundt, Tennessee, Sept. 1, 1838. Henbt D. Gilpin, Pennsylvania, Jan. 10, 1840. John J. Cbittbnden, Kentucky, March 5, 1841. Hugh S. LKGAEfi, South Carolina, Sept. 13, 1841. John Nelson, Maryland, Jan. 2, 1844. John T. Mason, Virginia, March 5, 1845- Nathan Cliffobd, Maine, Dec. 23, 1846. Isaac Toucey, Connecticut, June 21, 1848. Revebdy Johnson, Maryland, March 7, 1849. John J. Cbittenden, Kentucky, July 20, 1850. Caleb Cushing, Massachusetts, March 7, 1858. Jbbemtah S. Black, Pennsylvania, March, 1857. Edwin M. Stanton, Pennsylvania, December, 1860. Edwaed Bates, Missouri, March 5, 186L James Speed, Kentucky, Dec. 2, 1864. Henry Stanbbbt, Ohio, July 33, 1866. William M. Evaets, New York, July 15, 1868. E. RocKWOOD Hoar, Massachusetts, March 5, 1869. Amos T. Ackeeman, Georgia, June 16, 1869. George H. Williams, Oregon, Dec. 14, 1871. Edwards Pierebpont, New York, May 15, 1875. Alphonso Taft, Ohio, May 33, 1876. Chables Dbvens, Massachusetts, March 12, 1877. Wayne McVeagh, Pennsylvania, March 6, 1881. Benjamin H. Bebwstbb, Pennsylvania, Dec 17, 1881. ' Declined. Part II.] SPEAKERS OF HOTISE OF EEP. 313 § 5. There is one principal messenger employed in each of the offices of the secretaries of the departments, at a salary of $900 a year ; and there is one principal messenger in each of the bureaus of the several executive departments, at a salary of $840 a year. There are also other messengers and assistant messengers in each of the departments, at a salary of $700 a year. § 6. The heads of the departments, with the Attorney-General, are the President's Constitutional advisers, and constitute his cabi- net ; each having a salary of $8,000 a year. Each of the execu- tive departments has an official seal, which is annexed to all public documents issuing from their respective offices. Abt. tx.— speakers of the house of bepkesentativi;s. The following is a list of the Speakers of the House of Repre- sentatives, from the adoption of the Constitution to 1881, with dates of appointment : — Naub. Eesidbkob. When APPOINTED. Feed. A. Mtihlenbbkg, Pennsylvania, April 1, 1789. JONATHAir TRTIMBtJIiL, Connecticut, Oct. 34, 1791. Fred. A. Muhlbnbbr&, Pennsylvania, Dec. 3. 1793. Jonathan Dayton, New Jersey, Dec. 7, 1795. Jonathan Datton, New Jersey, May 15, 1797. Gbobse Dent,' Maryland, April 30, 1798. Geokge Dent, Maryland, May 38, 1798. Theodoke Sedgwick, Massachusetts, Deo. 3, 1799. NATHAigBL Macon, North Carolina, Dec. 7, 1801. Nathaniel Macon, North Carolina, Oct. 17, 1803. Nathaniel Macon, North Carolina, Dec. 3, 1805. Joseph B. Vakntjm, Massachusetts, Oct. 36, 1807. Joseph B. Vabnum, Massachusetts, May 33, 1809. Henry Clay, Kentucky, Nov. 4, 1811. Henry Clay, Kentucky, May 34, 1813. Langdon Chbves, South Carolina, Jan. 19, 1814. Henby Clay, Kentucky, Dec. 4, 1815. ' Elected pro tempore during sickness of the Speaker. 14 314 AKALTSIS OF OIVIL GOVERNMENT. [Part II. Nahe. BEsromioE. ■When APPOINTED. Henky Clat, Kentucky, Dec. 1. 1817. Henkt Clat, Kentucky, Dec. 6. 1819. John W. Tatloe, New York, Nov. 15, 1820. Phmp p. Babboub, Virginia, Dec. 3, 1821. Henky Clay, Kentucky, Dec. 1, 1823. John W. Taylor, New Tork, Dec. 5, 1825. Andrew Stevenson, Virginia, Dec. 3, 1827. Andrew Stevenson, Virginia, Dec. 7, 1829. Andrew Stevenson, Virginia, Dec. 3, 1831. Andrew Stevenson, Virginia, Dee. 3, 1838. Henry HuiiitARD, New Hampshire, May 19, 1834. John Bell, Tennessee, June 2, 1834. James K. Polk, Tennessee, Dec. 7, 1835. James K. Polk, Tennessee, Sept. 4, 1837. Robert M, T. Htisteb. Virginia, Dec. 16. 1839. John White, Kentucky, May 31. 1841. John W. Jones, Virginia, Dec. 4, 1843. George W. Hopkins, Virginia, Feh. 28, 1845. John W. Davis, Indiana, Dec. 1, 1845. Robert C. Winthrop, Massachusetts, Dec. 6, 1847. ArMISTEAD BtTRT,' South Carolina, June 19, 1848. Armistbad Burt,' South Carolina, June 20, 1848. Howell Cobb, Georgia, Dec. 23, 1849. Linn Boyd, Kentucky, Dec. 1, 1851. Linn Boyd, Kentucky, Dec. 5, 1853. Nathaniel P. Basks, Massachusetts, Feb. 2, 1856. James L. Orr, South Carolina, Dec. 7. 1857. William Pennington, New Jersey, Feb. 1, 1860. Galusha a. Grow, Pennsylvania, July 4, 1861. ScHDYLER Colfax, Indiana, Dec. 7, 1868. Schuyler Colfax. Indiana, Dec. \ 1865. Schuyler Colfax, Indiana, Dec. 4, 1867. James G. Blaine, Maine, March 4, 1869. Jambs G. Blaine, Maine, March ■ 4, 1871. James G. Blaine, Maine, Deo. 2, 1873. Michael C. Kerr, Indiana, Dec. 6, 1875. Samuel J. Bandail, Pennsylvania, Dec. 4, 1876. ' First appointed, on account of eicknees of Speaker, for one day ; then for the remainder of the session. Part II,] PRESIDENTS OF THE SENATE. 315 Nahe. Samuel J. Randall, Samuel J Randall, J. Waeren Keifer, Residenoe. Pennsylvania, Pennsylvania, Ohio, When appointbd. Oct. 15, 1877. March 18, 1879. Dec. 5, 1881. ART. X.-PEESrDENTS PEO TEMPORE OF THE SENATE. John LANaooN, Richard Henry Lee, John Langdon, John Langdon, Ralph Izabd, Henry Tazewell, SAMXTBL LrVERMORE, William Bingham, William Bradford, Jacob Read, Theodore Sedgwick, John Lawrence, Jambs Ross, Samuel Livebmore, Uriah Tracy, John E. Howard, James Hillhouse, Abraham Baldwin, Stephen R. Bradley, John Brown, Jesse Franklin, Joseph Anderson, Samuel Smith, Stephen R. Bradley, John Milledge, Andrew Gregg, John Gaillaed, John Pope, William H. Crawford, Joseph B. Vabnum, John Qaillabd, New Hampshire, Virginia, New Hampshire, New Hampshire, South Carolina, Virginia, New Hampshire, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, Massachusetts, New York, Pennsylvania, New Hampshire, Connecticut, Maryland, Connecticut, Georgia, Vermont, Kentucky, North Carolina, Tennessee, Maryland, Vermont, Georgia, Pennsylvania, South Carolina, Kentucky, Georgia, Massachusetts, South Carolina, April, 1789. April, 1792. May, 1793. March, 1793. May, 1794. February, 1795. May, 1796. February, 1797. July, 1797. November, 1797. June, 1798. December, 1798. March, 1799. December, 1799. May, 1800. November, 1800. February, 1801. December, 1801. December, 1803. October, 1803. March, 1804. January, 1805. December, 1805. December, 1808. January, 1809. January, 1809. February, 1810. February, 1811. March, 1812. December, 1813. April, 1814. 316 ANALYSIS OF CIVIL GOVEENMENT. [Part IL Name. BssroENOB. Jambs Bahboub, Virginia, February, 1819. John Qaillabd, South Carolina, January, 1820. Nathaniel Macon, North Carolina, May, 1826. Samxjbl Smith, Maryland, May, 1828. Littleton W. Tazewell, Virginia, July, 1832. Hugh L. White, Tennessee, December, 1832. Geoegb Poindexteb, Massachusetts, Jnne, 1834 John Ttlek, Virginia, March, 1835. William R. King, Alabama, July, 1836. Samttel L. Southabd, New Jersey, March, 1841. Willie P. Mangum, North Carolina, May, 1842. Datid R. Atchison, Missouri, August, 1846. William R. King, Alabama, July. 1857. Datid R. Atchison, Missouri, December, 1852. Jesse D. Bright, Indiana, June, 1856. Benjamin Fitzpatbick, Alabama, June, 1857. Benjamin Fitzpatrick, Alabama, December, 1859. Jesse D. Bright, Indiana, June 12, 1860. Benjamin Fitzpatrick, Alabama, June 27, 1860. Solomon Foot, Vermont, March, 1861. Lafayette S. Poster, Connecticut, March, 1865. Benjamin F. Wade, Ohio, Mardi, 1867. Henry B. Anthony, Rhode Island, March, 1869. Matthew H. Carpentkk, Wisconsin, March 12, 1873. Henry B. Anthony, Rhode Island, Jan. 25, 1875. Thomas W. Ferry, Michigan, March 9, 1875. Thomas F. Bayakd, Delaware, Oct. 10, 1881. David Davis, niiuois, Oct. 13, 1881. GLOSSARY. Note. — The author is indebted to John M. Dunning, Esq., attorney and counselor at law, Rochester, N.T., for the following carefully-compiled glossary of legal terms and phrases. Accomplice. An associate or confederate in crime, not actually pres- ent at its commission. Ackno wledgment. 1. A declaration or avowal of one's own signature or act to a written instrument, as a deed or mortgage, before a proper officer, to give it legal validity. 2. The certificate of the officer on the instrument, that such a declara- tion has been made. Act. 1. The formal declaration or expression of the will of the people, as made by their legal representatives, acting in a legislative ca- pacity. 2j.^ law passed by legislative authority. A statute. Administrator. A person lawfully appointed, with his assent, by an officer having jurisdiction, to manage and settle the estate of an intes- tate, or person who dies leaving no last will and testament, or of a per- son who dies leaving a last will and testament, but with no competent executor to carry the same into execution. One to whom letters of administration are granted. Administratrix. A female administrator. Admiralty. 1. The power or officers appointed for the management of naval afl&irs. 2. The name of a jurisdiction which takes cognizance of suits or actions which arise in consequence of acts done upon or relating to the sea. In the United States, all cases of admiralty and maritime jurisdic- tion are vested in the district courts of the United States. Affidavit. A statement in writing, prefaced by the name of the State, and the county, or city, or town, or other municipal division, over which the officer's jurisdiction before whom it is made extends, and 317 318 GLOSSARY. signed by the person making the statement, and made on oath or afBrmation before a person authorized by law to administer oaths and take affirmations. Affirmation. A solemn declaration made by a person who conscien- tiously declines to take an oath, but having the same legal and binding obligation as an oath, with like penalties for perjury attached, and to be administered with like formalities. Agency. The office or business of a person acting for or intrusted with the affairs of another. The person so acting is called the ageu.; : the one acted for is called the principal. Alias. Otherwise called. Atibi. Elsewhere. A person accused of a crime, pleading and proving that he was somewhere else than where the crime was committed, at the time of its commission, pleads and proves an alibi. Alien. One bom in another country than the one where he resides : not possessing, therefore, the rights of citizenship where he resides. Alimony. An allowance made by a court to a wife out of her hus- band's estate. This may be done temporarily, as while a suit for divorce is pending ; or it may be done for life, as where a divorce is granted. Alleg^nce. The duty of fidelity which a person owes to his govern- ment for the protection which it aifords him. Loyalty, fealty. Ambassador. A person appointed by a sovereign state, government, or prince, duly authorized to represent his government at the seat of, and manage its interests with, the government to which he is sent Amnesty. An act of oblivion of past ofifenses, granted by the govern- ment, expressly or impliedly, either before or after conviction, to those who have committed offenses in tJme of war, or to those who have been guilty of any neglect or crime ; destroying the criminal act. Arbitrator. Umpire, referee. A person chosen, by parties who have a controversy, to determine and settle their differences. Arrest. The taking or apprehending of a person by the authority of law. Arson. The willful and malicious burning of a dwelling-house or out- house of another person. Assassin. One who kills, or attempts to kill, a person by surprise or secret assault. Assault. An unlawful attempt or offer to beat another, accompanied by a degree of violence, but without touching the person ; as with the fisSi or a deadly or dangerous weapon. Attachment. A seizure or taking of the person or property by virtue of a legal process issued by a court of competent jurisdiction, or by a judge thereof, and directed to and executed by the sheriff or other proper officer. A writ. GLOSSARY. 319 Attainder. The stain, forfeiture, and corruption of blood, which arise on a person being condemned for certain crimes. B. Bail. The security given for the release of a prisoner from the custody of an officer. The persons who become responsible for the appearance of the prisoner when demanded by the officer or by the court. Bailee. The person to whom goods are committed in trust for a speci- fied object. He has a temporary possession, and a qualified interest in them, until the object is accomplished. Bailment. A delivery of goods in trust for some special object or pur- pose, on a contract, expressed or implied, that the trust shall be faith- fully executed and the goods re-delivered on fulfilling the conditions attached. Bailor. One who delivers goods to another in trust for a particular purpose. Ballot. A piece of paper or other thing used in voting. The act of voting with balls or tickets. Bankrupt. A person who is unable to pay his debts, and of whom it has been so declared by a court. One who fails in business, and becomes insolvent. Bequest. A gift of personal property by a last will and testament A legacy. Bond. A writing signed and sealed, by which a person binds himself, his heirs and assigns, to pay a certain sum of money on or before a future day appointed, on the failure of certain conditions therein stated. Burglary. The breaking and entering into a dwelling-house or other building of another person, with intent to commit a felony, whether the felonious purpose be accomplished or not. 0. Cabinet. The constitutional advisers of the chief executive officer of a State or nation, taken collectively. For instance, in the United States; the Secretary of State, and several other officers, are called cabinet oificers. Census. An official registration of the inhabitants of a country, the value of their estates, and other general statistics of public interest. CliecU. A written order, usually drawn on a banker, for the payment of a sum of money therein specified. Client. The employer of an attorney or counselor at law to transact professional business, usually in the course of judicial proceedings. 320 GLOSSABY. Codicil. A supplement, or addition, to a will, forming a part thereof, and executed with the same formalities. Commerce. The exchange of merchandise or commodities between different places, countries, or communities. Concurrent. Joint and equal. Existing together, and operating on the same objects. With equal authority. Confiscation. The act of the government in appropriating the prop- erty of an individual, as a penalty, to the pubhc use. Consanguinity. Relation by blood. Eelationship of persons de« scended from a common ancestry, distinct from relationship by mar- riage. Consig^nee. A person to whom goods or other things are sent, in trust, for sale or superintendence. A factor. Consiimment. The act of consigning goods or other things. The goods or property sent to a consignee. Consignor. A person who makes a consignment. Conspiracy. An unlawful combination of persons for any purpose. Constable. An officer of the peace having power, and bound, to execute the warrants and other processes of judicial officers. Constituent. A person who appoints another to act for or represent him. A Congressman's constituency are the people of his district. Constitution. The fundamental law of a country, whether expressed in a written document, or implied in the institutions and usages of the government. Contraband. Merchandise or traffic prohibited in time of war. Contract. An agreement between two or more parties competent to contract, based on a sufficient consideration, promising to do or not to do certain things possible to be done, which things are not prohibited by law. Conversion. An unlawful or wrongful appropriation, by one person, of the personal property of another. Conveyance. The legal transfer of the property of one person to another. An instrument in writing by which this is done. Convict. A person found guilty of a crime by a court of competent jurisdiction. Conviction. The act of convicting by the verdict of a jury and judg- ment of a court. Copartner. A person who is jointly concerned with others in any busi- ness-transactions. A member of a partnership. Copartnership. A joint interest between two or more persons in pecuniary or business matters. Coroner. An officer whose duty it is to summon a jury to inquire into GLOSSARY. 321 the cause and manner of sudden or suspicious deaths, produced by vio- lence or otherwise. In certain cases, he acts as sheriff. Corporation. A body politic or corporate, composed of many individ- uals, formed and authorized by law, and empowered to act in many respects as a single person, capable of suing and being sued, holding property, conveying the same, and transmitting it to their successors. Corporator. A member of a corporation. Counsel. One who gives legal advice professionally. Advice and aid given in legal proceedings. Counselor. A person authorized by law to give legal advice profession- ally, and to manage causes in court. Court. One or more persons sitting for the trial of causes in a judicial capacity. Covenant. A contract in writing, usually under seal, though not neces- sarily. Covenantee. The person to whom a covenant is made. Covenantor. The person who makes the covenant. Crime. An offense against the laws of the land, to which a penalty i» attached. Criminal. A person who has been judicially adjudged guilty of a crime. D. Debt. A sum of money du«. Debtor. A person who owes another a debt. Decree. A decision, order, sentence, or judgment, by a court or magis- trate. Deed. An instrument in writing, under seal in due form of law, convey- ing title. Defaulter. One who is deficient in his accounts. One who fails to ap- pear in court when properly called. Defendant. A person against whom suit is brought in a court. Defense. The method adopted by the defendant to protect himself against the plaintiff's action. Demise. The conveyance of an estate in fee, or for a limited period specified. Demurrer. An admission of facts as stated by the opposite party, but a denial of the legal consequences which that party claims. Deponent. A person who makes a deposition or affidavit. Deposition. Testimony committed to writing, under the proper legal forms, to be afterwards used on the trial of a cause. Descent. Transmission by succession or inheritance. Devise. A disposition ol real property by will. 322 GLOSSAEY. Devisee. A person to whom a devise is made. Devisor. The person who makes a devise. Disfranchisenicnt. Deprivation of the rights of citizenship ; as of voting, or holding office. Divorce. A legal dissolution of the marriage-contract. Domicile. An abode or mansion. Permanent residence. Donation. A gift. Donee. The person to whom a gift is made. Donor. The person who makes a gift. Dower. The right of the widow to the use of a certain portion of the rear estate of which her husband was seized daring marriage. Duress. A state of compulsion induced by fear or restraint. E. Edict. An order issued by a sovereign to his subjects. Ejectment. A process of dispossession or expulsion. Elector. One who has the right to vote ; also one chosen to cast the vote of his constituency for the President and Vice-President of the United States. Embargo. A detention of ships and vessels, by order of government, from sailing out of port; generally on account of impending war or public danger. Embezzlement. Fraudulent appropriation to one's own use of per- sonal property intrusted to him by another for a particular purpose. Emblements. The produce or fruits of land sown or planted. Endofvment. A permanent provision for the support of a person or an institution. Equity. Definition of, 290. Estate. The interest which one has in property of any kind. Execution. A judicial writ empowering an officer to carry a judgment into effect. The signing and sealing of a legal instrument, as a deed or will. Executor. The person to whom the execution of a vpill is intrusted by the testator. F. Fealty. Fidelity to one's government. Loyalty. Allegiance. Fee. An unconditional estate of inheritance transmissible to heft^. Felon. One who has been convicted of felony. Felony. A heinous crime punishable by imprisonment or death. Fine. A sum of money imposed by a court for commission of crime. Foreclosure. The process of enforcing collection of a mortgage. GLOSSARY. 323 Forgery. Fraudently making or altering a writing, or making a thing in imitation of another, with intent to deceive or defraud. Fratricide. A murderer of a brother or sister. Fraud. Deliberate deception for the purpose of obtaining unfair and un- lawful advantage in business-matters. Freehold. An estate in real property, for life or in fee. Freeholder. The owner of a freehold. a Oovernmeut. The manner in which sovereignty is exercised. The administration of the laws. Grand Jury. A body of men, not less than twelve, nor more than twenty-three, summoned according to the forms of law, attending upon court for the purpose of inquiring into the commission of crimes within their jurisdiction. They find indictments against criminals, and pre- sent them to the court. Orant. A transfer of property by deed or writing. Cirantee. The person to whom a grant is made. Orantor. The person who makes a grant. Cruardlan. One who has the lawful supervision of the person and business-affairs of an infant or other incompetent person. H Habeas Corpus. Literally, you may have the body. A writ having for its object to bring a party before a court or judge, especially with a view to inquire into the cause of a person's imprisonment or detention by another. If the person is found to be unlawfully restrained of his liberty, he will be discharged ; if not, he will be remanded to prison or custody. Heir. One who receives, inherits, or is entitled to, the possession of any property after the death of its owner. One to whom property descends by inheritance. Homestead. One's dwelling-place, with that part of his real estate immediately surrounding it. I. Illegal. Contrary to law. Unlawful. Impeachment. An arraignment of a public officer, under a written, formal accusation of corruption in office, or of crimes and misdemeanors for which he ought to be removed from office. 824 GLOSSARY. Imports* Goods and chattels brought from foreign conntiies in the course of trade. ImpostSi Taxes or duties imposed ; more especially on imports. Inalienable. Not transferable. Inchoate. That which is not yet complete or finished. Indictment. A written accusation of crime against a person, made by a grand jury in due form of law. Informer. One who informs the judicial authorities against a person who has violated some penal statute. Inheritance. A continuing right in an estate to a person and his heirs. A right transmitted by operation of law. Injunction. A writ granted by a competent court or a judge thereof, commanding a person to do some specific act mentioned in thu writ. Inquest. A judicial inquiry. An official examination. Insolvency. A condition of inability to pay one's debts. Insurgent. A person who rises in revolt against the authority o*" goT- emmcnt or law. Intestate. A person who dies without making a will. Judge. A judicial magistrate above the grade of justice of the peace. Judgment. A judicial determination of a court or a judge, on the facts and issues tried in a cause. Judicial. Pertaining to courts of justice. Judiciary. That branch of government represented by the courts, giv- ing interpretation and application to the laws. Jurat. The certificate of the oflScer at the end of an affidavit, showing when and before whom it was made. Jurisprudence. The science of law. Jurist. One well versed in the science of the laws of the land. Juror. One who serves on a jury. Jury. A body of men summoned and sworn in court, to make inquest, ot to give verdict on the facts of a cause as they appear from the evidence. Jury-Box. The place where the jury sits during the trial of a cause. L. liandlord. The owner of lands or houses leased to tenants. Liarceny. The unlawful taking and carrying away and appropriating the personal property of another. Stealing. Law. A rule of action prescribed by the supreme power of a State, com- manding what is right, and prohibiting what is wrong. GLOSSARY. 325 I Con* gress, 60, 84, 159, 160. Breclcluridge, Jolin C, Vice-President of the United States, 298. Bribery, impeachment for, 66, 83, 228. Bxtchanan, James, President of the United States, 298. Bnrr, Aaron, candidate for President of the United States, 128 ; Is Ylce-Preaident, c. Cabinet, the President's constitutional advisers, 312; their salaries, 312. Callioun, Jobn C, twice Vice-President of the United States, 297. Capitation taxes to be in proportion to the census, 62, 90, 157, 213. Captures on land and water. Congress may make rules concerning, 61, 85, 184, 294. Cart-wrlglLt, Kdmund, invents the power-loom, 206. Ceded places, power of Congress over, 61, 62, 86, 193, 194. Census, how and when made, 66, 80, 124-126. Charter governments, 16. Cblef Justice to preside on the trial of the President by the Senate, 57, 82, 142, 146; salary of, 289. Citizensbip, privileges and immunities of, 68, 93, 106, 2S0 ; of representatives, 56, 79, 119, 120; of senators, 67, 80, 130, 131; of the President of the United States, 64, 100, 262. Clay, Henry, candidate for the Presidency of the United States, 129. Clinton, Cieorge, Vice-President of the United States, 297; is re-elected, 297. Coin, domestic and foreign, value of, how regulated, 60, 84, 85, 169-171. Colonial governments, divided into three classes, 14-16. * Colonies, unity of, 18. Commerce, power of Congress to regulate, 60, 84, 166-163. Commercial. Matters auxiliary to commerce, power of Congress over, 61, 84. 86^ 168-172. Commissions Issued by the President of the United States, 66, 103, 281. Commissioners appointed by Maryland and Virginia, 24. Comnklttee of the States under the Confederation, 20, 21, 51. Common law of England Introduced into the Colonics, 14 ; definition of, 256. Common defense, one of the ohjects of the Constitution to provide for, 55, 78, lOk, 165. INDEX. 333 Compensation, of members of Congrees, 69, 84, 154-156 ; of Judges of the Federal Courts, 67, 106, 289; of cabinet oflcers, 312; of the President of the United States, 65, 101, 272. Confederation, Articles of, 18, 19 ; ratification of, 19; peculiarities of, 19, 20 ; copj of, 46. Confederation, decline and fall of, 21 ; defects of, 22. Congress, first and second Continental, 18. Second, passed the Declaration of Independence, 18; remained in session until the close of the Kevolutionary War, 18. Congress, Constitutional, first meeting of, 30 ; composed of a Senate and House of Representatives, 65, 78 ; power of, relating to finances, 60, 84, 157-166 ; commerce, 60, 84, 85, 166-172; penalties, 60, 85, 172-175; post-oflces and post-roads, 61, 85, 175-178; patent and copy rights, 61, 85, 178-181; war, 61, 85, 86, 181-188 ; judiciary, 61, 67, 86, 188, 189 ; naturalization, 60, 86, 189-192 ; governing territory, 69, 86, 192, 193; the seat of government of the United States, 61, 86, 193, 194; other ceded places, 61, 86, 194, 195; disposing of territory, 69, 86, 195; the admission of new States into the Union, 68, 86, 196-197; State elections, 68, 86, 197, 198; electors of President and Vice-President, 64, 87, 199; acts, records, and judicial proceedings of States, 68, 87, 199, 200; imposts and duties by States, 63, 87, 200, 201; executive vacancy, 65, 87, 201 ; appointments to office, 66,87,201,202; amend- ments to the Constitution, 69, 87, 88, 202, 203; slavery and the slave-trade, 62, 74, 88, 203-205; general law-making, 62, 88, 205, 206. Constitution of the United States, origin of, 23; ratification of, 31; amendmenta to, 31 ; preamble to, 58, 78, 109-114; analysis of, 78. Connecticut, settled, 13; original government of, 16; ratifies the Constitution, 31; concession of territory by, 196. Consuls, appointment of, 66, 102; definition of, 277. Contracts, laws impairing the obligation of, prohibited, 63, 96, 243, 244; definition of, 243. See Glossary. ControTergies, judicial jurisdiction over, 67, 106, 295, 296. Conviction, in cases of impeachment, 68, 82, 142, 145-147. Copyright, how protected, 61, 85 ; necessary steps to secure, 179-181. Counsel for accused, re(iuired by the Constitution, 71, 98, 264, 256. Counterfeiting securities and current coin of the United States, punishable, 60, 85, 172, 173. Cra'vrford, William H., candidate for the Presidency of the United States, 129. Credit, States forbidden to emit bills of, 63, 96, 241-243. Crimes, impeachable, 66, 92, 93 ; committed on the high seas, 61, 85, 173, 174. Criminals, delivering up fugitive, 68, 94, 233-235; not obliged to accuse themselves, 71, 98, 264; not to be tried twice, 71, 98, 260, 251. Currency of the country, 169-171. Cnstom-Houge, duties collected by, 158, 169, D. Dallas, George 91., Vice-President of the United States, 298. I>e1>ate, liberty of, in Congress, 59, 99, 259, 260. Declaration of Independence, passed by second Continental Congress, 13 ; copy of, 40. Declaration of Bights, 18; copy of, 39. Declaration of trar, definition of, 182. 334 INDEX. Debts, taxes laid and collected to pay, 60, 84, 164; amount of, at varions periods, 160, 165; tender in payment of, 63, 96, 243; contracted before the adoption of the Constitution, valid afterward, 69, 70, 91, 221, 222. Defense, the common, provision for, 65, 78, 112. Dela-vrare, appendage of New York, 11, 12; afterward came under the jurisdiction of Pennsylvania, 12; original government of, 16; adopts the Constitution, 31. Departments of government, necessity of three, 33, 34, 78 ; division into, 114. Departments, executive, 299-309, 312. Direct taxes, not to be laid except in proportion to the census, 56, 90, 157 ; power of Congress to lay and collect, 84, 157. Disco-f^ery, right of, 11, 12, District of Columbia, 193. Domestic tranquillity, provision for insuring, 55, 78, 111, 112. Duties, power of Congress to lay and collect, 60, 84, 157, 168; definition of, 158, where collectible, 158. Electors of President and Vice-President, 64, 87, 199, 283, 264; of representatives, 66, 79, 123; of senators, 67, 81, 133, 134. Xjstablisbment of religion by Congress, forbidden, 70 91, 224, 225. Kxcises, power of Congress to lay and collect, 60, 84, 157 ; meaning of, 168. Execution of the laws, the President to see to, 66, 103, 280, 281. Execntive Department, vested in a President, 03, 99, 260, 261 ; term of ofBce of, 6S, 99,261,262; eligibility to, 64, 100, 262, 263; election to, 63, 72, 73, 100, 263-271; proceedings of electors to elect to, 72, 73, 100, 264-266 ; proceedings in Congress to elect to, 73, 100, 101, 266, 267; when the House of Representatives elects to, 73, 101, 267, 268 ; oath of office on assuming the, 65, 101, 271 ; how the incnmbeni of removable, 66, 101, 271; eligible to re-election, 263. Ex post facto law, forbidden, 62, 63, 80, 96, 216, 217, 245. Xixpendltnres of money to be published, ,62, 00, 214, 215. Exports, duties on, forbidden, 62, 90, 213, 214. Expulsion from Congress, 68, 83, 151, 152. F. Faith and credit given to public acts of States, 68, 03, 230, Felony, Congress to define and punish, 61, 85, 173, 174; common-la> definition of, 174. Fillmore, Millard, Vice-President of the United States, 398; suce^ded to th« Presidency on the death of President Taylor, 139 ; President, 298. Fines, excessive, forbidden, 72, 98, 255, 266; definition of, 266. Florida, acquisition of, 196; admisssion of into the Union, 197. Foreign commerce, regulation of, 60, 84, 166, 167. Foreign ministers to be received by the President, 66, 103, 279, 280. Foreign patronage forbidden, 62, 63, 92, 227. Forts, reservations respecting, 194. Franklin, Benjamin, opinion of, on the veto, 210. Freedom of the press and speech not to be abridged, 70, 91, 222, 223. INDEX. 335 Freedom, rellgloua, no^to be prohiWtcd, 70, 91, 222, 224, 225. FugltlTes, under the Confederation to bo deUvered up, 46; under the Constitntion, 68, 94, 23S-235. G. General ivelfare, provision for, 55, 78, 109, 166. Georgia, settled, 13; original government of, 15; adopts the Constitution, 31; con- cession of territory by, 196. Gerry, Elbrldge, Vice-President of the United Btates, 297. Gold and sliver, tender of, in payment of debts, 63, 96, 243. Governments, the colonial, 14, 16; republican form of, guaranteed to the Btates, 69, 94, 232, 233. Grand jury, indictments by, 71, 98, 251 ; definition of, 251. Great Britain claimed the right to govern the colonies, 11; sovereign of, has absolute veto, 209. Guaranty of a republican form of government to the States, 69, 94, 232, 233. H. Habeas corpus, not to be suspended, 62, 90, 211, 213 ; example of, given, 213-215. Hamlin, Hannibal, Vice-President of the United States, 298. Harrison, 'William Henry, President of the United States, 298 ; died while in office, 139. Heads of Departments, the President may require the opinion of, 65, 102; table of, 299-312. High Seas, definition of, 174; power of Congress to punish crimes committed on, 61, 85, 173, 174. Honnestead laiv, general provisions respecting, 162. House of Commons, in England, 127 ; bills for raising revenue must originate In, 128. House of Lords, 127; composed of the aristocracy of Great Britain, 155. House of Representatives. See Representatives. Houses of Congress, provisions common to both, 55, 58, 82-84, 148-156; quo- rum, 68, 83, 148, 149 ; journal, 58, 83, 149 ; yeas and nays, 58, 83, 150, 161 ; business rules, 68, 83, 151; penalties, 68, 83, 161, 152; prohibitions, 58, 83, 152, 153; official oath, 70, 84, 153, 154; salaries, 59, 84, 154-156. I. Impeacluneut, House of Bepresentatives, sole power of, 56, 80, 126, 127; Senat«^ sole power to try, 57, 82, 145-147 ; proceedings in cases of, 126, 127, 146-147. Imports, duties on, 168. Importation of slaves. See slave-trade. Imposts, power of Congress to lay and collect, 60, 84, 157, 158. Independence, declaration of, 40. Indians, treatment of, 12; their title to the soil, 12. Indian Tribes, power of Congress to regulate commerce with, 60, 84, 168, 336 INDEX. Indirect taxes, meaning of, 157, 168. Inliabitanoy, reiiulred of representatlTee, 68, 79, 119, 120; of senators, 57, 80, 130, 181. Ingolveiit laws by the States, constitutional, 172. Insurrections, militia may be called forth to suppress, 61, 86, 186, 187. Inter-State commerce, 62, 90, 214. In-raslon, protection against, 61, 86, 04, 186, 187, 232, 233. Invention, patents for, 61, 86, 180, 181. J. Jackson, Andrew, candidate for the Presidency of the United States, and dc feated, 129; elected twice afterward, 297. Jefferson, Tbomas, Vice-President, 297, elected President by the House of Kep- resentatives, 128 ; serves two terms, 297. Johnson, Andrew, Vice-President of the United States, 298; succeeds to the Presidency on the death of President Lincoln, 139. Jolinson, Richard M., Vice-President of the United States, 298. Journal of Congress to be kept, 68, 83, 149. Judges, appomtment and tenure of office of, 66, 67, 104, 287, 288; salary of, 67, 106, 289. Judgnkent, In cases of impeachment 67, 82, 145-147; not pardonable by the Presi- dent, 66, 102, 274. Judicial Department, where vested, 66, 67, 104, 284, 286; judges of, how ap- pointed, 66, 104, 287, 288, 289 ; oath of judges, 70, 104, 288 ; tenure of office in, 67, 104, 288 ; how judges of, removable, 66, 104, 289 ; jurisdiction of, 67, 106, 289-296. Judicial power of the Senate, 67, 68, 82, 145. Jurisdiction, original and appellate, 67, 106, 289-296. Jury, trial by, 71, 98, 252, 263. K. King, 'William R., Vice-President of the United States, 296, Land<3, public, disposal of, 160-163; jurisdiction of the Federal Coorts respecting titles to, 67, 105, 294. Land-titles, origin of, in this country, 13. Ijaw, definition of, 290. Ija-w and fact, jurisdiction of the Federal Courts as to, 67, 106, 293, 294. ltm.-\r of nations, offenses against, 61, 86, 174. Ir CO IV. Yeas and Nays. 19. S COM HOUS V. Business Rules. 18. VI. T> ., (1- Punishment. 18. Penalties. •( „ t^ _ i • -• o 1 2. Jixpulsion. x». 2e 1. Adjournment. { ^: ^L":! lo: VII. Prohibitions. ■ f 1. Offices created. 22 2. On members. \ 1. Emoluments in- o creased. 22. Ph VIII. Official Oath. 81. IX. Salaries. 21. BLACKBOARD EXERCISE, NO. V. m ai '^ o o f=( o 03 O Ph I. Finances. II. Commerce. 1. Resources. III. Commercial. IV. Penalties. V. Postal. 2. Disbursements, {i: •{i: 1. Taxes, duties, imposts, e cises. 26. 2. Borrow money. 27. 3. Territory. 76. 4. Other property. 76. United-States debts. 26. Common defense. 26. General welfare. 26. . Foreign. 28. Inter-State. 28. Indian tribes. 28. ' 1. Coin money. 2.Valueofcoin.{^;^— -gSO. 3. Weights and measures. 30. i. Bankruptcies. 29. 1 ri„„„f„,.f„;*: ( 1- U.S. securities. 1. Counterfeitmg. | ^ ^.S. coin. 31. 2. Crimes on high seas. 3. International offenses. 4. Treason. 70. 1. Post-offices. 32. 2. Post-roads. 32. ( I. Piracies. ( 2. Felonies. 35. VI. Patents and Copyrights. 33. {^Concluded on next page.) 31. 35. 35. BLACKBOARD BXEECISES. BLACKBOARD EXERCISE, NO. V. (Concluded.) 1. Declaration. 36. 2. Marque and reprisal. S6> 3. Captures. 36. 4. Armies. 37. 5. Navy. 38. 6. Rules, — land and naval forces. 39. VII. Wae. .j f fl. Organizing. 41. 1. General 2. Arming. 41. ' -' ■ 3. Disciplining. 41. 4. Governing. 41. 1. Lawsof the Union. 40. 2. Insurrections. 40. 3. Invasions. 40. 7. Militia. control. 2. Calling forth. VIII. JUDICIAKT. ■ 1. Inferior tribunals. 34. 2. Place of trial. 63. 3. Restrictions. 67. IX. Natdealization. 29. X. Tekritoet. 1. Government. 76. 2. Seat of government. 43. 3. Public works. 42. 4. Alienation. 76. 5. New States. 75. XI. States. ■ 1. Elections. i 1. Members of Congress. 15, 2. Presidential electors. 55. 2. State records. 3. State imposts. 52. ( 1. Method of proving. 70. j 2. Effect of proof. 70. XII. Executive Vacancy. 57. XIII. Appointments. {i: President. 61. Courts. 61. Departments. 61. XIV. Constitutional Amendments. 78. XV. Slavery. H" XVI. General Law-Makino. 43. Slave-trade. 44. Abolition. 98. [■ 1. Frequency. 16. XVII. Meetino. { o rr!„„ 5 1. By the Constitution. 16. r- ■^"°°- 12. Bylaw. 16. BLACKBOARD EXERCISES. BLACKBOARD EXERCISE, NO. TI. First Process. Second Process. Third Process. 1 . Action in Congress. 2. Delivery to Executive. 3. Executive signature. 24:. 1. Action in Congress. 2. Delivery to Executive. 3. Executive veto. 4. Record of veto. 5. Reconsideration. 6. Approval by Congress. 7. Voting. 8. R,ecord. 24. ' 1. Action in Congress. 2. Delivery to Executive. 3. Executive neglect. 4. Effect. 24. . ORDERS, RESOLUTIONS, AND VOTES. ' 1. Action in Congress. 2. Delivery to Executive. 3. Executive veto. 4. Subsequent action. 25. 9 w o BLACKBOARD EXERCISE, NO. VII. LH.RE.S Corpus. j^:I'„tsir 4*5^- 11. Direct Taxes. 47. III. Export Duties. 48. (1. Ports. 48. ■ ( 2. Vessels. 48. 1. Drawing. 49. 2. Published statement. 49. 3. For armies. 37. IV. Ikter-State Commerce. V. Public Monet VI. Nobility. 60. VII. Penalties. IX. Repudiation. 1. Bill of attainder. 46. 2. Ex-post-facto law. 46. 3. Attainder of treason. 70. VIIL Foreign Slate-Trade. 44, 78. (■ 1 . Land-claims. 76. 1. Forbidden. \ 2. Contracts. 79. [3. Public debt. 101. .2. Enjoined. 102. ' 1. Speech. 2. The Press. 3. Assemblage. 4. Bearing arms. 83. 1. Tests. 81. X. Freedom. 1. Civil. 2. Heligious. 2. Establishment. 83. ,3. Exercise. 83. BLACKBOAED EXEECISES. BLACKBOARD EXERCISE, NO. VIII. • 1. U.S. officers. 22. I. Ineligibility. - 2. Congressmen. 54. 3. For disloyalty. 101. II. Foreign Patkonage. 50. 1. Salary. 58. 2. Other emolument. 68. 1X1. The President. IV. Impeachment. 1. Conviction. 64. 2. Judgment. 14. 3. Further liability. 14. BLACKBOARD EXERCISE, NO. IX. ' 1 . House. 6. 2. Senate. 78. 1. Affirmative. 71, 99. I. Repkb3entation. II. Privileges op Citizenship. { 2. Negative. 99. III. State Amitt. 71. IV. New States. V. Election. 15. VI. Militia. ' 1. By dismemberment. 71. jf junction. 71. f 1. By c I2. Byj Officers. 41. Training. 41. fl. Government. 77. VII. Federal Protection. -I 2. Insurrection. 77. [ 3. Domestic violence. From justice. 73. From service. 74. Powers not delegated. 92. Bights not enumerated. 91, Vm Fugitites. IX. Resebvations. C: BLACKBOARD EXERCISES. 02 "A O O PS Ph H < H OS BLACKBOARD EXEMCI8E, N^O. X. ■ 1. U.S. Constitution. 82. 2. Amendments. 78. I. Staie Obligations. II. Sdpkemact of U.S. AniHOKITT. III. Official Oath. 1. Constitution. 80. 2. U.S. Laws. 80. 3. Treaties. 80. 4. Obligation of judges. SO. 1. State legislators. 81. 2. State executives. 81. 3. State judicial officers. 81. BLACKBOARD EXERCISE, JSTO. XI. I. State Relations. 61, 63. ■ 1. Coining money. 51. 2. Bills of credit. 61. 3. Tender. 51. 4. Contract obligations. 61. ■ 1. Marque and reprisal. 51. 2. War preparations. 62. 3. Engagement in. 52. ' 1. Bill of attainder. 51. 2. Ex-post-facto law. 51. II. Commbkcial. m. wak. IV. Penalties. V. Nobility. 51. VI. Duties. f 1. Within the Un VII. Slavery. { [ 2. In Territories. ■ 1. Tonnage. 62. 2. Imports and exports. 68. 3. Produce of. 62. 1. Within the United States. 97. 97. 10 BLACKBOARD EXEECISES. BLACKBOAMD EXERCISE, KO. XII. ■ 1. In peace. S5. 2. In war. 85. I. Domicile. - II. Secuhitt. III. Judicial. i: I. Searches and seizures. S6> Warrants. 86. IV. Crimiital Actions. ■ V. Civil AoTioifs. VI. Tkeason. VII. OrnciAL. 1. Indictment. 99. 2. Second trial. 99. 3. Deprivation. 99. 4. Private property. 99. 1. Accusation. 88. 2. Jury trial. 88. 3. Witnesses. 87, 88. 4. Counsel. 88. 5. Bail. 90. 6. Fines. 90. 7. Punishments. 90. 1. Jury trial. 89. 2. Second trial. 89. Levying war. 69. Adhesion to enemies. 69. Witnesses. 69. Confession. 69. 1. Arrest. 21. .2. Speech. 21. I. Definition. 2. Conviction- ■C: BLACKBOAED EXERCISES. i; fH BLACKBOABn EXERCISE, JSTO. XIII. I. In -whom vested. 63. II. Tekm. 53. III. Eligibility. 1 . Age, thirty-five years. 56. 2. Citizenship. 3. Besidence. 56. IV. Election. ' ' 1. Appointment. 2. Number. 54. 1 Electors. Proceed- ings. 4. In Con- gress. 1. Meeting. 2. Voting. 3. Making lists. 4. Signing lists. .5. Certifying lists. 6. Transmitting lists. 7. Directing lists. f 1 . Joint Meeting. 2. Open'g certificates, 3. Counting votes. 4. Result. 2. House of 1. Quorum. 2. Eligibility. 94, 3. Voting. 4. Result. 94 ( 1. By ballot. I 2. By States. V. Oath of office. 59. VI. How KBMOVABLE. 64. VII. Salary. 58. VIII. Pow- EES AND DUTIES. ■^^^^■{i^zri^r-^- 2. Civil. ■ 1. Departments. 60. 2. Reprieves and pardons. 60. 3. Treaties. 61. If I. Diplomatic- 1. General..^ 2. Judicial. l3,0tWi..61, 2. Special. 63. 5. Messages. 63. f 1. Convocation. 63- 6. Congress. \ 2. Adjournment. 63" [ 3. Veto. 24,25. 7. Reception. 63. 8. Executor of the laws. 63. 9. Commissions. 63. 12 BLACKBOAKD EXERCISES. BLACKBOARD EXERCISE, NO. XIV. B CO o II. Election ■{:: I. Eligibility. 96. 1. In Congress. 95. In Senate. 95. in. Oath op office. 81. IV. Term. 63. 1. President of the Senate. 11. V. POWEES AND DUTIES. 2. Acting President of U.S. 57» 94* § BLACKBOARD EXERCISE, NO. XV. Supreme Court. 65. Inferior Courts. 65. I. Where tested, {:. II. Judges. ■ 1. How appointed. ■C; . President. Senate. 61. 2. Oath of office. 81. 3. Tenure of office. 65. 4. How removable. 64. 5. Salary. 65. IIL Jurisdiction. 1. Limitation. 66. 2. Original. 66, 67. 3. Appellate. 66, 67. J^otable JSfew Boohs. STANDARD Sfpplementaey Readees. EDITED BY WILLIAM SWINTON and GEORGE R. CATHCART. A SERIES OF CAREFULLY GRADUATED READING BOOKS, designed to connect with, any of the regular Readers. Tliey are attractive in appearance, are bound in cloth, and the first four books are profusely illustrated by the best artists. The six books, which. are closely co-ordinated with the several Readers of the regular.series, are: I. EASY STEPS FOR LITTLE FEET. Supplementary io Fihst Reader. In this book the attractive is the chief aim, and the pieces have been written and chcsen with special reference to the feelings and fancies of early childhood. n. GOLDEN BOOK OF CHOICE READING. Supplementary to Second Reader. This book represents a great variety of pleasing and instructive read- ing-, consisting of child-lore and poetry, noble examples and attractive object-reading, written specially for it. III. BOOK OF TALES. Being School Readings Imaginative and Emotional. Supplententary io Third Reader. In this book the youthful taste for imaginative and emotional is fed with, pure and noble creations drawn from the literature of all nations. IV. READINGS IN NATURE'S BOOK. Supplementary to Fourth Reader- This book contains avaried collection of charming readings in Natural History and Botany, drawn from the works of the great modern naturalists and travelers. V. SEVEN AMERICAN CLASSICS. VL SEVEN BRITISH CLASSICS. The "Classics" are suitable for reading in advanced grades, and aim to instill a taste for the higher literature^ by the presentation of gems of British and American authorship. A SHORTER COURSE IN ENGLISH GRAMMAR AND COMPOSITION. By W. H. WELLS, A. M. An entirely new work by this venerable author, being the result of a life-long study of books and methods in this branch of education. The work is intended to furnish all the aid that is needed by the ordi- nary student in learning to speak and write well. It begins with the knowledge which the pupil already possesses, and carries him directly for- ward in the practical study and use of the language. The rules of Gram- mar are nowhere taught as abstract princip^s, but everywhere in their practical application. This Shorter Course may properly be defined as a book of progressive exercises in speaking- and writing English, accompanied by a constant application of the Principles and Rules By which language is governed. *** Correspondence is solicited with reference io the introduction of ike above books. Favorable rates will he Tnade for exajnination and in- troduciion* IVISON, BLAKEMAN, TAYLOR k CO., PUBLISHERS, NEW YOKE and CHICAGO. '"'■Real Swan Quill Action.'''' The Celebrated Double Elastic 8PMCERIM STEEL PENS. 'J^HE ATTENTION OF TEACHERS, School Officers, and Others, is called to the superior adaptability of the Spenceriaa Steel Pens to School use, possessing, as they do, the im- portant peculiarties of Durability^ Elasticity^ and Evenness of Point, Tkeyare made by the best workmen in Europe, and of the best ma- terials, and are selected with the utmost care. These Pens are used very largely in the Schools of the United States ; almost entirely by the Commercial Colleges, and are especially commended by Professional Penmen and Pe.i Artists. So popular have they become that of the ■well-known jVI?. I, more tkafl 8,000,000 are annually sold. The Spencerian Pens are comprised in twenty numhers^ differing in flexibility and Uneaess of point. We are also the Sole Agents for the United States for Perry & Co.'s Steel Pens, which, in connection with our SPENCERIAN brand, gives us the control of the largest variety and hest line of Ste;l Pens of any house in this coun^ try ; this being particularly true respecting quality and adaptation for SCHOOL PURPOSES. *j|,* Parents^ Teachers and Scholars •who may wish to try ihesg Pet*- and who may not he able to obtain them through the trade, can receive a Card of Samples of the Spencerian by remitting to us 25 cents; andthe same amount for a box of Samples of the Perry Pens. IVISON, BLAKEMAN, TAYLOR & CO., New York and Chicago. A GOLD MEDAL was awarded to Professor SWINTON at ike Paris Exposition of\Z^%^ as an author of School Texi~Books^ he being ike only American A uthor thus highly honored. Standard Text-Books By Professoe Swintok S\riNTO%'S WOKB-BOOK SERIES. The only perfectly graded Series of Spellers ever made, and the cheapest in the market. In use in more than lO^OOO Schools. "Word Primer. A Beginner's Book in Oral and Written Spelling. 96 pp. tVord-Book or Spelling. Oral and Written. Designed to atta.n practical results in the acquisition of the ordinary English vocabulary, and to serve as an introduction to Word Analysis. 154 pages. "Word Analysis. A Graded Class-book of English Derivative Words, with practical exercises in Spelling', Analyzing, Defining, Synonyms, and the Use of VVords. i vol. 128 pages. SWIXTON'S HI^'FOiilKS. These books have attained great popularity. A new edition cf the "Condensed" has just been issued, in which the work has been brought down to the present time, and six colored maps ha y'e been added. Friniary Slistory of U. S. First Lessons in our Country's History, bringing out the salient points, and aiming to combme simplicity with sense, i vol. square, fully illustrated. Condensed School History of C S. A Condensed School His- tory of the United States, constructed for definite results in Recitation, and containing a new method of Topical Reviews. New edition, trough: down to the present time. Illustrated with Maps, many of which are colored, Portraits and Illustrations, i vol. cloth. 300 pages. Oatlines of tUe World's Mivtory. Ancient, MediECval and Modern, with special reference to the History of Mankind. A most excellent work for the proper introduction of youth into the study of General History, i vol., with numerous maps and illustrations. 500 pages, i2mo. SWINTON'S OEOGRAPHIOAIi COURSE:. The famous "two book series," the freshest, best graded, most beautitul and cheapest Geographical Course ever published Of the lar^e cities that have adopted Swinton's Geographies, we mention Washington, D. C, Rochester, N! Y., Troy, N. Y., Brooklyn, N.Y., New York City, Kingston, N.Y., Augusta, Me., Charleston, S. C , Lancaster, Pa., Wilhamsport, Pa., Macon, Ga. In round numbers, they have been adopted in more than 1,000 Cities and Towns in all parts of the country, and have, with marked preference^ been made the bas s of Professional Training in the Leading Normal Schools of the United States. Eilemeutary Course in Geography. Designed as a class-book for primary and intermediate grades ; and asa complete Shorter Course for ungraded schools. 128 pages, 8vo. Complete Course in C>eo;>>:raplKy. Physical, Industrial and Polit- ick; with a special Geography for each State in the Union. Designed as a class-book for intermediate and grammar grades. 136 pages, 4to. The Maps in both books possess novel features of the highest practi- cal value in education. SWINTON'S RAMBI^SS AmONG YTORDS; Their Poetry, History and Wisdom. A Standard Work to all who love the riches of the English Language. By WU'i'iAM SwiNTON, M.A. Handsomely bound in tiezible vloth and marbled edges. 302 pages. *«* The above may be had, as a mle, from any bookaeller ; but Trben not thus obtainable, we wUl supply them, transportation paid, at liberal rates. Descriptive Circnlars and Price Lists will be sent on application. Very liberal terms for introduction^ exchange and examination, ITISON, BLAKJSMAN, TATLOR & CO., Publishers, NEW YORK and CHICAGO. Approved Text- Books FOR HIGH SCHOOLS. THERE are no text-books that require in tlieir preparation so much practical scliolarsiiip, combined witli tlie teacner s experience, as those compiled for use in High Schools, Seminaries and Colleges. The treatment must be succinct yet thorough ; accuracy of statement, clearness of expression, and scientific gradation are indispensable. We have no special claims to make for our list on the score of the Ancient Classics, but in the modern languages, French, German and Spanish, in Botany, Geol- ogy, Chemistry and Astronomy, and the. Higher Mathematics, Moral and Mental Science, etc. , etc., we challenge comparison with any competing books. Many of them are known to alT scholars, and are reprinted abroad, while others have enjoyed a National reputation for many years. WOODBURY'S GERMAN COURSE. Comprising a full series, from '*The Easy Lessons" to the most advanced manuals. FASqUELLE'S FRENOR COURSE. On the plan of Woodbury's Method ; also a complete series. MIXER'S MANUAL OF FRENCH POETRY. LANGUELLIER & MONSANTO' S FRENCH GRAMMAR. ^HENNEQUIN'S FRENCH VERBS. MONSANTO'S FRENCH STUDENT'S ASSIS7ANT. MO Jf SANTO & LANGUELLIER' S SPANISH GRAMMAR. GRAY'S BOTANICAL SERIES DANA'S WORKS ON GEOLOGY. ELIOT <& STORER'S CHEMISTRY. ROBINSON'S HIGHER MATHEMATICS. SWINTON'S OUTLINES OF HISTORY. WILLSON'S OUTLINES OF HISTORY. CATHOART'S LITERARY READER. HICKOK'S WORKS ON METAPHYSICS. HUNT'S LITERATURE OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE. WELLS' WORKS ON NATURAL SCIENCE. KERL'S COMPREHENSIVE ENGLISH GRAMMAR. WEBSTER'S ACADEMIC DICTIONARY. TOWNSEND'S CIVIL GOVERNMENT. WHITE'S DRAWING. TAYLOR-KVHNER'S greek GRAMMAR. KIDDLE'S ASTRONOMY. SWINTON'S COMPLETE GEOGRAPHY. Etc Ete. ♦»♦ Descriptive Circulars and Price LisU will be sent to Teachers and Educationists on application. Liberal terms will be made for introduction exchange and examination, * IVISON, BLAKEMAN, Taylor & Co., Publishers, NEW rOKK and CHICAGO.